Select item

Transcription

Select item

Introduction
Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 922SH.
. For proper handset use, read this guide beforehand.
. Keep this guide in a convenient place for reference.
. Accessible SoftBank services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.
SoftBank 922SH is compatible with both 3G and GSM network technologies.
Notes
. Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.
. Guide content is subject to change without prior notice.
. Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact
Customer Service, General Information (P.14-36) about unclear or missing information.
Chapter Contents
At A Glance
Getting Started
1
Basic Operations
2
Calling
3
Messaging
4
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
5
Digital TV
6
Camera & Imaging
7
Media Player & S! Applications
8
Handy Extras
9
Communication Services
10
Handset Security
11
Connectivity & File Backup
12
Handset Customization
13
Appendix
14
i
Guide Usage Notes
Notes
Most operation descriptions are based on default settings with
handset open (P.1-2) in Standby (P.1-11).
Operations and results may differ by handset status.
Sample screenshots, etc. are provided for reference only.
Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance.
."(Japanese)" appears next to functions or applications which require
Japanese ability to use as intended.
ii
Table of Contents
Guide Usage Notes .......................... ii
Table of Contents ............................ iii
Accessories ...................................... v
Safety Precautions.......................... vi
1
Getting Started
Handset Parts ................................ 1-2
Display ........................................... 1-5
Charging Battery ......................... 1-10
Power On/Off ............................... 1-11
Keypad Lock ................................ 1-12
My Details .................................... 1-13
Scratch Pad.................................. 1-14
Mobile Manners ........................... 1-15
Security Codes ............................ 1-16
2
Basic Operations
Menu Operations........................... 2-2
Multi Job ........................................ 2-3
Simple Menu .................................. 2-4
Font Size ........................................ 2-5
Standby Window ........................... 2-6
Wallpaper ....................................... 2-8
Customized Screen....................... 2-9
Handset Responses.................... 2-10
Text Entry..................................... 2-11
User Dictionary............................ 2-16
Phone Book ................................. 2-17
Data Folder .................................. 2-20
Memory Card ............................... 2-23
Additional Functions .................. 2-25
3
Calling
Handset Closed ............................. 3-2
Voice Calling .................................. 3-3
Video Calling.................................. 3-6
Speed Dial ...................................... 3-7
Call Log .......................................... 3-8
Call Time & Call Cost .................... 3-9
Optional Services ........................ 3-10
Additional Functions................... 3-12
Emergency Calls ......................... 3-16
4
Messaging
Messaging...................................... 4-2
Sending Messages ........................ 4-4
Additional Functions..................... 4-8
Incoming Messages .................... 4-10
Handling Messages..................... 4-14
Chat Folder .................................. 4-17
Mail Groups.................................. 4-18
PC Mail ......................................... 4-19
5
Internet Services ........................... 5-2
Yahoo! Keitai.................................. 5-3
PC Site Browser ............................ 5-4
Browsing ........................................ 5-5
Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-7
RSS Feed........................................ 5-8
Additional Functions..................... 5-9
6
Digital TV
Digital TV ........................................6-2
TV Player ........................................6-7
TV Timer .......................................6-10
Additional Functions...................6-11
7
Camera & Imaging
Camera ...........................................7-2
Photo Camera ................................7-4
Video Camera ................................7-5
Shooting Modes ............................7-6
Editing Images ...............................7-9
Printing .........................................7-12
8
Media Player...................................8-2
Music ..............................................8-5
Video...............................................8-7
Playlists ..........................................8-9
S! Appli.........................................8-10
9
Handy Extras
Pen Light ........................................9-2
Phone Help.....................................9-3
Calendar & Tasks...........................9-4
Alarms ............................................9-9
Wakeup TV ...................................9-11
Calculator .....................................9-13
Expenses Memo ..........................9-14
Stopwatch ....................................9-15
Countdown Timer ........................9-16
iii
Table of Contents
World Clock ................................. 9-17
Hour Minder................................. 9-18
Dictionary/Search ....................... 9-19
Document Viewer........................ 9-21
Notepad........................................ 9-22
Voice Recorder ............................ 9-23
Scan Barcode .............................. 9-24
Create QR Code .......................... 9-25
Scan Card .................................... 9-26
Text Scanner................................ 9-27
S! Quick News ............................. 9-28
S! Information Channel .............. 9-29
e-Books........................................ 9-30
10 Communication Services
14 Appendix
S! Town & S! Loop ...................... 10-2
S! Friend's Status ....................... 10-3
S! Circle Talk................................ 10-7
Near Chat ................................... 10-10
USIM Card .................................... 14-2
Battery.......................................... 14-4
Software Update.......................... 14-5
Troubleshooting .......................... 14-6
Romaji Input Table ...................... 14-9
Character Codes ....................... 14-10
Specifications............................ 14-16
Menu List ................................... 14-21
Index........................................... 14-27
Warranty & Service ................... 14-35
Customer Service ..................... 14-36
11 Handset Security
Handset Security......................... 11-2
Face Recognition ........................ 11-4
12 Connectivity & File Backup
Infrared......................................... 12-2
Bluetooth® ................................... 12-6
Mass Storage............................. 12-10
Backup ....................................... 12-11
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ...12-14
13 Handset Customization
iv
Phone Settings............................ 13-2
Display & Key .............................. 13-3
Ringtones & Sounds................... 13-5
Text Entry & Phone Book ........... 13-6
Calling .......................................... 13-7
Messaging.................................... 13-8
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser ...13-11
Digital TV ................................... 13-12
Camera....................................... 13-14
Media Player & S! Applications...13-15
Handy Extras ............................. 13-16
Communication Services ......... 13-17
Connectivity .............................. 13-18
Reset .......................................... 13-19
Accessories
Accessories
[ Battery (SHBBG1)
[ Headphones (with Microphone) (Black, SHLBG1)
[ USB Cable*
[ Utility Software (Japanese)*
*
Complimentary sample.
. For accessory-related information, please contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P.14-36).
. Use specified Charger (sold separately) only.
. In this guide, Headphones (with Microphone) is referred to as "Headphones."
. Utility Software is designed exclusively for 922SH. Download newest versions via SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (P.14-19).
v
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
. Read safety precautions before using handset.
. Observe precautions to avoid injury to self or others, or damage to property.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.
Before Using Handset
[ Symbols
Make sure you thoroughly understand these symbols before reading on. Symbols and their meanings are described below:
a
a
a
DANGER
Great risk of death or serious injury from improper use
WARNING
Risk of death or serious injury from improper use
CAUTION
Risk of injury or damage to property from improper use
bcdef
Prohibited Actions
vi
gh
Compulsory Actions
a
Attention Required
Safety Precautions
DANGER
WARNING
Handset, Battery & Charger
Use specified battery and Charger
only (P.v, P.1-10).
Non-specified equipment use may cause
malfunctions, electric shock or fire due to
battery leakage, overheating or bursting.
Do not short-circuit Charging
Terminals.
Keep metal objects away from Charging
Terminals. Keep handset away from jewelry.
Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite
causing injury. Use a case to carry battery.
g
b
Keep handset out of rain or extreme
humidity.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Heat or dispose of battery in fire
Open/modify/disassemble battery
Damage or solder battery
Use a damaged or warped battery
Use non-specified charger (P.1-10)
Force battery into handset
Charge battery near fire or sources of
heat; or expose it to extreme heat
. Use battery for other equipment
If battery fluid gets in eyes, do not
rub; rinse with water and consult a
doctor immediately.
Eyes may be severely damaged.
Do not insert metal or flammable objects
into handset or Charger; may cause fire or
electric shock. Keep out of children's reach.
Fire or electric shock may result.
Keep handset away from liquid-filled
containers.
Battery
Prevent injury from battery leakage,
breakage or fire. Do not:
Eyesight may be temporarily affected
leading to accidents.
Do not insert foreign objects into the
handset or Charger.
b
Keep the handset and Charger away from
chemicals or liquids; fire or electric shock
may result.
Do not place battery or handset in
ovens, microwave ovens, etc.
Battery or other parts may leak, burst,
overheat or ignite; may cause malfunction,
accident or injury.
Do not disassemble or modify
handset or related hardware.
g
. Do not open handset or Charger; may
cause electric shock or injury. Contact
SoftBank Customer Center, Customer
Assistance for repairs.
. Do not modify handset or Charger; fire or
electric shock may result.
Do not use Mobile Light near people's
faces.
CAUTION:
b
d
b
b
EN60825-1:1994 A1:2002 & A2:2001
Use of controls,
CLASS 1
adjustments or
LED Product
performance of procedure
other than those specified
herein may result in
hazardous radiation exposure. As the
emission level from Mobile Light LED used
in this product is harmful to the eyes, do not
attempt to disassemble the cabinet.
Servicing is limited to qualified servicing
station only.
Mobile Light
b
c
[ Mobile Light LED Properties
a) Emission Duration: Continuous
b) Wavelength
White: 400 - 700 nm
c) Maximum Emission Output
White: 210 μW (1.2 mW inside handset)
vii
Safety Precautions
If an abnormality occurs, or water/
foreign matter is inside handset:
If handset emits an unusual sound, smoke
or odor, or if water or foreign matter is inside
it, discontinue use; may cause fire or electric
shock. Turn off handset, remove battery and
unplug AC Charger; contact SoftBank
Customer Center, Customer Assistance.
Keep handset off and Charger
disconnected near gas stations or
places with fire/explosion risk.
Handset use near petrochemicals or
other flammables may cause fire/
explosion.
Do not subject handset or Charger to
strong shocks or impacts.
. Avoid strong shocks to AC Charger while
it is plugged into the outlet; may cause
malfunction or injury.
. Strong shocks or impacts to handset or
Charger may cause malfunction or injury.
Should handset be damaged, remove
battery then contact SoftBank Customer
Center, Customer Assistance.
Discontinue handset use; may cause fire,
electric shock or injury.
h
g
Handset
Take measures to prevent accidents.
. Do not use handset (including TV) while
driving; park beforehand. Phone use
while driving is prohibited by the Road
Traffic Law (revised November 1, 2004).
. Do not use Headphones while driving or
cycling. Accidents may result.
. Moderate volume outside, especially near
road/rail crossings, etc. to avoid accidents.
Do not swing handset by
Headphones or strap.
May result in injury or breakage.
b
Turn handset power off before
boarding aircraft.
Using wireless devices aboard aircraft may
cause electronic malfunctions or endanger
aircraft operation.
Do not remove protective film.
Display is protected with safety film;
removing/damaging film may cause injury in
case of Display breakage.
Adjust vibration and ringtone
settings:
Users with a heart condition/pacemaker/
defibrillator should adjust handset settings
accordingly.
During thunderstorms, turn power
off; find cover.
There is a risk of lightning strike or electric
shock.
Charger
b
Use only the specified voltage.
Do not use power adapters.
b
g
b
g
g
Using AC Charger with step-up/step-down
transformer may cause fire, electric shock
or damage.
Charger care
. Do not touch with wet hands. Electric
shock may occur.
. Pull AC Charger straight out to unplug it;
may cause malfunction or injury.
. Do not use multiple cords in one outlet;
may cause excess heat/fire.
. Do not bend, twist, pull or set objects on
cord. Exposed wire may cause fire or
electric shock.
Do not short-circuit Charger
terminals.
May cause overheating, fire or electric
shock. Keep metal away from terminals.
Damaged AC Charger cord:
May cause fire or electric shock; discontinue
use and purchase a new Charger.
During thunderstorms:
Unplug AC Charger to avoid damage, fire or
electric shock.
Charger use and children:
May cause electric shock/injury; keep out of
reach.
viii
b
Non-specified voltages may cause fire or
electric shock.
. AC Charger: AC 100V-240V Input
, SoftBank is not liable for problems resulting from
charging battery abroad.
b
e
b
b
g
h
g
Safety Precautions
Battery
. If battery does not charge properly, stop
trying. Battery may overheat, burst or
ignite.
. At signs of a battery leak, avoid fire
sources. It may catch fire or burst.
If there is abnormal odor, excessive heat,
discoloration or distortion, remove battery
from handset.
It may leak, overheat or explode.
Handset Use & Electronic Medical Equipment
g
g
This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use of
Radio Communications Equipment such as Cellular
Telephones and Safeguards for Electronic Medical
Equipment" (Electromagnetic Compatibility
Conference, April 1997) and "Report of Investigation
of the Effects of Radio Waves on Medical
Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio Industries
and Businesses, March 2001).
Persons with implanted pacemaker/
defibrillator should keep handset
more than 22 cm away.
g
Radio waves can interfere with implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators causing such
devices to malfunction.
Turn handset off in crowds or trains
where persons with implanted
pacemaker/defibrillator may be near.
g
Radio waves can interfere with implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators causing such
devices to malfunction.
Observe these rules inside medical
facilities:
. Do not enter an operating room or an
Intensive or Coronary Care Unit while
carrying a handset.
. Keep handset off in hospitals, including
lobbies.
. Obey medical facility rules on mobile
phone use.
Consult electronic medical equipment
vendor on radio wave effects.
CAUTION
Handset care
. Place handset on stable surfaces to avoid
malfunction or injury.
. Keep handset away from oily smoke or
steam. Fire or accidents may result.
. Cold air from air conditioners may
condense, resulting in leakage or burnout.
. Keep handset away from heat/direct
sunlight (e.g., inside vehicles, etc.).
Warping, discoloration or fire may occur.
Battery shape may be affected.
. Keep handset out of extremely cold
places to avoid malfunction or accidents.
. Keep handset away from fire sources to
avoid malfunction or accidents.
Usage environment
g
. Excessive dust may prevent heat release
and cause burnout or fire.
. Avoid using handset on the beach. Sand
may cause malfunction or accidents.
. Keep handset away from credit cards,
telephone cards, etc. to avoid data loss.
a
a
g
ix
Safety Precautions
Handset
Handset temperature
Handset may become hot while in use.
Avoid prolonged contact with skin,
especially at high temperature. May cause
burn injuries.
Avoid leaving handset in extreme
heat (inside vehicles, etc.).
Hot handset may lead to burn injuries.
Volume settings
Moderate handset volume; excessive
volume may damage ears or hearing.
Headphones
. Do not force plugs or pull on cord; may
damage plugs or cord.
. Keep plugs clean to avoid noise and
malfunction.
Inside vehicles
Handset use may cause electronic
equipment to malfunction.
If you experience any skin irritation
associated with handset use,
discontinue handset use and consult
a doctor.
Metal and other materials (P.14-16) may
cause skin irritation, rashes, or itchiness
depending on your physical condition.
x
Charger
a
b
a
a
AC Charger cord
. Grasp plug (not cord) to disconnect AC
Charger. May cause fire/electric shock.
. Keep cord away from heaters. Exposed
wire may cause fire or electric shock.
. Stop use if plug is hot or improperly
connected. May cause fire/electric shock.
Always charge handset in a
well-ventilated area.
Avoid covering/wrapping Charger; may
cause damage/fire.
During periods of disuse
Always unplug AC Charger after use.
Handset maintenance
b
g
Always disconnect AC Charger when
cleaning handset.
Battery
b
g
b
h
h
Do not throw or abuse battery. Battery may
overheat, burst or ignite.
Do not leave battery in direct sunlight or
inside a closed vehicle; may reduce battery
performance or overheat. An overheated
battery may cause fire.
Do not expose battery to liquids.
Performance may deteriorate.
If battery fluid contacts skin or clothes, rinse
with clean water immediately.
Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with
ordinary refuse; always tape over battery
terminals before disposal. Take battery to a
SoftBank Shop, or follow the local disposal
regulations.
Keep battery out of children's reach.
. Charge battery in ambient temperatures
between 5oC and 35oC; outside this
range, battery may leak/overheat and
performance may deteriorate.
. If your child is using handset, explain all
instructions and supervise usage.
. If there is abnormal odor or excessive
heat, stop using battery and call SoftBank
Customer Center, Customer Assistance.
. Charge battery at least once every
six months; an uncharged battery may
become unusable.
b
b
f
g
b
g
a
Safety Precautions
General Notes
General Use
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting
from accidental loss/alteration of handset or
Memory Card data. Keep a copy of Phone Book
entries, etc. in a separate place.
. Handset transmissions may be disrupted inside
buildings, tunnels or underground, or when
moving into/out of such places.
. Use handset without disturbing others.
. Handsets are radios as stipulated by the Radio
Law. Under the Radio Law, handsets must be
submitted for inspection upon request.
. Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios may
cause interference.
. Beware of eavesdropping.
Because this service is completely digital, the
possibility of signal interception is greatly reduced.
However, some transmissions may be overheard.
Eavesdropping
Deliberate/accidental interception of
communications constitutes eavesdropping.
Inside Vehicles
. Never use handset while driving.
. Do not park illegally to use handset.
. Handset use may affect a vehicle's electronic
equipment.
Aboard Aircraft
Never use handset aboard aircraft (keep power off).
Handset use may impair aircraft operation.
Handset Care
. If handset is left with no battery or an exhausted
one, data may be altered/lost. SoftBank is not
liable for any resulting damages.
. Use handset between 5oC - 35oC (35% - 85%
humidity).
. Avoid extreme temperatures and direct sunlight.
. Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color
filter and affect image color.
. Clean handset with dry, soft cloth. Using alcohol,
thinner, etc. may damage it.
. Avoid scratching handset Display.
. When closing handset, keep straps, etc. outside to
avoid damaging the Display.
. Function Usage Limits
These functions are disabled after handset
upgrade/replacement or service cancellation:
Camera; Media Player; S! Applications; TV.
After a period of disuse, these functions may be
unusable; retrieve Network Information (P.13-18)
to restore usability.
. Handset is not water-proof. Avoid exposure to
liquids and high humidity (e.g., precipitation,
perspiration, beach, cold air from air conditioning,
restroom, bath/shower room, etc.).
. Avoid heavy objects or excessive pressure. May
cause malfunction or injury.
, Do not sit on handset in back pants pocket.
, Do not place heavy objects on handset inside
handbags, packs, etc.
. Connect only specified products to Headphone
Port. Other devices may malfunction or cause
damage.
. Always turn off handset before removing battery.
xi
Safety Precautions
Electromagnetic Waves
For body-worn operation, this phone has been
tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when
used with accessories containing no metal, that
position handset a minimum of 15 mm from the
body. Use of other accessories may not ensure
compliance with RF exposure guidelines.
FCC Notice
. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
. Changes or modifications not expressly approved
by the manufacturer responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
FCC RF Exposure Information
Your handset is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is
designed and manufactured not to exceed the
emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF)
energy set by the Federal Communications
Commission of the U.S. Government.
The guidelines are based on standards that were
developed by independent scientific organizations
through periodic and thorough evaluation of
scientific studies. The standards include a
substantial safety margin designed to assure the
safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.
The exposure standard for wireless handsets
employs a unit of measurement known as the
Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set
by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg.
xii
Highest SAR value:
Model
FCC ID
At the Ear
On the Body
922SH
APYHRO00063
0.471 W/kg
0.598 W/kg
This device was tested for typical body-worn
operations with the back of the handset kept 1.5 cm
from the body. To maintain compliance with FCC RF
exposure requirements, use accessories that
maintain a 1.5 cm separation distance between the
user's body and the back of the handset. The use of
beltclips, holsters and similar accessories should not
contain metallic components in its assembly.
The use of accessories that do not satisfy these
requirements may not comply with FCC RF
exposure requirements, and should be avoided.
The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization
for this model handset with all reported SAR levels
evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF
emission guidelines. SAR information on this model
handset is on file with the FCC and can be found
under the Display Grant section of
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on the
corresponding FCC ID (see table above).
Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates
(SAR) can be found on the Cellular
Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA)
Website at http://www.phonefacts.net.
European RF Exposure Information
Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and
receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for
exposure to radio waves recommended by
international guidelines. These guidelines were
developed by the independent scientific organization
ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to
assure the protection of all persons, regardless of
age and health.
The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as
the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit
for mobile devices is 2 W/kg.
As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they
can be used in other positions, such as on the body
as described in this user guide*.
Highest SAR value:
Model
At the Ear**
On the Body
922SH
0.510 W/kg
0.462 W/kg
As SAR is measured utilizing the device's highest
transmitting power the actual SAR of this device
while operating is typically below that indicated
above. This is due to automatic changes to the
power level of the device to ensure it only uses the
minimum level required to reach the Network.
The World Health Organization has stated that
present scientific information does not indicate the
need for any special precautions for the use of
mobile devices. They note that if you want to reduce
your exposure then you can do so by limiting the
length of calls or using a handsfree device to keep
the mobile phone away from the head and body.
*
Please see Electromagnetic Waves on the left for
important notes regarding body-worn operation.
**
Measured in accordance with international
guidelines for testing.
Declaration of Conformity
Hereby, Sharp Telecommunications of Europe Ltd, declares
that 922SH is in compliance with the essential requirements
and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
A copy of the original declaration of conformity for each
model can be found at the following Internet address:
http://www.sharp.co.jp/k-tai/
Safety Precautions
Copyrights
Copyright laws protect sounds, images, computer
programs, databases, other materials and copyright
holders. Duplicated material is limited to private use
only. Use of materials beyond this limit or without
permission of copyright holders may constitute
copyright infringement, and be subject to criminal
punishment. Comply with copyright laws when using
images captured with handset camera.
The software contained in handset is copyrighted
material; copyright, moral right and other related
rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not
copy, modify, alter, disassemble, decompile or
reverse-engineer the software, and do not
separate it from hardware in whole or part.
Licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or
more of the following United States Patents and/or
their counterparts in other nations:
4,901,307 5,490,165 5,056,109 5,504,773
5,101,501 5,506,865 5,109,390 5,511,073
5,228,054 5,535,239 5,267,261 5,544,196
5,267,262 5,568,483 5,337,338 5,600,754
5,414,796 5,657,420 5,416,797 5,659,569
5,710,784 5,778,338
Video recording and playback are based on MPEG-4.
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual
Patent Portfolio License for the personal and
non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode
video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Video
Standard ("MPEG-4 Video") and/or (ii) decode
MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer
engaged in a personal and noncommercial activity
and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider.
No license is granted or implied for any other use.
Additional information may be obtained from MPEG
LA.
See http://www.mpegla.com.
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Systems
Patent Portfolio License for encoding in compliance
with the MPEG-4 Systems Standard, except that an
additional license and payment of royalties are
necessary for encoding in connection with (i) data
stored or replicated in physical media which is paid
for on a title by title basis and/or (ii) data which is
paid for on a title by title basis and is transmitted to
an end user for permanent storage and/or use. Such
additional license may be obtained from MPEG LA,
LLC.
See http://www.mpegla.com for additional details.
Handset employs RSA® BSAFE=
software developed by RSA Security
Inc.
RSA is a registered trademark of RSA
Security Inc.
BSAFE is a registered trademark of
RSA Security Inc. in the United States
and/or other countries.
This product is equipped
with JBlend= designed to
accelerate the
performance of Java=
Application.
Powered by JBlend=.
Copyright 1997-2008 Aplix
Corporation.
All rights reserved.
JBlend and JBlend-related brands are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan
and other countries.
Java and Java-related brands are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in
the United States and other countries.
This product employs NetFront Browser (Internet
browser) and NetFront SMIL Player developed by
ACCESS Co., Ltd.
Copyrightc 1996-2008 ACCESS CO., Ltd.
ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered
trademarks of ACCESS Co., Ltd. in Japan or other
countries.
This product includes a module developed by
Independent JPEG Group.
microSDHC=, microSD= and miniSD= are
trademarks of the SD Card Association.
IrSimple=, IrSS= and IrSimpleShot= are
trademarks of the Infrared Data Association®.
xiii
Safety Precautions
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth
SIG, Inc.
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by
the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by SHARP is under license.
The frequency band utilized by handset Bluetooth®
function is shared with industrial, scientific or
medical equipment, including household microwave
ovens, etc., and used by radio stations, amateur
radio stations, etc. (hereafter "other radio stations").
1 Before using Bluetooth®, visually confirm that no
other radio stations sharing the same frequency
band are in use nearby.
2 Should interference occur between handset and
other radio stations, move or cancel Bluetooth®
function immediately.
3 For additional information and support, contact us
at the following number.
SoftBank Customer Center, General Information
From a SoftBank handset, call toll free at 157 for
General Information.
From landlines, see P.14-36 "Customer Service."
This radio station utilizes 2.4 GHz band with FHSS
modulation. Maximum transmission radius is
10 meters (32 feet).
Microsoft, PowerPoint and Excel are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
SOFTBANK, SoftBank and the SoftBank logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK
CORP. in Japan and other countries.
Powered by Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D Edition=.
Mascot Capsule® is a registered trademark of HI
Corporation.
c2002-2008 HI Corporation. All rights reserved.
Yahoo! and the Yahoo! and Y! logos are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc.
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO
WAVE INCORPORATED.
Video Call, S! Application, Customized Screen,
Movie Sha-mail, Sha-mail, 3D Pictogram, Input
Memory, Near Chat, Multi Job, S! Mail, Graphic Mail,
Feeling Mail, S! Information Channel, S! Town,
S! Loop, PC Site Browser, Weather Indicator,
S! Quick News, S! Addressbook Back-up, S! Circle
Talk, S! Friend's Status, PC Mail, S! Music Connect
and Secure Remote Lock are trademarks or
registered trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
This product employs Adobe®
Flash® Lite= technology
developed by Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Copyrightc 1995-2008 Adobe
Macromedia Software LLC. All
rights reserved.
Adobe and Flash are either trademarks or registered
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and/or other countries.
Document Viewer is
enabled by Picsel
Technologies.
Picsel, Picsel Powered,
Picsel Viewer, Picsel File Viewer, Picsel Document
Viewer, Picsel PDF Viewer and the Picsel cube logo
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Picsel
Technologies Ltd.
Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are registered
trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan)
Inc.
BookSurfing® is a registered trademark of CELSYS
Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and INFOCITY Inc.
Solo Traveling Photo® is a registered trademark of
Information System Products Co., Ltd.
xiv
CP8 PATENT
Other company and product names mentioned
herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of
their respective owners.
Safety Precautions
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
922SH meets the government's requirements
for exposure to radio waves.
Additional information on SAR can be obtained on
the following Websites.
These requirements are based on scientific basis to
assure that radio waves emitted from mobile phones
and other handheld wireless devices do not affect
human health. They require that the Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR), which is the unit of
measurement for the amount of radiofrequency
absorbed by the body, shall not exceed 2 W/kg*. This
limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to
assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age or
health, and meets the international standard set by
International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection (ICNIRP) in cooperation with World
Health Organization (WHO).
All mobile phones, prior to product launch, must be
certified as compliant with government requirements
as stipulated by the Radio Law. 922SH has been
granted Technical Regulations Conformity
Certification by TELECOM ENGINEERING
CENTER. Its highest SAR value is 0.298 W/kg. This
value was obtained by TELECOM ENGINEERING
CENTER as part of the certification process. SAR
tests were conducted with handset transmitting at its
highest certified power level in accordance with
testing methods set by the government. While there
may be differences between the SAR levels for
various handsets, they all meet the governmental
requirements for safe exposure. The actual SAR
level of the handset while operating can be well
below the highest value. This is because the
handset is designed to operate at multiple power
levels so as to use only the power required to reach
the Network.
Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/index.htm
Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB)
http://www.arib-emf.org/initiation/sar.html (Japanese)
*
Requirements are stipulated in Radio Law
(Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment, Article
14-2).
xv
Handset Parts................................. 1-2
Parts & Functions ............................ 1-2
Keypad Lock ................................ 1-12
My Details..................................... 1-13
Display ............................................ 1-5
My Number.....................................1-13
Indicators ......................................... 1-5
Viewing Display ............................... 1-8
Scratch Pad .................................. 1-14
Mobile Manners............................ 1-15
Security Codes ............................ 1-16
Charging Battery.......................... 1-10
Power On/Off ................................ 1-11
1
Handset Power On/Off................... 1-11
Getting Started
1-1
Handset Parts
1
Parts & Functions
Getting Started
1 2
3
5 678
4
9
a
b
e
f
g
c
d
1 Light Sensor
2 Internal Camera
3 Display
4 Speakers
5 Earpiece
6 Infrared Port
7 Small Light
8 External Display
9 Sensor Key
a Memory Card Slot (with Slot Cover)
b External Device Port (with Port Cover)
c Microphone
d Headphone Port (with Port Cover)
e Strap Eyelet
f Antenna (for TV reception)
g Internal Antenna Location
h Battery Cover
i Charging Terminals
j Portrait/Macro Selector
k External Camera (lens cover)
l Mobile Light
Display Positions
Handset Closed
Keep handset closed when not in use.
Handset Open
. Do not cover or place stickers, etc. over
Light Sensor, Sensor Key or Internal
Antenna area.
. Replace Port/Slot Cover after Port/Slot use.
. Avoid metallic straps; Antenna sensitivity
may be affected.
Open handset to enter text, etc.
h i jk l
1-2
Handset Parts
Handset Keys (Handset Open)
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
a
b
6
c
g
h
i
j
k
l
d
e
f
m
n
o
p
k
q
1 Mail Key B
Open Messaging menu. Long Press to
open S! Mail Composition window.
2 Page Up Key `
Increase volume. Long Press to open
Change Menu window.
3 Multi Job/Manner Key )
Select handset mode. Long Press to
activate/cancel Manner mode.
4 Power On/Off Key "
Toggle Standby display. Long Press to
turn handset power off.
k Shift Key M
l Function Key N
m Page Down Key {
Decrease volume.
n Shortcuts & Help Key '
Open Shortcuts menu.
o Multi Selector (down) b
Open Phone Book. Long Press to create
new Phone Book entries.
p Backspace Key *
q Letter Keys - - ^
1
Getting Started
Descriptions are based on handset in Standby.
Keys are indicated in this guide as shown.
5 Start Key !
Open All Calls.
6 Number Keys 1 - 0
Enter numbers to place calls or access
functions (Quick Operations). Long Press
to access assigned functions.
7 Multi Selector (left) c
Open Received Msg. folder. Long Press to
activate/cancel Bluetooth®.
8 Center Key %
Open Main Menu. Long Press to activate/
cancel Keypad Lock.
9 Multi Selector (up) a
Open Standby Window.
a Multi Selector (right) d
Open S! Mail Composition window.
Long Press to activate/cancel infrared.
b Yahoo! Keitai Key A
Open Yahoo! Keitai portal. Long Press to
open Yahoo! Keitai menu.
c Clear/Back Key $
Play Answer Phone messages. Long
Press to activate/cancel Answer Phone.
d Line Break Key _
e Punctuation Key >
f Space & Conversion Key L
g Memo & A/a Key |
Open Scratch Pad. Long Press to open
Notepad.
h Dictionary & Pictogram/Symbol Key ~
Open Dictionary.
i Camera & Alphanumerics Key =
Activate mobile camera. Long Press to
open Data Folder.
j TV & Hiragana/Katakana Key &
Activate TV. Long Press to open Video List.
Function Key
. Use together with keys with blue
print to enter target characters, or
execute functions/operations below,
without opening Options menu:
Function Key Operations
. Press N (a appears) S target key.
. Basic Key Combinations:
N+'
Open Help
N+:
Create new entries, folders, etc.
N+^
Undo
N+<
Cut
N+]
Copy
N+}
Paste
N+*
Delete
In this guide, Function Key operations are
indicated by [N+X]. (X: target key)
1-3
Handset Parts
1
Handset Keys (Handset Closed)
Getting Started
2 (Green)
3 (Red)
1
4
5
6
7
Sensor Key
Use Sensor Key to place/answer calls,
etc. with handset closed. Illuminated
areas function as Multi Selector g and
%, and Clear/Back Key $.
In this guide, Sensor Key operations
are indicated as follows:
Q O R
Front Keys
1 Sensor Key
2 Start Key I
Open Dialed Frequency/illuminate Sensor Key
3 End Key J
Long Press to turn handset power on/off.
t
Side Keys
4 S! Circle Talk Key H
Use S! Circle Talk.
5 Volume Up Key E
Long Press to activate/cancel Keypad Lock.
6 Volume Down Key F
Long Press to illuminate Mobile Light.
7 Menu & Manner Key C
Long Press to activate/cancel Manner mode.
1-4
P
K
, Z: Touch O or P
, z: Touch Q or R
, T: Touch O, P, Q or R
Sensor Key Illumination
. Illuminate Sensor Key first to use it.
Press I to turn illumination on, or J
to turn illumination off.
Display
Indicators
1
[ Notifications
1234
Indicator size/position varies with display
content, size or orientation, etc.
123
45 6
[ Basic Status
12
3
1
1 ! Signal strength*
" Packet transmission available (3G)
2
h Packet transmission available (GSM)
Battery strength (K may
3 0
appear instead.)
*
2
The more bars the better.
3
4
F Active S! Application
< Paused S! Application
, Bluetooth® Notification
g Music playback in progress
a TV recording in progress (handset)
TV recording in progress
b
(Memory Card)
@ Memory Card in use
8 Memory Card formatting
O TV Timer/TV Recording Timer set
7 Multiple functions (Multi Job) active
a Function Key active
Music playback in progress (via
r
Bluetooth®)
1
C Unread mail
B Unread Delivery Report
2
c
3
x
9
5
:
4
l
5
6
Getting Started
[ Function Status
Display Indicators
Unread S! Friend's Status
notification (green outline)
Unread S! Information Channel info
Software Update result
Unread S! Quick News info
Answer Phone active & message
recorded
Answer Phone canceled &
message recorded
N New Voicemail
S Contents Key received
1-5
Display
1
[ Warnings
Getting Started
1
1
2
3
[ Transmissions
2
3
A Mail memory low
Memory Card unusable/
;
misinserted
O Message delivery failure
1 2 3 45
B
i
1
M
4
b
2
C
D
c
e
3
4
8
I
g
f
g
h
h
9
5
6
7
1-6
C
0
%
U
[ Settings
6
7
Waiting/packet transmission in
progress (3G)
Waiting/packet transmission in
progress (GSM)
SSL browsing in progress
Packet transmission protocol
ready (3G)
Packet transmission protocol
ready (GSM)
Receiving mail
Sending mail
S! Friend's Status online (red outline)
S! Friend's Status registration
request received
Software Update in progress
USB Cable connected
USB transmission in progress
Infrared transmission in progress
Bluetooth® transmission ready
Bluetooth® transmission in progress
Bluetooth® talk in progress
S! Addressbook Back-up
transmission in progress
PC Site Browser in use
RSS-compatible site
Infrared transmission ready
Weather Indicator
1 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a
3456789 a
[
`
J
#
]
L
Offline Mode active
Keypad Lock active
Manner mode active
Drive mode active
Original mode active
Answer Phone active
Call Forwarding or Voicemail active
M
(forwarding condition: Always)
I Hour Minder active
P Alarm set
s Schedule (Alarm set)
t Schedule (Alarm unset)
Q
$
R
a
b
Show Secret Data active
Function Lock active
Ringtone (Silent)
Ringtone (Increasing Volume)
Vibration active
Auto Answer or Remote Monitor
c
active
Display
External Display Indicators
[ Notifications
1
1 a Signal strength*
2 b Battery strength
*
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
1
1
5
2
Getting Started
[ Basic Status
[ Warnings
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
c
d
e
f
V
h
i
j
k
Missed Calls
Answer Phone message recorded
Missed Call Notification
New Voicemail
New mail (~ appears for PC Mail)
New Delivery Report
Contents Key received
Unread S! Information Channel info
Weather Indicator update
1
2
W Message delivery failure
S! Information Channel info
m
reception failure
[ Handset Status
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
n
o
p
f
r
s
+
1
2
3
5
6
7
4
Alarm
Schedule Alarm
Task Alarm
Bluetooth® Notification
TV Alarm (watch)
TV Alarm (record)
Unread S! Friend's Status notification
1-7
Display
1
Viewing Display
Getting Started
Standby
Menu Navigation
Select an item and press % to open it; press $ to
return.
Handset powers on and enters Standby.
Indicators (signal strength,
battery strength, etc.)
appear.
~/
10
%
~/
10
$
1-8
,
"
10
%
Information window opens at
the bottom.
. Information label and count
appear in Information window.
. Select an item and press % to
open it.
10
Mode Settings
Display
Customized Screen
Sounds & Alerts
Date & Time
Set Key Light
言語選択
User Dictionary
etc.included.
"
Press " to return to Standby from function windows, menus, etc.
~4C
Information Window
Settings
~/
N Phone Settings
! Connectivity
" Call/Video Call
# Network Settings
$
,
,Customize
Missed Calls,
new mail, etc.
g%
Information
C 1 Message
,
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
Unread 1
Cancel.
,Options
B
~4C
Mail
CUeda Mikio
10
1/ 1
CHow's it going?
yXX/XX 15:05
zI've just finished my work.
How about you? I'll be at the
View
%
Check.
A
Softkeys
Functions/operations assigned
to B, % and A appear at the
bottom.
Display
External Display
a
b
XX/XX XXX
15:05
Missed Calls,
new mail, etc.
a
b
tcCall:1
1
Menu Navigation
C
K
tPhone Book
Enter Number
Play Messages
Speed Dial
ab
Zt
K
J
J
Getting Started
Display Saving & Backlight
. Display goes dark after Display Saving
time elapses. Press any key to activate it.
. Display must be visible to use handset
functions. Press any key to illuminate it.
For Information List
% S g Phone S % S g Information
S%
Clearing Information List
[Information List] B S Reset S %
S e Yes S %
Press J to return to Standby from function windows, menus, etc.
XX:XX
t
sReceived Callstab
t%09392XXXX1
%Kondo Koichi
Information label appears and
Small Light illuminates (it goes out
after all items are opened).
Z
I
a
b
Calling...
090392XXXX1
Toggle
records
sReceived Callstab
%09392XXXX1
t%Kondo Koichi
1-9
Charging Battery
1
Charging Battery
Getting Started
Battery must be inserted in handset to
charge it.
. Use specified AC Charger ZTDAA1 (sold
separately) only. In this guide, ZTDAA1 is
referred to as "AC Charger."
. Handset and AC Charger may warm during
charging.
Small Light
External Device
Release Port
Tabs
AC 100V Outlet
1 Open Port Cover as shown
2 Connect AC Charger
. With arrows up, insert connector until
it clicks.
3 Extend blades
Arrows
AC Charger
Important AC Charger Usage Notes
. Fold back blades after charging.
. Do not pull, bend or twist the cord.
Advanced
1(Disabling USB Charge
1-10
(P.13-18)
. Pull AC Charger straight out.
6 Disconnect handset
. Squeeze release tabs to remove
connector.
7 Fold back blades and
replace Port Cover
Blades
Port Cover
Charger Connector
5 Unplug AC Charger
4 Plug AC Charger into AC
outlet
. Small Light illuminates red while
charging.
. When charging completes Small
Light goes out.
When Small Light Flashes
. Battery is unchargeable; may be defective
or simply at the end of its life; replace it.
USB Charge
. Connect handset (with power on) to PC
via USB Cable to charge battery.
Charging Battery Overseas
. SoftBank is not liable for problems
resulting from charging battery abroad.
Power On/Off
Handset Power On/Off
Follow these steps when powering on
922SH for the first time.
1 " (Long)
. When handset is closed, Long Press J.
. After Power On Graphic, follow the
steps below.
"S"S%SbS%Sg
設定 S % S e 本体設定 S % S
e Language S % S e English S
% S " (Long) S " (Long) S
Change Menu window opens
2 e Select option S %
Guide descriptions are based on
Standard Menu.
Your Last Name:
~/
m0
X/XX
｜
,Options
Done
3 Enter last name S % S
Enter first name S %
. Change Menu display option
confirmation appears.
4 e Yes or No S %
~/
Retrieving Network Information
Handset initiates Network Information
retrieval when B, % or A is pressed
for the first time.
Retrieve NW Info ~/
Getting Started
Power On
1
m0
10
Get the latest
provisioning and
update?
Yes
No
,
Standby
. Choose No to enter Standby
immediately after powering on.
When USIM Card is Not Installed
. Insert USIM Card appears; insert the
card to use handset.
Editing My Details
% S 0 S A S e Select item
S % S Edit S A
. Choose Yes and press %.
. Retrieve Network Information to use
Network-related services and TV; retrieval
automatically sets Clock.
Power Off
1 " (Long)
. After Power Off Graphic, handset
shuts down.
Cancel.
. My Details setup starts.
Advanced
1(Date & Time
(P.13-2) (Network (P.13-18)
1-11
Keypad Lock
1
Keypad Lock
Getting Started
Lock handset keys and prevent accidental
operation/function activation.
1 % (Long)
When handset is closed, Long Press E.
Confirm
~/
`
10
Keypad is locked:
press and hold ;
to unlock.
OK
. Keypad Lock activates.
When Keypad Lock is Active
. Incoming calls temporarily cancel
Keypad Lock. To answer a call, press
! or I. Keypad lock reactivates after
the call.
. " or J does not turn off handset power.
Canceling Keypad Lock
% (Long) or E (Long)
1-12
My Details
My Number
1
My Details
b 090392XXXX5
z Unsaved
u <Add New Entry>
,Options
~/
U
View
10
W
X
Edit
Hold:IrDA
Getting Started
1%S0
.
. Handset phone number and the
name entered at initial setup appear.
Opening My Details with Handset Closed
I (Long) S Z My Details S t
Clearing My Details
After 1, B S e Reset My Details
S % S e Yes S %
1-13
Scratch Pad
1
Scratch Pad
Getting Started
Jot down text in Standby or while using
functions. Save text as a Notepad entry.
Usage
Add Standby
Window Tag
Saving Text to Notepad
1|
. Text entry window opens.
2 Enter text S %
Scratch Pad
~/
1 Save to Notepad
2 Save as Sticky Note
3 Create Message
4 Save to Calendar
5 Save to Tasks
6 Save to Phone Book
7 Save as Text File
8 Web Search
10
,
3 e Save to Notepad S %
Opening Notepad
1 % S g Tools S %
2 e Doc./Rec. Tools S %
3 e Notepad S % S e
Select entry S %
1-14
Other Scratch Pad Usage
Operation
e Save as Sticky Note
S%
e Create Message S
Enter Mail
% S e Select mail
Message Text
type S %
Enter Schedule e Save to Calendar
Subject/Details S %
Enter Task
e Save to Tasks S %
Subject/Details
e Save to Phone
Add Last Name
Book S %
to Phone Book
, Reading is not entered.
e Save as Text File S
% S Enter name S
% S g Save here
Save Text File
S%
, Saved to Data Folder
(Other Documents).
e Web Search S %
Search Internet S e Select browser
S%
. For more, see corresponding function
description or follow onscreen instructions.
Mobile Manners
Mobile Manners
. Turn it off in theaters, museums and other
places where silence is the norm.
. Refrain from using it in restaurants, hotel
lobbies, elevators, etc.
. Observe signs and instructions regarding
handset use aboard trains, etc.
. Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of
pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
Manner Mode
Offline Mode
Mutes most handset function sounds.
1 ) (Long)
When handset is closed, Long Press C.
~/
J
10
Manner mode
selected.
Temporarily suspends all transmissions.
1 % S g Settings S % S
e Network Settings S %
Getting Started
Please use your handset responsibly. Use
these basic tips as a guide. Inappropriate
handset use can be both dangerous and
bothersome. Please take care not to
disturb others when using your handset.
Adjust handset use according to your
surroundings.
1
2 e Offline Mode S %
3 e On S %
Offline Mode
)[
10
OOn
oOff
OK
. Manner mode is set.
When Manner Mode is Active
. Ringtones and other sounds are muted.
. 922SH vibrates for transmissions/alerts.
. Shutter click still sounds at fixed volume.
Canceling Manner Mode
) (Long) or C (Long)
Offline Mode
enabled.
OK
. Offline Mode is set.
Canceling Offline Mode
In 3, e Off S %
Advanced
1(Selecting a handset mode
(Customizing handset modes (P.13-2)
1-15
Security Codes
1
Security Codes
Getting Started
These codes are required for handset use.
. Write down Security Codes.
. Do not reveal Security Codes. SoftBank is
not liable for misuse or damages.
Handset
Code
Center
Access
Code
Network
Password
9999 by default; use or
change some functions
4-digit code selected at
contract; access Optional
Services via landlines or
change contract details
4-digit code selected at
contract; restrict incoming/
outgoing calls (Call Barring)
Change Network Password as needed.
Incorrect Code Entry
. Handset code is incorrect! appears; try
again.
. If Network Password is incorrectly
entered three times consecutively, Call
Barring settings are locked. To resolve,
Network Password and Center Access
Code must be changed.
Changing Handset Code
1 % S g Settings S %
Settings
~/
N Phone Settings
! Connectivity
" Call/Video Call
# Network Settings
10
Mode Settings
Display
Customized Screen
Sounds & Alerts
Date & Time
Set Key Light
言語選択
User Dictionary
etc.included.
,
2 e Phone Settings S % S
e Locks S %
Locks
~/
PIN Entry
Change PIN2
Face Recognition
Function Lock
IP Service Setting
Application Lock
History Lock
Show Secret Data
,
10
Enter New Code:
￨
Cancel.
5 Enter new Handset Code S %
Chg.Handset Code ~/
10
10
Off
￨
Off
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
Cancel.
10
Enter Current Code:
￨
Cancel.
1-16
S%
Chg.Handset Code ~/
Retype Code:
3 e Chng Handset Code S %
Chg. Handset Code ~/
4 Enter current Handset Code
6 Re-enter new Handset Code
S%
Menu Operations............................ 2-2
Text Entry ..................................... 2-11
Handset Menus ............................... 2-2
Multi Job ......................................... 2-3
Entering Characters .......................2-12
Editing Characters..........................2-15
Toggling Active Functions ................ 2-3
User Dictionary ............................ 2-16
Simple Menu................................... 2-4
Saving Frequently Used Words ......2-16
Using Simplified Menus ................... 2-4
Phone Book.................................. 2-17
Font Size ......................................... 2-5
Changing Font Size ......................... 2-5
Creating Phone Book Entries .........2-17
Using Phone Book Entries .............2-19
Standby Window ............................ 2-6
Data Folder ................................... 2-20
Standby Window (Japanese)........... 2-6
Opening Files .................................2-21
Managing Files & Folders...............2-22
Wallpaper ........................................ 2-8
Customized Screen........................ 2-9
Memory Card................................ 2-23
Customized Screen (Japanese) ...... 2-9
Using Memory Card .......................2-23
Handset Responses..................... 2-10
Additional Functions ................... 2-25
2
Basic Operations
Customizing Handset Responses... 2-10
2-1
Menu Operations
Handset Menus
2
Basic Operations
In Standby, access functions from Main Menu or via Quick Operations/Shortcuts.
In this guide, most operations start from Main Menu.
Main Menu
~/
10
Press % to open Main
Menu (gateway to
functions).
. Select an item and press % to
open Sub Menus.
,Customize
,
Shortcuts
Long Press 1 - 0 to
access assigned functions.
. Press ' to view shortcuts.
. Change shortcuts as needed.
2-2
Shortcuts
~/
10
yMain Menu
5VPhone Book
"Search
6&Data Folder
#Dictionary
7,Calculator
zEnter Number
8vAlarms
9gBluetooth
1!Received Msg.
0pBarcode/Scan
2"Create Message
3EBookmarks
4tCalendar
,
Quick Operations
Enter numbers to access
functions.
. To activate functions, press the
corresponding key.
Enter Number
~/
G:Call
GR:Video Call
I:Calculator
}:Expenses Memo
<:Calendar
J:Alarm
,Options
10
1111
Call
Cancel.
Multi Job
Toggling Active Functions
3 To toggle active windows, )
OB ~/
CS! Mail
B Add Recipient
C Enter Subject
k
C
<Enter Text>
S
7
M
1 In a function window, '
In dial window, Long Press '.
~/
B Add Recipient
C Enter Subject
k
C
<Enter Text>
7
B Add Recipient
C Enter Subject
k
C
<Enter Text>
~/
10 % XXXX/XX/XX
M
T
W
T
F
&
S
F
S
Edit
7
B Add Recipient
C Enter Subject
k
C
<Enter Text>
10 % XXXX/XX/XX
S
M
T
W
T
F
&
S
::Stamp
,Options
View
Switch.
4 " S Multi Job ends
. When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen prompts.
::Stamp
,Options
10
T
S
)
s
Shortcuts
10
yMain Menu
"Search
#Dictionary
zEnter Number
1!Received Msg.
2"Create Message
3EBookmarks
4tCalendar
,
S
W
::Stamp
,Options
2 e Select function S %
~/
T
2
Basic Operations
Access a function in Shortcuts menu
while another is active. (Multi Job)
Multi Job may not be activated from some
menus/windows (e.g., when selecting
ringtone/ringvideo, etc.).
View
Switch.
. Menu/window opens.
Using Current Function in Full Screen
[N+)]
Advanced
0 (Customizing Shortcuts
(P.2-25)
2-3
Simple Menu
Using Simplified Menus
2
Basic Operations
Activate Simple Menu to reduce available
handset functions and simplify menus.
Messaging
Phone
Camera
Convenient Tool
Data Folder
TV
2-4
Received Msg.
Create Message
Drafts
Templates
Sent Messages
Unsent Messages
Create New SMS
Phone Book
Add New Entry
Play Messages
Answer Phone
Call Voicemail
My Details
Speed Dial/Mail
Calendar
Alarms
Calculator
Assignment
Dictionary
Notepad
S! Friend's Status
S! Circle Talk
Change Menu
-
Key Assignments
Activating Simple Menu
1 ` (Long)
~/
10
Change Menu
o Simple Menu
O Standard Menu
o Large Font Menu
,
2 e Simple Menu S %
While Simple Menu is Active
. Fonts are enlarged and appear in bold.
. Clock is enlarged (Calendar is hidden).
While Using Functions Not Available in
Simple Menu
. Simple Menu activation is disabled. End
the function and retry.
& (Long)
" (Long)
A
B
B (Long)
!
c
d
a
b
b (Long)
) (Long)
Open Video List
Turn handset on/off
Use Yahoo! Keitai
Open Messaging menu
Create S! Mail message
Open All Calls
Open Received Msg. folder
Create S! Mail message
Open Calendar
Open Phone Book
Create Phone Book entry
Activate/cancel Manner mode
% (Long)
$
$ (Long)
Activate/cancel Keypad Lock
Play Answer Phone messages
Activate/cancel Answer Phone
Canceling Simple Menu
1 ` (Long)
2 e Standard Menu S %
Font Size
Changing Font Size
Enlarging All Fonts
Customizing Font Sizes
~/
10
!Received Msg.
'Chat Folder
"Create Message (Server Mail B...
B...
#Retrieve New
)Create New SMS
$Drafts
=Settings
%Templates
PMemory Status
QSent Messages
RUnsent Messag...
Messag...
,
,GetC
Messaging
e Phone Settings S %
2 e Display S %
3 e Font Settings S %
Font Settings
Font Size
Font Weight
~/
10
Font Weight S %
Font Weight
o Thin
O Normal
o Bold
~/
10
Sample
10
Normal
,
1 ` (Long)
~/
1 In Font Settings menu, e
Basic Operations
Activate Large Font Menu to enlarge fonts
for menus, text entry, etc. as follows:
2
Changing Font Weight
2 e Select weight S %
,
Font Settings Menu
Change Menu
o Simple Menu
O Standard Menu
o Large Font Menu
,
2 e Large Font Menu S %
Canceling Large Font Menu
In 2, e Standard Menu S %
4 e Font Size S % S e
Select item S %
5 e Select size S %
Changing Font Size in Function Windows
. Press [N+`/{] to change font size
in text entry/message windows, etc. Font
Size setting changes accordingly.
2-5
Standby Window
Standby Window (Japanese)
2
Basic Operations
In Standby, view S! Quick News or
Calendar, access shortcut icons, and more.
1a
3 g Select item S %
4 " S Standby Window
closes
~/
10
[ News Panel
~/
10
X
Standby Window Panels
XXXX
[ Shortcut Panel
~B c
10
,
,Options
Switch.
[ Member Panel
,
,Options
2A
Switch.
,Options
~/
10
,
10
XXXX
X
XXXX
,Options
,
Switch.
. Press A to toggle panels.
(Long Press A to toggle panels in
reverse.)
Advanced
0 (Changing Display Option
2-6
(P.2-25)
,Options
,
Switch.
10
B
B
v
Switch.
[ Calendar/Tag Panel
~/
X
~B c
% t , & p (
v B B
Standby Window
,Options
v ごきげん
v ごきげん
ごきげん
,
-;,
:; <
:; <
Switch.
Selecting Panel Items
[Shortcut Panel]/[Calendar/Tag Panel]
B S e Select Item S % S e
Select item S % (N/P) S A
, To the left is an example of Shortcut
Panel with all items checked (P).
Standby Window
Panel Selection
1 In Standby Window, B S
Standby Window
Display Window
Display Panel
~/
10
Switch by Key
1 In Calendar/Tag Panel, e
(select row with N) S %
2 Enter text S %
~/
X
10
Birthday
XXXX
2
Basic Operations
e Standby Window S %
Using Tags
,
Standby Window Menu
2 e Display Panel S % S
e Select panel S % (N/P)
SA
. Panels with P (checked) appear in
Standby Window.
Checking/Unchecking Tags
a S e Select tag S B S e
Check Note or Uncheck S %
, Checked tag (with P) turns gray.
Deleting Tag Notes
a S e Select tag S B S e
Delete Note S %
. To delete all checked tags, follow these steps.
a S B S e Delete Checked
Note S %
Advanced
1(Display & Key Settings (P.13-3 - 13-4)
2-7
Wallpaper
Wallpaper
2
Some files may not be usable.
Basic Operations
e Phone Settings S%
2 e Display S %
3 e Wallpaper S %
Wallpaper
~/
Preset Pictures
Pictures
DCIM
Flash0
Slide W paper
Other Documents
Customized Screen
Blank
10
Choose from preset
pictures.
,
Wallpaper Menu
4 e Preset Pictures S % S
e Select image S %
Using Data Folder Images
In 4, e (select folder) S % S g
Select image S % S %
, For images smaller or larger than
Display, follow these steps.
e Select option S % S %
Selecting Images with Limited Usage Period
. A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to proceed.
2-8
Slide Show Wallpaper
Set Slide Show to appear in Standby.
Some images may not appear.
1 In Wallpaper menu, e Slide
W paper S %
Slide W paper
Pattern Setting
Folder Setting
~/
10
XXXX
Pictures
,
2 e Folder Setting S %
3 e Pictures or DCIM S %
4 g Select sub folder S %
S g Set this folder S %
. Omit steps for sub folder if none.
If There is No Image in Set Folder
. Preset images appear.
Using Preset Images
In 3, e Preset Pictures S %
Changing Pattern
In 2, e Pattern Setting S % S e
Select pattern S %
Customized Screen
Customized Screen (Japanese)
Downloading Customized Screen
1 % S g Data Folder S % S
e Customized Screen S %
N ~/
CustomizedScreen ■
XXXXXXXXXX
BDCIM
D
dRing Songs･To...
Appli
Download
DS!
cMusic
EVideos
FBooks
JCustomized Sc...
}Status Templa...
View
,Options
C
10
RD
XXXKB
R
Contents Key may be required to use
fee-based Customized Screen.
1 In Customized Screen
menu, g (select
Customized Screen) S B
N ~/
CustomizedScreen ■
XXXXXXXXXX
BDCIM
L
dRing Songs･To...
Appli
Download
DS!
D
cMusic Options
R
Change to MemoryCard
EVideos
Web Access
FBook
Activate Sc..
JCustomized
Move Templa..
>>
}Status
C
10
RD
2
Customized Screen Setup
XXXKB
R
Selecting a preloaded Customized Screen
initiates updated file download, installing
the most recent version of selected file.
1 In Customized Screen
menu, g (select
Customized Screen) S %
CustomizedScreen ~/
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to download a
Customized Screen using handset.
Read information (price, etc.) on
Customized Screen download page.
Purchasing Contents Keys
10
,
Check.
Customized Screen Menu
2 g Download Customized
Screen S %
. Handset connects to the Internet and
source site list appears. Follow
onscreen instructions.
. Select one with L.
2 e Activate S %
3 e Yes S %
. Read through terms of service and
follow onscreen instructions.
,Web
Apply
. Select one without L.
2%S%
When Selected Customized Screen is Active
. Cancellation confirmation appears after 1.
Applying Preset Customized Screen
% S g Settings S % S e Phone
Settings S % S e Customized
Screen S % S e Preset Screens S
% S e Select pattern S % S %
Advanced
0 (Canceling Customized Screen
(Accessing Source Sites (P.2-25)
2-9
Handset Responses
Customizing Handset Responses
2
Ringtone
Basic Operations
2 e Sounds & Alerts S %
Sounds & Alerts
Volume
Ringtone/videos
System Sounds
Vibration
Event Light
Status Light
Any Key Answer
Surround
~/
10
Off
Link to Sound
,
Sounds & Alerts Menu
3 e Ringtone/videos S %
Ringtone/videos ~/
For Voice Call
For Video Call
For New Message
For New PC Mail
S! Friend's Status
S! Circle Talk
) Missed Calls
S! Appli Notif.
,
10
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
4 e Select item S %
For For New Message, etc., select
Assign Tone and press %.
5 e Select folder S %
6 g Select tone/file S %
Playing Video for Incoming Transmissions
In 5, e Videos S % S g Select
file S %
If Portion of File Content is Specifiable
. Start point selection window opens.
Follow these steps to proceed.
After 6, e (select start point) S %
Selecting Files with Limited Usage Period
. A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to proceed.
Vibration
1 In Sounds & Alerts menu,
e Vibration S %
2 e Select item S % S e
Switch On/Off S %
For Incoming Call ~/
Switch On/Off
Vibration Pattern
,
3 e On S %
4 e Vibration Pattern S %
S e Select pattern S %
. To check vibration patterns, select
one and press B.
Setting Ringtones to Control Vibration
In 3, e Link to Sound S %
Precaution
. Cancel Vibration when charging battery
to help avoid accidents.
Ringtone/videos Menu
Advanced
0 (Setting Ring Time for Incoming Mail, etc.
2-10
(P.2-25)
10
oOn
oLink to Sound
OOff
1(Ringtone & Sound Settings
(P.13-5)
Text Entry
Text Entry
2
Toggling Entry Modes
In text entry windows, use Letter
Keys to enter characters.
Message:
~/
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
Press & or =
Current
Entry Mode
Message:
~/
10
`R:Dict
M: Toggle upper/lower case roman
｜
Text Entry Window
. Use romaji to enter hiragana or katakana.
Convert hiragana to kanji or double-byte
katakana as needed.
. To enter single-byte katakana or alphanumerics, select appropriate entry mode
or enter hiragana and convert characters.
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
ねこ
｜
――
~: Enter Pictograms and Symbols.
X/XXK
｜
&
Key Assignments
=
letters or specify text block.
あ予 Hiragana
1 Single-byte number
>: Enter punctuation marks (、。,.).
ア Double-byte katakana
a Single-byte alphabet
ｱ Single-byte katakana
ａ Double-byte alphabet
N: Enter symbols/numbers printed
. Press | to toggle upper/lower case
roman letters or standard/small kana.
Basic Operations
Basics
in blue (upper right of each key).
L: Convert characters
mid-entry or enter spaces.
_: Enter conversions/line breaks.
X/XXCandidates
21猫
20寝込む
19寝込み
,Kanji
18寝込ん
17猫舌
16猫背
No Conv
15寝転ぶ
14寝転び
13寝言
Kana.
Hiragana Mode & Suggestion List
A
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■
X/XCandidates
■0■ネコ
■■■■■■
■■■■■■
■■■■■
3■
NEKO
6 ■
ｎｅｋｏ
■1■ﾈｺ
■■■■■■
■■■■■■
■■■■■
4■
Ｎｅｋｏ
7 ■
neko
■2■ＮＥＫＯ
■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■
5■
Neko
,←Range
$*: Delete characters or cancel
conversion.
. To learn when/how to use other keys
for text entry, read the following pages.
,
Suggestions for Katakana/
Alphanumerics Conversion
. Press N then target key to enter
numbers or symbols printed in blue.
. Unless noted otherwise, text entry
descriptions are for text entry windows.
2-11
Text Entry
Entering Characters
2
Hiragana
Kanji
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to enter すずき in
hiragana mode.
See P.14-9 for romaji input.
1 .7 (す) ^7 (ず)
(8 (き)
~/
Message:
'
すずき
｜
―――
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
X/XXCandidates
12鈴木
11鈴木町
10スズキ
,Kanji
09鱸
08鈴木杏
07鈴木えみ
No Conv
06鈴木京香
05鈴木啓太
04鈴木紗理奈
Kana.
2%
~/
Message:
'
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
すずき
｜
Convert すずき to 鈴木.
1 Enter すずき and press
L or b
Message:
~/
10
X/XXK
`R:Dict
'
鈴木
■
■｜
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■
X/XXCandidates
■12鈴木
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■
09鱸
06鈴木京香
■11鈴木町
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■
08鈴木杏
05鈴木啓太
■10スズキ
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■
07鈴木えみ
04鈴木紗理奈
,←Range
2 g 鈴木
. To exit suggestion list, press $
or *.
3 % or _
,Options
Done
Text Entry Window
Cancel.
,
. In hiragana mode, word suggestions
change as hiragana is entered.
(Predictive)
. Alternatively, use Keypad to enter
words/phrases from suggestion list.
. Words likely to follow the entry
appear based on previous entries.
(Previous Usage)
When Target Word is Not Listed
. Press B or A to segment hiragana to
convert separately.
Phonetic Conversion
Enter reading in hiragana S B
Selecting Multiple Converted Words
[N+%]
One-Hiragana Conversion
Enter the first hiragana to access
previously selected words.
Example: 鈴木 was previously selected
after conversion.
1 .7 (す) S L or b
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
鈴木
■
■｜
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■
X/XXCandidates
■79鈴木
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■
76すぐ
73スポーツ
■78する
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■
75好き
72少し
■77すると
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■
■■■■■■
74すべて
71すぐに
,←Range
,
2 g Select word/phrase S %
Advanced
0 (Inserting Line Breaks
(Inserting Spaces (Using Character Codes
(Clearing Conversion Log (P.2-26)
2-12
1(Disabling suggestions based on entered characters
(Disabling
suggestions based on entered words (Using Keypad to enter words/
phrases from suggestion list (P.13-6)
Text Entry
Katakana
Symbols & Pictograms
1&
Message:
~/
10
`R:Dict
B
Emoticons
May be unavailable depending on entry
mode.
1~
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
X/XXK
1 [N+&]
Emoticons
1(^0^)
2o(^-^)o
3(^0^)/
4p(^^)q
5(>_<)
6(*_*)
7m(__)m
8f^_^;
]=Change Pict Setting
History 。？ーーーーーーーーーーーーー
ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
G=
My Pict ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー
,
Sym.1.
,Pict 1
,Options
Done
Cancel.
2 +7::
Message:
~/
10
`R:Dict
B
X/XXK
ジュン
｜
. Symbol/Pictogram History appears.
2 A or B S List toggles
. To check cross-carrier Pictograms,
press | in Pictogram List.
3 g Select Symbol/Pictogram
S%
. Pictograms are double-byte even in
single-byte modes.
,Options
Done
Cancel.
2
~/
10
,
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to change entry mode
from hiragana to double-byte katakana
and enter ジュン.
2 e Select emoticon S %
Alternative Emoticon Entry Method
. In hiragana mode, enter かお or a
descriptive word such as わーい or うーん,
then convert the entry.
EmoticonWordLink
. Immediately after inserting a descriptive
word such as 嬉しい or 悲しい,
corresponding emoticons may appear in
the suggestion list.
4 $ or * S List closes
Using Function Key to Enter Symbols
. Alternatively, press N then the target
Symbol key (symbol printed in blue).
Advanced
0 (Inserting Phone Book Entry Items
(Undo Conversion or Recover
Deleted Characters (Changing Font Size (P.2-26)
1(Hiding emoticons in suggestion list
(Lowering type priorities in
suggestion list (P.13-6)
2-13
Text Entry
Mail & Web Extensions
2
Hiragana to Katakana/
Alphanumeric Conversion
Enter .co.jp, http://, etc., easily.
Basic Operations
1 [N+=]
Quick Address List ~/
10
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
,
2 e Select extension S %
. Extensions are single-byte even in
double-byte entry modes.
Enter katakana and alphanumerics in
hiragana mode.
Example: To enter PTA
Use key inscriptions.
1 05- S A
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
ｐタ
■
■｜
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■
X/XCandidates
■0■ｐタ
■■■■■■
■■■■■■
■■■■■
3■
PTA
6 ■
ｐｔａ
■1■pﾀ
■■■■■■
■■■■■■
■■■■■
4■
Ｐｔａ
7 ■
pta
■2■ＰＴＡ ■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■
5■
Pta
,←Range
,
2 g Select word/phrase S %
2-14
Text Entry
Editing Characters
Deleting & Editing
1 g Place cursor after 、
Enter characters
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
XX/XXK
また明日お願いします
｜
2 [N+<] or [N+]]
Press [N+<] to cut or [N+]]
to copy.
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
XX/XXK
｜
明日お願いします
(character to delete)
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
XX/XXK
また、お願いします
｜
,Options
,Options
Done
Cancel.
2*
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
2
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to correct また、お願
いします to また明日お願いします.
3 g Select target location S
XX/XXK
またお願いします
｜
Done
Cancel.
Recovering Deleted Characters
. Press [N+^] to recover characters
deleted with $ or *.
Deleting All Characters before Cursor
[N+*]
Deleting All Characters after Cursor
[N+$]
Copy/Cut & Paste
1 g Select start point S
,Options
Done
Cancel.
Cut
3 g Select target location S
[N+}]
. Text is entered.
Pasting Previously Cut/Copied Text
g Select target location S B S e
Paste S % S e Select text S %
, Available when Paste List appears.
While pressing M, use g to
highlight text range
,Options
Done
Cancel.
. The character before cursor is deleted.
. Press $ to delete character after
cursor.
Message:
'
~/
10
`R:Dict
XX/XXK
また明日お願いします
■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
,Options
Cancel.
. To cancel and start over, press A.
2-15
User Dictionary
Saving Frequently Used Words
2
Saving Words (Japanese)
Basic Operations
Saved words appear among suggestions.
e Phone Settings S % S
e User Dictionary S %
User Dictionary
~/
New Entry
Saved Word List
Acquire Dictionary
10
Save words/phrases
to User
Dictionary.
2 e Select number S % S
922SH Download Dictionary
(Japanese)
g Select dictionary S %
Download specialized 922SH Download
Dictionaries from SH-web Mobile Internet
site. Activate dictionaries to improve
handset character conversion. Dictionary
words appear among suggestions.
Some dictionary files may not be usable.
1 In User Dictionary menu, e
Acquire Dictionary S %
,
User Dictionary Menu
2 e New Entry S % S Enter
word S %
3 Enter reading S %
Advanced
0 (Editing Entries
2-16
(Deleting Entries (P.2-26)
Acquire Dictionary ~/
Dictionary 1
Dictionary 2
Dictionary 3
Dictionary 4
Dictionary 5
,
10
. Existing dictionary is replaced.
Canceling Dictionary
In 2, e (select dictionary) S B S
e Cancel S %
Viewing Dictionary Information
In 2, e (select dictionary) S B S
e Info S %
Phone Book
Creating Phone Book Entries
1 % S g Phone S % S g
Add New Entry S %
New Entry
Last Name:
First Name:
Reading-Last Name:
Reading-FirstName:
Add Phone Number:
Add Email Address:
Category:
Address:
N ~/
10
2 e Last Name: S % S
Enter last name S %
S e First Name: S %
S Enter first name S %
New Entry
N ~/
10
Ueda
Mikio
Ueda
Mikio
BNo Category
,
% S Enter phone number
S % S e Select icon S %
New Entry
Last Name:
First Name:
Reading-Last Name:
Reading-FirstName:
Tel 1:
Add Phone Number:
Add Email Address:
Category:
N ~/
10
Ueda
Mikio
Ueda
Mikio
N090392XXXX1
BNo Category
,
Save.
. Characters entered for names
(reading for kanji) appear.
4 e Add Email Address: S
% S Enter mail address S
% S e Select icon S %
New Entry
First Name:
Reading-Last Name:
Reading-FirstName:
Tel 1:
Add Phone Number:
Email 1:
Add Email Address:
Category:
N ~/
5 e Category: S % S e
Select Category S %
New Entry
Reading-FirstName:
Tel 1:
Add Phone Number:
Email 1:
Add Email Address:
Category:
Address:
Office:
N ~/
10
Mikio
Ueda
Mikio
N090392XXXX1
10
Mikio
N090392XXXX1
[email protected]
AFriends
,
Save.
. To save additional phone numbers,
repeat 3.
BNo Category
,
Last Name:
First Name:
Reading-Last Name:
Reading-FirstName:
Add Phone Number:
Add Email Address:
Category:
Address:
3 e Add Phone Number: S
2
Basic Operations
Enter a name, phone number and mail
address (enter at least one of these items)
and classify the entry.
Save.
Phone Book Entry Window
6A
. Entry is saved to Phone Book.
Incoming Calls while Creating Entry
. Contents are temporarily saved. End the
call to return.
Phone Book Memory Status
% S g Phone S % S g Manage
Entries S % S e Memory Status
S%
[email protected]
BNo Category
,
Save.
. To save additional mail addresses,
repeat 4.
Advanced
0 (Saving Other Information
(P.2-27)
2-17
Phone Book
Personal Ringtone
2
Saving Secret Entries
Set tone for calls from saved numbers.
Basic Operations
1 In Phone Book entry
window, e (select item,
e.g., Tone-Voice Call:) S %
For Voice Call
~/
Saving Numbers After Calls
Restrict access to Phone Book entries by
saving them as Secret entries.
1 In Phone Book entry
After a call, save number to Phone Book.
Call Ended
Save this
Call number
Time:
to your Phone
Book?
window, e Secret: S %
10
Secret
~/
10
10
X:XX:XX
Yes
No
oOn
OOff
Assign Tone
Set Play Point
Remove Tone/Video
~/
,
1 When confirmation appears,
e Yes S %
,
2 e Assign Tone S % S e
Select folder S %
3 g Select tone/file S %
,
Confirm
2 e On S %
Accessing Secret Entries
b S B S e Unlock Temporarily
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
~/
Save this number
Call Time:
to your Phone
Save to Phone Book
Book?
As New Entry
As New Detail
YesNo
10
X:XX:XX
,
2 e As New Entry S % S
Complete other fields S A
Saving to an Existing Entry
In 2, e As New Detail S % S g
Select entry S % S Complete other
fields S A
Advanced
0 (Assigning Images to Phone Book Entries for Incoming Transmissions
(Changing Light Color/Vibration Pattern (Setting Incoming Mail Ring
Time (Customizing Response by Category (P.2-27)
2-18
1(Changing default storage media for new entries (Hiding confirmation
after calls with unsaved numbers (P.13-6)
Phone Book
Using Phone Book Entries
Dialing via Phone Book
Phone Book
~/
NA HA MA YA RA WA Ab ＊
B Kimura Tetsuya
B Kondo Koichi
10
N
P
090392XXXX6
03123XXXX2
Changing Search Method
1 In entry search window, B
S e Ph.Book Settings S %
2 e Sort Entries S %
,Options
Phone Book
View
Switch.
Entry Search Window (By a-ka-sa-ta-na)
2 e Select entry S %
Phone Book
~/
Kondo Koichi
U
R 03123XXXX2
N 090392XXXX3
Z [email protected]
u <Add New Entry>
,Options
O
10
W
~/
NA HA MA YA RA WA Ab ＊
B Ito Jun
A Ueda Mikio
Sort Entries
oBy Reading
oBy Category
OBy a-ka-sa-ta-na
X
P
090392XXXX7
090392XXXX1
10
N
. Phone Book Search Methods:
Edit.
3 e Select phone number
4!
. Handset dials the number; close
handset and put Earpiece to an ear.
Opening from Other Functions
Example: Enter a recipient via Phone
Book when sending a message.
Select Recipient ~/
V Phone Book
] Select Group
W Speed Dial/Mail
N Enter Number
Y Enter Address
10
,
RcvdMsg..
,
3 e Select method S %
Entry Details
Changing Search Method Temporarily
[Entry Search Window] A (press
repeatedly to toggle search methods)
Shows entries that
By Reading
start with specified
Reading
Opens entries in the
By Category
specified Category
Shows entries with
Readings that start
By a-ka-sa-ta-na
with katakana in
the specified row
2
Basic Operations
1 b S f Specify katakana row
Using Other Options
After 3, % S e Select option S %
Select Recipient Window
1 e Phone Book S % S g
Select entry S %
2 e Select phone number or
mail address S %
. Recipient is entered.
. Omit 2 if only one number or
address is saved.
Advanced
0 (Messaging via Phone Book
(Editing Phone Book Entries (Deleting
Phone Book Entries (Renaming Categories (Moving Categories (P.2-28)
1(Switching reference Phone Book (Prioritizing mail address display in
entry search window (P.13-6)
2-19
Data Folder
Data Folder
2
Handset files are organized in folders by file format.
Basic Operations
[ Preset Folders
Pictures*
DCIM
Ring Songs·Tones*
S! Appli*
Music*
Videos*
Contents
Still images
Large still images on Memory Card (images
captured with save location set to SD(DCIM))
Downloaded melodies and other sound files
S! Applications
Downloaded Chaku-Uta Full® files
Video images
Books*
Downloaded e-Books, etc.
Customized Screen* Downloaded Customized Screen files
Combinations of Status Icon and Status
Status Templates
Label for S! Friend's Status
Flash®
Other Documents
*
Downloaded Flash® (animation) files
Other files (Dictionary files, etc.)
Contains corresponding Yahoo! Keitai menu shortcut.
Memory Status
. Delete messages/files when memory is low. Handset performance
may be affected when memory is full.
% S g Data Folder S % S e Memory Status S % S e
Phone Memory or Memory Card S %
2-20
Data Folder
Opening Files
N ~/
Data Folder ■
10
My Pictograms
APictures
BDCIM
)
dRing Songs･To... Download
DS! Appli
C
My Pict.
cMusic
$
EVideos
Charact.
FBooks
Date:--/--/-- --:-JCustomized Sc....
Size:---KB
,
Expand.
,Options
. Unselectable files/folders appear in
gray.
. To show/hide sub folders, select a
folder and press A.
To open a sub folder, select it and
press %.
N ~/
Pictures
■
My Pictograms
APictures
BDCIM
)
DS! Appli
C
My Pict.
cMusic
$
EVideos
Charact.
FBooks
Date:--/--/-JCustomized Sc....
Size:---KB
Open
,Options
10
3 g Select file S %
2
Slide Show
All images in Pictures or DCIM folder
appear sequentially.
1 In file list, e (select file)
SB
,Options
Zoom
Rotate
Hold:IrSS
.
. The content plays or appears.
. To return to file list, press $.
S! Mail Attachments
After 2, g (select file) S B S e
Send S % S e As Message S %
, When a size list appears, select
attachment size and press %.
Copy Protected Files (K or L)
. Some functions may not be available.
N ~/
Pictures
■
ImageXXX.jpg
A Pictures
BDCIM
dRing Songs･To...
S o n gOptions
s
Change
T
o n etosMemoryCard
DS
Move
>>
!
Copy
>>
A
pplicM
Date:XX/XX/XX
Send
>>
u
sicEVi
10
Basic Operations
1 % S g Data Folder S %
XX:XX
Size:XXXKB
,
File Options Menu
2 e Slide Show S %
. Slide Show starts.
3 % S Slide Show stops
--:--
File List
Changing Interval
In 3, B S e Speed S % S e
Select speed S %
Viewing Images at Manual Speed
%/{ (advance frames) or `
(reverse frames)
Advanced
0 (Switching File List View
(Using Files as Wallpaper (Using Files as
Ringtones (P.2-29)
2-21
Data Folder
Managing Files & Folders
2
Adding Folders
Basic Operations
S e Select folder S %
2 B S e Manage Items S %
N ~/
Pictures ■
My Pictograms
APictures
BDCIM
)
Manage Items C
DS! Appli
My Pict.
Sort
>>
cMusic
Create Folder
$
EVideos
Change List View Charact.
>>
FBook
Date:--/--/-Check All
Sc....
JCustomized
Size:---KB
,
10
Moving Files
Some files may not be moved.
1 In file list, g (select file)
SB
2 e Move S % S e Phone
or Memory Card S %
--:--
Manage Items Menu
3 e Create Folder S % S
3 g Select folder S %
4 g Move here S %
Copying Files
[File List] g Select file S [N+]]
S g Copy here S %
Enter name S %
Renaming Folders
After 1, g (select folder) S B S
e Manage Items S % S e
Rename S % S Enter name S %
. Assign different names to folders within a
layer.
Advanced
0 (Renaming Files
& Folders (P.2-29)
2-22
(Sorting Files (Canceling Secret (Deleting Files
Selecting Multiple Files
1 In file list, g (select file)
SA
. Repeat 1 as needed. (To uncheck,
select a file with P and press A.)
Hiding Folders
Restrict access to created folders.
Only handset folders can be hidden.
1 In file list, g (select folder)
SB
2 e Set Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Accessing Secret Folders
[File List] B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Memory Card
Using Memory Card
Precautions
. Do not force Memory Card into or out of
handset.
. When inserting/removing Memory Card,
do not touch terminals or expose them to
metal objects.
. microSD= Memory Card has no write
protect switch. Files may be accidentally
erased or overwritten.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages
resulting from accidental loss/alteration
of information. Keep a copy of Phone
Book entries, etc. in a separate place.
Important Memory Card Usage Note
. Never remove Memory Card or battery
while files are being accessed.
Inserting & Removing
3 Close cover
Turn handset power off first.
1 Open cover
. Rotate to open cover.
2 Insert card
. Rotate to replace cover.
. If ; appears after powering on
handset, Memory Card may not be
inserted properly; reinsert the card.
2
Basic Operations
Use microSD=/microSDHC= Memory
Card (hereafter "Memory Card") to save
and organize files for use on 922SH.
Use recommended Memory Cards only.
For details, see P.14-19 "microSD=
Memory Card Compatibility."
Removing Memory Card
. Gently push in card and release it; card
pops out. Pull card straight out gently.
. With terminal side up, insert card
until it clicks.
. Do not insert other objects into
Memory Card Slot.
2-23
Memory Card
3 Enter Handset Code S %
Format Card
2
Basic Operations
When using a new Memory Card for the
first time, format it on the handset before
trying to save files, etc. Format Card
deletes all Memory Card files, even those
created on other devices.
e Connectivity S % S e
Memory Card S %
Memory Card
~/
DPOF
SD Local Contents
Format Card
Memory Status
G
10
Num. of Copies
Settings
Check Settings
Reset Settings
are included.
,
2 e Format Card S % S e
Yes S %
2-24
S e Yes S %
Format Card
)[
G
10
Enter Handset Code:
Card formatted
successfully!
OK
. To cancel, choose No and press %.
Precaution
. Never remove Memory Card or battery
while formatting; may cause damage.
Opening Memory Card Files
2 B S e Change to
MemoryCard S %
Returning to Handset Data Folder
After 2, B S e Change to Phone
S%
Additional Functions
0 Display & Sounds
4[Standby Window Menu] P.2-7 [Customized Screen Menu] P.2-9 [Ringtone/videos Menu] P.2-10
G Customizing Shortcuts
[ Changing Default Shortcuts
' S e Select item S B S e
Assign S % S e Select menu item
S % S e Select new item S %
[ Changing Item Order
' S e Select item S B S e
Move S % S e Select target
location S %
Standby Window
G Changing Display Option
[ Showing Always
[Standby Window Menu] e
Display Window S % S e
Always On S %
[ Disabling Always
[Standby Window Menu] e
Display Window S % S e
Always Off S %
. Pressing a in Standby opens Calendar.
Customized Screen
G Canceling Customized Screen
% S g Settings S % S e
Phone Settings S % S e
Customized Screen S % S e Off
S % S e Yes S %
2
Basic Operations
User Shortcuts
G Accessing Source Sites
[Customized Screen Menu] g
Select Customized Screen S B
S e Web Access S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
Ringtones
G Setting Ring Time for Incoming Mail,
etc.
[Ringtone/videos Menu] e Select
item S % S e Duration S % S
Enter time S %
2-25
0 Text Entry
2
Basic Operations
Character Entry
G Inserting Line Breaks
[ At the End of Text
[Text Entry Window] b or _
[ Mid-Entry
[Text Entry Window] _
G Inserting Spaces
4[Text Entry Window] P.2-12 [User Dictionary Menu] P.2-16
G Inserting Phone Book Entry Items
[Text Entry Window] [N+| (Long)]
S g Select entry or My Details S %
S g Select item S %
Conversion or Recover
G Undo
Deleted Characters
[Text Entry Window] [N+^]
G Changing Font Size
[Text Entry Window] d or L
G Using Character Codes
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Change Character Code S % S
e Character Code S % S Enter
four digits (P.14-10)
G Clearing Conversion Log
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Input/Conversion S % S e Reset
History S % S e Yes S %
2-26
[Text Entry Window] [N+`] or
[N+{]
User Dictionary
G Editing Entries
[User Dictionary Menu] e Saved
Word List S % S e Select word
S % S Edit S % S Edit reading
S % S e Yes S %
G Deleting Entries
[User Dictionary Menu] e Saved
Word List S % S e Select word
S B S e Yes S %
0 Phone Book Entry Items
G Assigning Images to Phone Book
Entries for Incoming Transmissions
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Picture: S % S e Assign Picture
S % S g Select image S %
Light Color/Vibration
G Changing
Pattern
[ Light Color
Select item, e.g., Light-Voice Call: S
% S e Switch On/Off S % S e
Select option S % S e Light
Color S % S e Select color S %
. To return to Phone Book entry window,
press $.
[ Vibration Pattern
Select item, e.g., Vibration-Message:
S % S e Switch On/Off S % S
e Select option S % S e
Vibration Pattern S % S e Select
pattern S %
G Saving Other Information
[ Address
Address: S % S e Select item S
% S Complete fields S % S A
[ Office
Office: S % S e Select item S
% S Enter text S % S A
[ Homepage
Homepage: S % S Enter URL S
% S e Select type S %
[ Note
Note: S % S Enter text S %
G Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time
Tone-New Message: S % S e
Duration S % S Enter time S %
. Available for compatible ringtones.
G Customizing Response by Category
2
Basic Operations
Phone Book Entry
4[Phone Book Entry Window] P.2-17
% S g Phone S % S g
Category Control S % S e Select
Category S B S e Select item
S % S e Select item S % S
Customize responses S A
. Customize responses in the same way
as Phone Book entries.
. Available for Categories on handset.
. Handset response settings for Phone
Book entries take priority.
[ Birthday
Birthday: S % S Enter date S %
. To return to Phone Book entry window,
press $.
2-27
0 Phone Book Entries
2
Basic Operations
Using Entries
G Messaging via Phone Book
[ Phone Numbers
[Entry Details] e Select number
S % S e Create Message S %
S e S! Mail or SMS S % S
Complete message S A
[ Mail Addresses
[Entry Details] e Select address
S % S Complete message S A
Managing Entries
G Editing Phone Book Entries
[Entry Search Window] g Select entry
S B S e Edit S % S e Select
item S % S Edit S % S A
. Edit Reading after editing names.
2-28
4[Entry Details] P.2-19 [Entry Search Window] P.2-19
G Deleting Phone Book Entries
[ One Entry
[Entry Search Window] g Select
entry S B S e Delete S % S
e Yes S %
[ All Entries
% S g Phone S % S g
Manage Entries S % S e Delete
All S % S e Select entry type S
% S e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
G Renaming Categories
% S g Phone S % S g
Category Control S % S g
Select Category S % S e Edit
Name S % S Enter name S %
. To edit Categories on USIM Card, press
B before selecting a Category then
select Change to USIM and press %.
G Moving Categories
% S g Phone S % S g
Category Control S % S g
Select Category S A S g
Select target location S %
. View for By Category Phone Book
search changes accordingly.
. To edit Categories on USIM Card, press
B before selecting a Category then
select Change to USIM and press %.
0 Data Folder Contents
G Switching File List View
[Manage Items Menu] e Change
List View S % S e Select option
S%
G Using Files as Wallpaper
[File Options Menu] e Set as
Wallpaper S % S %
. For images smaller or larger than
Display, select an option and press %.
G Using Files as Ringtones
[File Options Menu] e Set as
Ringtone S % S e Select item
S%
. For For New Message and For New
PC Mail, enter ring time and press %.
Managing Files/Folders
G Renaming Files
[File Options Menu] e Manage
Items S % S e Rename S % S
Enter name S %
G Sorting Files
[Manage Items Menu] e Sort S
% S e Select method S %
. To reverse the order, sort by the same
method again.
G Canceling Secret
2
Basic Operations
Handling Files
4[Manage Items Menu] P.2-22 [File Options Menu] P.2-21 [File List] P.2-21
Unlock Secret folders temporarily
and g (select Secret folder) S
B S e Unset Secret S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
G Deleting Files & Folders
[ Single Files
[File Options Menu] e Delete S
% S e Yes S %
[ Folder & All Created Files
[File List] g Select folder S B S
e Delete S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
2-29
Handset Closed.............................. 3-2
Calling with Handset Closed............ 3-2
Voice Calling................................... 3-3
Video Calling .................................. 3-6
Speed Dial....................................... 3-7
Call Log .......................................... 3-8
Call Time & Call Cost .................... 3-9
Optional Services ........................ 3-10
Emergency Calls.......................... 3-16
3
Calling
3-1
Handset Closed
Calling with Handset Closed
Placing a Call
3
Answering a Call
Calling
Follow these steps to place a Voice Call
from a Dialed Frequency record.
1I
sDialed Freq.tab
t!09392XXXX1
"Kondo Koichi
Dialed Frequency
. Dialed Frequency opens; use z to
open Received Calls, etc.
1 I to accept the call
. Call connects.
2 J S Call ends
Earpiece Volume
During a call, E or F
Call Operations
. Press C when a call arrives or during a
call; select an item and press t.
2 Z Select record S I
. Handset dials the number.
3 J S Call ends
Dialing via Phone Book
C or I (Long) S Z Phone Book
S t S T Select entry S t S Z
Select phone number S I
, Omit step for phone number if only
one number is saved.
Advanced
1(Hiding caller's number/name
3-2
(Changing number entry view (P.13-4)
Entering Phone Numbers
Use Sensor Key to enter digits with
handset closed; place a call or send touch
tones during a call.
1 C or I (Long)
2 Z Enter Number S t
ab
3 Z Select digit S t
. Press K to correct entry.
. Repeat 3 to add digits.
Voice Calling
Voice Calling
Placing a Voice Call
area code
Enter Number
~/
10
G:Call
GR:Video Call
I:Calculator
J:Int'l Call
03123XXXX1
,Options
2!
In-Call
Call
Correcting Numbers
In 1, f (place cursor under the digit)
S$
, Press [N+$] to delete the digits
above and after the cursor.
Earpiece Volume
During a call, ` or {
After Calls with Unsaved Numbers
. Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.
Cancel.
Dial Window
~E
10
Placing an International Call
Apply for International Call Service
beforehand.
1 Enter phone number with
area code S B
3
Calling
3 " or J S Call ends
2 e Int'l Call S %
Int'l Call
Enter Code
1 日本 (JPN)
2ｲｷﾞﾘｽ(GBR)
3ｲﾀﾘｱ(ITA)
4ｽｲｽ(CHE)
5ｽﾍﾟｲﾝ(ESP)
6ﾄﾞｲﾂ(DEU)
7ﾎﾟﾙﾄｶﾞﾙ(PRT)
~/
10
,
Country Code List
Call Time X:XX
03123XXXX1
,Options
D
Voice Call Window
3 e Select country S % S !
4 " S Call ends
Calling Unlisted Countries
In 3, e Enter Code S % S Enter
country code S % S !
Advanced
0 (Dialing from Call Log Records
(Sending/Blocking Caller ID
(Adjusting Earpiece Volume (Switching Sound Output (Muting
Microphone (Recording Caller Voice (Using Speaker Phone (P.3-12
- 3-13)
1(Setting handset to beep once each minute during Voice Calls
(Showing Call Cost after each call (Hiding Call Time during calls
(Activating auto Voice Call answer when handset is closed (P.13-7)
3-3
Voice Calling
Placing Calls while Abroad
3
Calling
See below to place a call to Japan from
abroad.
Apply for Global Roaming beforehand.
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/en/global_service/
area code S B
Enter Number
~/
10
Calling SoftBank Handsets
. In 2, always select e 日本 (JPN).
Calling Landlines & Mobiles within the
Same Country
. Perform steps in "Placing a Voice Call"
on P.3-3.
Calls Overseas
. Calling may not be possible outside Japan.
Connections depend on available network,
signal strength, and handset settings.
G:Call
GR:Video Call
I:Calculator
Call Options
Call
J:Int'l
Call
Video Call
Call S! Circle Talk
Save to Phone Book >>
03123XXXX1
,
2 e Int'l Call S % S e 日本
(JPN) S % S !
3 " S Call ends
Advanced
0 (Rejecting Calls
(Placing Calls on Hold (Answering with
Headphones (Recording Caller Messages (Answer Phone) (P.3-12)
3-4
Answering a Voice Call
Incoming Call window opens for a call.
Voice Call...
~S
10
090392XXXX2
,Options
Answer
Incoming Voice Call Window
1 ! to accept the call
. Close handset and put Earpiece to
an ear.
2 " S Call ends
Muting Ringer Temporarily
)
Voice Calling
Playing Messages with Handset Closed
I (Long) S Z Play Messages S t
, Playback Operations:
Playing Messages
Answer Phone
1 $ (Long)
~/
10
Answer Phone for
Normal mode is set
to On.
OK
. Answer Phone is set.
Canceling Answer Phone
$ (Long)
[ When Answer Phone is Active
For unanswered calls, outgoing message
plays and recording starts.
If the call is answered during recording,
no message will be saved.
1$
Play Messages
No.1 Playback
XXXX/XX/XX 15:05
~/
10
XXsec
090392XXXX2
,Delete
Volume Control
Stop
Skip Forward
Delete
E/F
J
H
C S Z Yes S t
3
Calling
Record caller messages on handset.
Answer Phone cannot be used when
handset is off or out-of-range. Use
Voicemail to record caller messages when
Answer Phone is not available.
Next
. Playback starts; close handset and
put Earpiece to an ear.
. Playback ends automatically after all
messages have played.
. Playback Operations:
Volume Control
Replay/Skip
Backward
Stop
Skip
Forward
Delete
`/{ or E/F
c
$
% or d
B S e Yes S %
3-5
Video Calling
Video Calling
3
View the other party's image or send an
Outgoing Image to compatible handsets.
Calling
Video Call
~L
M 10
Placing a Video Call
1 Enter number S ! (Long)
Video Call
~L
M 10
Answering a Video Call
Incoming Call window opens for a call.
Incoming VideoCall ~;
10
090392XXXX2
XX:XX
,Options
Incoming
Image
N 090392XXXX1
Switch
Mute.
Outgoing
Image
. Press % to toggle image view.
Important Video Call Usage Notes
. If both parties are not using the same
Video Call system, call may be
interrupted. (Video Call charges apply.)
. Video Calls cannot be placed while TV is
active.
XX:XX
,Options
N 090392XXXX1
Switch
Mute.
Video Call Window
. Call is accepted and image appears.
2 " S Call ends
After Calls with Unsaved Numbers
. Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.
Muting Microphone
[Video Call Window] A
, To cancel, press A.
,Options
Answer
Incoming Video Call Window
1 ! to accept the call
2 " S Call ends
Answering without Camera Image
[Incoming Video Call Window] % S
e Yes S %
, Video Call charges apply to the caller.
When Handset is Closed
. Open handset and press !.
Toggling Outgoing Images
After 1, f
Advanced
0 (Rejecting Calls
(Placing Calls on Hold (Answering with
Headphones (Answering Video Calls Automatically (Switching
Sound Output (Canceling Speaker Output (P.3-12 - 3-13)
3-6
1(Showing Call Cost after each call
(Hiding Call Time during calls
(Changing quality of Incoming Images (Changing quality of Outgoing
Images (Canceling Loudspeaker for Video Calls (P.13-7)
Speed Dial
Speed Dial
4 e Select phone number S %
Saving Phone Numbers
. Select mail address prompt appears.
1 % S g Phone S %
2 g Speed Dial/Mail S %
Speed Dial/Mail
0 <Empty>
1 <Empty>
2 <Empty>
3 <Empty>
4 <Empty>
5 <Empty>
6 <Empty>
7 <Empty>
~/
8 <Empty>
9 <Empty>
a <Empty>
b <Empty>
c <Empty>
d <Empty>
e <Empty>
f <Empty>
Assign
10
5 e Do not Assign S %
To save mail address instead, select
one and press %.
6A
. To save additional phone numbers,
repeat 3 - 6 .
Using Headphones for Speed Dial
. Save a phone number to 0.
Speed Dial/Mail List
Using Speed Dial
1 0 - 99 (entry number)
S!
. To place Video Calls, Long Press !.
3
Calling
Save phone numbers to Speed Dial/Mail
list for easy dialing.
Dialing with Handset Closed
I (Long) S Z Speed Dial S t S
Z Select entry S I
Using Headphones
. In Standby, Long Press Call Button until a
double beep sounds; handset dials the
number saved in 0. To end the call, Long
Press Call Button until a beep sounds.
3 g Select number S % S
g Select entry S %
Advanced
0 (Canceling Speed Dial Entries
(P.3-13)
3-7
Call Log
Call Log
Open recent dialed/received call records.
3
1!
Calling
All Calls
~/
10
Q
R
r
S
XX/XX/XX 15:05
R N 090392XXXX1
XX/XX/XX 12:00
S N Kondo Koichi
XX/XX/XX 10:45
S N 090392XXXX3
,Options
View
Call Log Window
. All Calls opens; press d to open
Dialed Numbers, Dialed Frequency
and then Received Calls.
2 g Select record S %
When the Same Number is Dialed More
Than Once
. Only the last record appears. (All records
appear for S! Circle Talk.)
Advanced
0 (Sending Messages
Records (P.3-13)
3-8
(Saving Phone Book Entries (Deleting Call Log
Call Time & Call Cost
Call Time
e Call/Video Call S %
2 e Call Time & Cost S %
Call Time & Cost ~/
10
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Reset
are included.
Call Timers
Data Counter
Call Costs
Calls S %
3
Call Cost
Check estimated call charges for the most
recent call and all calls.
Call Costs (including Max Cost) may be
unavailable depending on subscription
status.
1 In Call Time & Cost menu,
e Call Costs S %
Call Costs
~/
Show Call Cost
Cost Units
Max Cost/Residual
,
Calling
Check estimated time of the most recent
call and all calls.
4 e Dialed Calls or Received
10
Check estimated
call charge of the
most recent call
or all calls.
Call Time & Cost Menu
3 e Call Timers S %
Call Timers
~/
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Clear Timers
10
View the estimated
call time of
dialed call(s).
,
Call Costs Menu
2 e Show Call Cost S %
,
Call Timers Menu
Advanced
0 (Resetting Call Timers
(Resetting Call Costs (P.3-14)
1(Checking the most recent packet transmission volume
(Checking all
packet transmission volume (P.13-7)
3-9
Optional Services
Optional Services
3
Call Forwarding and Voicemail can only
be set simultaneously when Call
Forwarding is set to Video Calls.
Calling
Call
Forwarding
Voicemail
Call
Waiting*
Conference
Call*
Call Barring
Caller ID
*
Automatically divert all or all
unanswered incoming calls to
another preset phone number
Redirect all or unanswered
calls to Voicemail Center;
access messages from
handset/touchtone phones
Answer incoming calls or
open another line during a call
Switch between open lines
or connect multiple lines at
once for teleconferencing
Restrict incoming/outgoing
calls depending on conditions
Show or hide your own
number when placing calls
A separate contract is required.
Advanced
3-10
(P.3-14)
. Omit 6 if only one number is saved.
Follow these steps to divert calls to a
phone number saved in Phone Book after
selected ring time (No Answer set).
2 e Voicemail/Divert S %
Voicemail/Divert ~/
10
Activate
Call Voicemail
Delete Icon
are included.
Voicemail
Diverts
Cancel All
Status
,
7%
8 e Select ring time S %
Diverting Calls without Handset Response
In 4, e Always S % S 5 - 7
Entering Forwarding Number Directly
In 5, e Enter Number S % S
Enter phone number S % S e
Select ring time S %
Initiating Voicemail
Follow these steps to divert calls to
Voicemail Center after selected ring time
(No Answer set).
3 e Diverts S % S e
1 In Voicemail/Divert menu,
4 e No Answer S %
2 e No Answer S % S e
Voicemail/Divert Menu
Select call type S %
Select entry S %
0 (Checking Service Status
Initiating Call Forwarding
e Voicemail S % S e
Activate S %
Select ring time S %
Diverting Calls without Handset Response
In 2, e Always S %
Optional Services
Missed Call Notification
Playing Messages
Activate this function for records of calls
missed while handset is off/out-of-range
and Voicemail is active.
Call/Video Call
~/
kCall Time & Cost
HAnswer Phone
aVoicemail/Divert
bVideo Call
cShow My Number
d) Missed Calls
eInt'l Calling
fDisp.Time/Call
Voicemail/Divert S %
Voicemail/Divert ~/
10
Activate
Call Voicemail
Delete Icon
are included.
Voicemail
Diverts
Cancel All
Status
10
,
2 e )Missed Calls S %S %
. Follow the voice guidance for further
operations.
1 In Voicemail/Divert menu,
e Cancel All S %
Voicemail/Divert ~/
Voicemail
Diverts
Cancel All
Status
10
Stop Voicemail and
Divert services.
Are you sure?
3
Yes
No
Call Timers
Data Counter
Call Costs
are included.
Call/Video Call Menu
Canceling Call Forwarding/Voicemail
Calling
1 In Call/Video Call menu, e
,
,
Voicemail/Divert Menu
2 e Voicemail S %
3 e Call Voicemail S %
2 e Yes S %
. Follow the voice guidance for further
operations.
Hiding New Voicemail Message Indicator
In 3, e Delete Icon S % S e Yes
S%
Advanced
0 [Call Waiting (Separate Contract Required)]
(Activating Call Waiting (Placing Line 1 on Hold to Answer Line 2
(P.3-14)
[Conference Call (Separate Contract Required)]
(Opening Another Line during a Call (Switching Between Two Open
Lines (Swap Calls) (Talking on Multiple Lines Simultaneously (P.3-14)
[Call Barring]
(Rejecting Calls by Number (Rejecting Calls without Designating
Numbers (Changing Network Password (P.3-15)
[Caller ID]
(Showing/Hiding Caller ID (P.3-15)
3-11
0 Additional Functions 1
4[Dial Window] P.3-3 [Incoming Call Window] Voice Call: P.3-4, Video Call: P.3-6 [Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-11
3
Placing a Voice Call/Video Call
Calling
G Dialing from Call Log Records
! S g Select record S !
. To place Video Calls, Long Press !.
G Sending/Blocking Caller ID
[Dial Window] B S e Hide My
ID or Show My ID S %
G Adjusting Earpiece Volume
% S g Settings S % S e
Phone Settings S % S e
Earpiece Volume S % S e
Adjust level S %
Receiving a Voice Call/Video Call
G Rejecting Calls
[Incoming Call Window] B S e
Reject S %
G Placing Calls on Hold
[Incoming Call Window] " (J
when handset is closed)
. Press ! or I to answer the call on hold.
G Answering with Headphones
[Incoming Call Window] Long
Press Call Button
. To end the call, Long Press Call Button
until a beep sounds.
Caller Messages
G Recording
(Answer Phone)
[Incoming Voice Call Window] B
S e Record Message S %
3-12
G Answering Video Calls Automatically
[ Saving Numbers to Auto Answer List
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Video
Call S % S e Remote Monitor
S e Auto Answer List S % S e
<Empty> S B S e Change S
% S e From Phone Book or
From Call Log S % S g Select
entry S % S e Select phone
number S %
. For From Call Log, omit steps for
Phone Book entry.
. To enter a phone number directly,
select <Empty> and press %.
[ Activating Remote Monitor
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Video
Call S % S e Remote Monitor
S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On S % S %
. A tone sounds for calls answered via
Remote Monitor. (Tone and volume are
fixed.)
. Remote Monitor is effective only when
handset is open.
4[Call Window] Voice Call: P.3-3, Video Call: P.3-6 [Speed Dial/Mail List] P.3-7 [Call Log Window] P.3-8
Call Window Operations
[Call Window] B S e Transfer
Audio S % S e To Phone or To
Bluetooth S %
Voice Call
G Muting Microphone
[Voice Call Window] B S e
Mute Microphone S %
. To cancel, select Unmute Mic..
G Recording Caller Voice
[Voice Call Window] B S e
Record Caller Voice S % S
Recording starts S % S
Recording ends
. To play recorded messages, see P.3-5
"Playing Messages."
[Voice Call Window] % S %
. To cancel, press %.
Video Call
G Canceling Speaker Output
[Video Call Window] B S e
Loudspeaker Off S %
. To activate Speakers, select
Loudspeaker On.
Speed Dial
G Canceling Speed Dial Entries
[Speed Dial/Mail List] g Select
entry S B S e Remove
Selected S % S e Yes S %
Call Log
G Sending Messages
[Call Log Window] e Select record
S B S e Create Message S %
S e S! Mail or SMS S % S
3
Calling
G Switching Sound Output
G Using Speaker Phone
G Saving Phone Book Entries
[Call Log Window] e Select
record S B S e Save to Phone
Book S % S e As New Entry S
% S Complete other fields S A
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
G Deleting Call Log Records
[ One Record
[Call Log Window] e Select
record S B S e Delete S %
S e Yes S %
[ All Records
[Call Log Window] B S e
Delete All S % S Enter Handset
3-13
4[Call Timers Menu] P.3-9 [Call Costs Menu] P.3-9 [Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-11 [Voice Call Window] P.3-3
3
Calling
G Resetting Call Timers
[Call Timers Menu] e Clear
Timers S % S Enter Handset
G Resetting Call Costs
[Call Costs Menu] e Show Call
Cost S % S B S Enter PIN2 S
% S e Yes S %
Optional Services
Service Status
G Checking Service Status
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Select
service S % S e Status S %
. For Call Barring, select restriction and
press %.
Call Waiting (Contract Required)
G Activating Call Waiting
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Waiting S % S e On S %
Line 1 on Hold to Answer
G Placing
Line 2
[Voice Call Window] A tone
sounds during a call S !
. Press ! to switch between two lines.
. Press " to end active line and
re-engage the party on hold.
3-14
Conference Call (Contract Required)
G Opening Another Line during a Call
[Voice Call Window] Enter phone
number S !
. Press b to select a number from
Phone Book or Long Press ! to
select from Call Log records.
G Switching Between Two Open Lines
(Swap Calls)
[Voice Call Window] !
. Press ! to switch between two lines.
on Multiple Lines
G Talking
Simultaneously
[Voice Call Window] While
switching between lines, B S e
Multi Party S % S e Conference
All S %
Call Barring
[ Saving Phone Numbers
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Black List S
% S e Set Reject Number S %
S e <Empty> S % S Enter
phone number S %
. Activate Black List to reject calls from
saved phone numbers.
[ Activating Black List
Numbers S % S e Black List S
On S %
G Rejecting Calls without Designating G Changing Network Password
Numbers
[ Calls from Unsaved Numbers
Numbers S % S e Unknown S
% S e On S %
[ Calls without Caller ID
Numbers S % S e Withheld S
% S e On S %
[ Calls from Public Phones
Numbers S % S e Payphone S
% S e On S %
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call Barring
S % S e Change NW Password S
% S Enter current Network
Password S % S Enter new Network
Password S % S Re-enter new
Network Password S %
3
Calling
G Rejecting Calls by Number
4[Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-11
Caller ID
G Showing/Hiding Caller ID
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Show My
Number S % S e On or Off S %
[ Calls with Undisplayable Caller ID
Numbers S % S e Unavailable
S % S e On S %
3-15
Emergency Calls
Emergency Calls
3
Calling
Your location is automatically reported to
the corresponding agency (police, etc.)
when you place emergency calls (110, 119
or 118) with SoftBank 3G handsets.
(Emergency Location Report)
922SH reports Location Information based
on positioning signals from radio stations.
. Registration/transmission fees do not apply.
. Positioning accuracy is affected by
location/signal conditions. Always provide
your location and purpose on the phone.
. Location Information is not reported when
emergency calls are placed without Caller
ID (such as when the number is prefixed
with 184). However, the corresponding
agency may obtain your Location
Information in a life threatening situation.
. Not available during international roaming.
3-16
Handset Restrictions &
Emergency Calls
Emergency calls are possible even while
some handset restrictions are active.
Active Restriction
Emergency Calls
Max Cost
Function Lock (P.11-2) Possible
Outgoing Calls
Offline Mode (P.1-15)
Restricted
Keypad Lock (P.1-12)
PIN Entry (P.11-2)
Messaging ...................................... 4-2
Handling Messages ..................... 4-14
Basics .............................................. 4-2
Customizing Handset Address ........ 4-3
Managing & Using Messages.........4-14
Sorting Messages into Designated
Folders ...........................................4-16
Sending Messages......................... 4-4
Sending S! Mail ............................... 4-4
Sending SMS................................... 4-7
Chat Folder................................... 4-17
Additional Functions ..................... 4-8
Incoming Messages..................... 4-10
Mail Groups .................................. 4-18
Opening & Replying....................... 4-10
PC Mail.......................................... 4-19
Using Chat Folders.........................4-17
Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail ... 4-18
4
Messaging
4-1
Messaging
Basics
Use the following messaging services.
SMS
4
[ Available Entry Items
Recipient Subject Message Attachment
Exchange up to 160 alphanumerics
with SoftBank handsets.
Messaging
SMS
Available*
S! Mail
Available Available Available Available
N/A
Available
N/A
PC Mail Available Available Available Available
S! Mail
Exchange up to 30,000 characters
with e-mail compatible handsets,
PCs, etc; attach media files, etc.
Send Graphic Mail; set Feeling
Setting in subject field when
messaging SoftBank handsets.
PC Mail
Receive or reply to PC mail account
messages. Use 922SH to handle PC
Mail messages like SMS or S! Mail.
*
SoftBank handset numbers only.
. A separate contract is required to use
S! Mail and receive e-mail from PCs, etc.
. For more information, see SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp. Website (P.14-19).
Auto Retry Function
If recipient's handset is off/out-of-range, a
sent message is saved in Server Mail Box
and delivery attempted at regular intervals.
(Undeliverable messages are deleted.)
Auto Resend
When Auto Resend is active, handset
automatically resends unsent messages up
to two times. Cancel to disable (P.13-8).
4-2
Messaging
.
Customizing Handset Address
Change alphanumerics before @ of the
default handset mail address.
For more information, see SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp. Website (P.14-19).
When handset address is changed, SoftBank
sends new address confirmation via S! Mail.
10
1 B S g Settings S %
~/
Unread
Information
C 1 Message
10
Connect to My
SoftBank menu page
and customize your
mail address as
your choice.
Address Settings
General Settings
S! Mail Settings
PC Mail Settings
SMS Settings
Speed Dial/Mail
Set Mail Group
,
Settings Menu
2 e Address Settings S %
. Handset connects to the Internet.
Select English and press %, then
follow onscreen instructions.
Received Msg. ~4C
10
Mail
2/ 2
{ Mail
The information
CInformation
& Folder 1 which notifies
Tetsuya
GKimura
Address
& Folder 2 your Mail
& Folder 3 is included in
this message.
,
Cancel.
To save new address to My Details, follow
these steps. (New address is effective
even if not saved.)
1 e Message S %
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
Unread
1
,Options
~4C
10
Mail
2/ 2
CInformation
GKimura Tetsuya
1
CXXXXXXXXXXXX
Yes 15:05
yXX/XX
zXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
No
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
,
3 e Yes S %
Edit Entry
Last Name:
First Name:
Reading-Last Name:
Reading-FirstName:
Tel 1:
Add Phone Number:
Email 1:
Add Email Address:
a ~4C
4
Messaging
~4C
Changing Address
Settings
2 e Information S %
Saving Address
10
b 090392XXXX5
z [email protected]
,
Save.
4A
CXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
yXX/XX 15:05
zXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
View
Check.
4-3
Sending Messages
Sending S! Mail
Follow these steps to send S! Mail to a
number/address saved in Phone Book.
4
1d
Messaging
When a PC Mail Account exists, select
S! Mail and press %.
CS! Mail
B
C
~/
Add Recipient
Enter Subject
<Enter Text>
,Options
10
XB
kAttach
3 e Phone Book S %
4 g Select recipient S %
5 e Select number or mail
address S %
address is saved.
. When a mail address is entered, do
not use single-byte katakana in
message text or subject.
6 e Select subject field S %
Edit
S! Mail Composition Window
S Enter subject S %
2 e Select recipient field S % 7 e ＜Enter Text＞ S %
~/
Message:
Select Recipient ~/
V Phone Book
] Select Group
W Speed Dial/Mail
N Enter Number
Y Enter Address
10
,
RcvdMsg..
10
`R:Dict
,Options
Done
X/XXK
Cancel.
Text Entry Window
8 Enter message S %
CS! Mail
~/
10
XXXB
B Ueda Mikio
CText kAttach
C Wedding
Please bring a camera and a tripod to Mr.
Yamamoto and Miss Kawahashi's wedding next
Sunday. I will bring a camcorder.
,Options
Edit
Send.
S! Mail Composition Window
9 A S Transmission starts
. To cancel, press A during
transmission.
Incoming Calls while Creating Message
. Content is saved temporarily. End the call
to return.
Previewing Outgoing Message
After 8, B S e Preview Message
S%
Checking Cross-Carrier Pictograms
After 7, B S e Pict Setting S %
S e Select carrier S %
, Pictogram appearance may differ by
carrier.
Advanced
0 (Using Other Recipient Entry Methods
(Adding Recipients
(Inserting Signature Automatically (Speed Dial/Mail List (Saving
without Sending (Auto Send when Signal Returns (Designating
Send Date/Time (within one week) (Canceling Sent S! Mail
(Requesting Delivery Confirmation (P.4-8 - 4-9)
4-4
1(Hiding progress bar while sending messages
resend of unsent messages (P.13-8)
(Disabling automatic
Sending Messages
4 g Select file S %
Attaching Files
Follow these steps to attach images to S! Mail.
Send attachments to compatible handsets.
1 In S! Mail Composition
CS! Mail
~/
B Ueda Mikio
C Wedding
Attach File
10
XXXB
CText kAttach
M
,Options
~/
B Ueda Mikio
C Wedding
Attach File
CText kAttach
M
■ ImageXXX.jpg
,Options
10
XXKB
XXKB
,
Send.
Attach File Window
. Repeat 2 - 4 to attach more files.
,
Send.
2 e Attach File S %
Attach File
Picture
Sound
Video
Flash0
Phone Book Entry
Calendar/Tasks
Notepad
Templates
CS! Mail
~/
10
,
3 e Picture S % S e
Select folder S %
Advanced
0 (Set Auto Play File
Attaching Non-Image Files
. In 3, select a folder other than Picture
and press %, then select a file.
1 In S! Mail Composition window
after composing message, B
S e Feeling Settings S %
Feeling Settings ~/
EHappy/Glad
3OK/Good
4Sad/Sorry
5NG/Bad
6Imp./Notice
10
4
Messaging
window after composing
message, f kAttach
Sending Feeling Mail
When a size list appears, select
attachment size and press %.
,
2 e Select category, e.g.,
Happy/Glad S %
3 e Select item, e.g., I Love
You S %
CS! Mail
~/
10
XXXB
B Ueda Mikio
CText kAttach
C 6Wedding
Please bring a camera and a tripod to Mr.
Yamamoto and Miss Kawahashi's wedding next
Sunday. I will bring a camcorder.
,Options
Edit
Send.
Canceling Feeling Mail
[S! Mail Composition Window] e
Select subject field S % S f Select
Pictogram, e.g., 6 S $ S %
(P.4-9)
4-5
Sending Messages
4 A S g BG Color: S %
Sending Graphic Mail
S g Select color S %
Follow these steps to:
. Change font size and background color
. Insert images and My Pictograms
. Scroll text
4
~/
Message:
10
`R:Dict
XXX/XXK
Good morning!￨
~/
Message:
Messaging
~/
s
.
10
`R:Dict
X/XXK
｜
s
E COLOR F SIZE U IMAGE C MY PICT G INSERT
戻す HEFFECT I BG K装飾解除
CANCEL J UNDO
ﾏｲ絵文字挿入
効果背景 Font Color:
, Select Area
,
Close Menu .
Graphic Mail Window
2 g Font Size: S %
3 f Select size S % S
Enter text
,Options
Done
10
`R:Dict
XXX/XXK
Add Art.
5 A S g Picture S % S
e Select folder S % S g
Select file S %
6 g Select location S %
S$
7 A S g My Pictogram S
% S B S g Select file
S%S$
~/
Message:
~/
Message:
10
`R:Dict
XXX/XXK
Good morning!￨
s
Good morning!￨
s
.
,Options
,Options
Done
Add Art.
Advanced
0 (Creating Graphic Mail from Templates
Effect (P.4-9)
XXX/XXK
Good morning!￨
[N+!]
Message:
10
`R:Dict
s
1 In text entry window,
色サイズ画像
4-6
8 A S g Effect S %
9 f Scrolling S %
(Changing Text Color, Size &
Done
Add Art.
Scrolling
Right to Left
, Select Area
,
Close Menu .
a f Select direction S % S
Enter text
b % S A S Transmission
starts
Canceling Last Action
[Graphic Mail Window] g Undo S %
Canceling All Graphic Mail Settings
[Graphic Mail Window] g Cancel S
% S e Yes S %
Saving as Templates
After a, % S B S e Save as
Template S % S Enter name S %
S g Save here S %
, Only the message text is saved.
Sending Messages
Sending SMS
Follow these steps to send SMS to a
number saved in Phone Book.
1 B S g Create New SMS
S%
B
~/
Add Recipient
Enter Text
10
6 e Select message text field
S%
~/
Message:
,Options
10
`R:Dict
Incoming Calls while Creating Message
. Content is saved temporarily. End the call
to return.
When Message Text Exceeds Limit
. A confirmation appears. To convert SMS
to S! Mail, follow these steps.
e Yes S %
X/XX
4
Messaging
QSMS
4 g Select recipient S %
5 e Select number S %
Edit
SMS Composition Window
2 e Select recipient field S %
Select Recipient ~/
V Phone Book
] Select Group
W Speed Dial/Mail
N Enter Number
10
,
RcvdMsg..
Done
Cancel.
Text Entry Window
7 Enter message S %
QSMS
~/
B Ueda Mikio
See you at the meeting today!
3 e Phone Book S %
Advanced
,Options
,Options
Edit
10
Send.
SMS Composition Window
0 (Using Other Recipient Entry Methods (Adding Recipients
(Speed
Dial/Mail List (Saving without Sending (Auto Send when Signal
Returns (Designating Send Date/Time (within one week)
(Requesting Delivery Confirmation (P.4-8 - 4-9)
1(Hiding progress bar while sending messages
(Requesting Delivery
Report for all messages (Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages
(Changing Server sent message storage limit (P.13-8, P.13-10)
4-7
0 Messaging 1
Creating Messages
4
G Using Other Recipient Entry Methods
Messaging
[Composition Window] e Select
recipient field S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S %
G Adding Recipients
[Composition Window] e Select
recipient field S % S e Add
Recipient S % S e Select
number/address S %
G Inserting Signature Automatically
B S g Settings S % S e
S! Mail Settings S % S e
Signature Settings S % S e Edit
S % S Enter signature S % S
e Auto Insert S % S e On S %
. Signature is inserted above message
text when forwarding messages or
quoting original message text in replies.
. Not available for SMS.
4-8
G
4[Composition Window] S! Mail: P.4-4, SMS: P.4-7
Speed Dial/Mail List
[ Saving Recipients
B S g Settings S % S e
Speed Dial/Mail S % S g
<Empty> S % S g Select Phone
Book entry S % S e Select
number/address S % S e Do
not Assign S % S A
[ Creating Messages
In Standby, 0 - 99 (Speed
Dial/Mail entry number) S B
. When messaging to SoftBank handset
numbers, select S! Mail or SMS and
press %.
Sending Messages
G Saving without Sending
[Composition Window] B S e
Save to Drafts S %
G Auto Send when Signal Returns
Send Reservation S % S e Within
the Network S % S e Yes S %
G Designating Send Date/Time (within
one week)
Send Reservation S % S e Date
& Time S % S Enter date/time S
% S e Yes S %
G Canceling Sent S! Mail
B S g Sent Messages S % S
e Select folder S % S e Select
message S B S e Set Sent
Cancel S % S e Yes S %
. Available for messages sent to
SoftBank handsets.
0 Messaging 2
4[Composition Window] S! Mail: P.4-4, SMS: P.4-7 [Attach File Window] P.4-5 [S! Mail Composition Window] P.4-4 [Graphic Mail Window] P.4-6
G Requesting Delivery Confirmation
. Delivery Report arrives when message
is delivered.
. Not available for PC Mail.
G Set Auto Play File
[Attach File Window] e Select file
S B S e Set Auto Play File S
On S % S e Enter Message S
% S Enter comment S %
Graphic Mail
Graphic Mail from
G Creating
Templates
[ Opening Templates from S! Mail
Composition Window
[S! Mail Composition Window] B
S e Launch Template S % S e
Select template S % S Complete
message S A
. Open a template before entering
message text.
G Changing Text Color, Size & Effect
4
Messaging
Messaging Settings S % S e
Delivery Report S % S e On S %
Attachments
[Graphic Mail Window] B S
Specify text S % S g Font
Color:, Font Size: or Effect S %
S Set S % S A
[ Opening Templates from
Messaging Menu
B S g Templates S % S e
Select template S % S Complete
message S A
. Template size may change when used
for creating messages.
4-9
Incoming Messages
Opening & Replying
Opening New Messages
Information window opens for new mail.
4
. See P.4-21 to receive PC Mail.
Messaging
~4C
10
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
Unread
~4C
10
Mail
3/ 3
CUeda Mikio
BUeda Mikio
GKimura Tetsuya
CHow's it going?
yXX/XX 15:05
2
,Options
Information
C 1 Message
,
1 e Message S %
View
Check.
Message List
Cancel.
. By default, complete S! Mail messages
including attachments are retrieved;
transmission fees apply depending on the
price plan.
Delivery Report
. Information window opens for Delivery
Report. Follow these steps to open it.
e Delivery Report S % S e Select
message with report S % S A
2 e Select message S %
3D Pictogram
~/
10
I've just finished my work. How a
bout you
/
Receiving Feeling Mail
. Small Light, Vibration and ringtone
respond according to settings.
Corresponding Pictogram (F, etc.)
appears on External Display.
Attached Images
. Attached images open automatically.
Messages with Quiz
Enter or select answer S %
, Message cannot be opened until the
correct answer is entered or selected.
Animation View
. When a specific Pictogram is included in
subject or message text, corresponding
animation appears in message window
background.
Stop.
. Message text appears in 3D
animation (3D Pictogram).
3 e Select 3D Pictogram
option S %
Advanced
0 (Viewing New Messages on External Display (Opening New Mail Out
of Standby (Retrieving New S! Mail Manually (Retrieving Server Mail
List (Reporting Unsolicited Message Sources as Spammers (Saving
Attachments to Data Folder (P.4-12)
4-10
1(Feeling Mail
(3D Pictogram (Disabling Animation View
(Disabling automatic S! Mail retrieval in Japan (Enabling automatic
S! Mail retrieval abroad (Disabling image auto-resize (Disabling
image auto-open (Enabling sound auto-play (P.13-8 - 13-10)
Incoming Messages
Checking Messages
1 B S g Received Msg.
Message List
S%
Unread
2 e Select folder S % S e
0 (Using Linked Info
View
Check.
[ Message Type/Status
g Unread
Reply
Advanced
CHow's it going?
yXX/XX 15:05
Message Text
Sender or Recipient
Message Type/Status (see below)
10
Hold:Quick Reply
Message Window
2
,Options
Select message S %
,Options
~4C
10
Mail
3/ 3
CUeda Mikio
BUeda Mikio
GKimura Tetsuya
.
G Read
O
H
I
C
Sent
Failed
Replied
Forwarded
Send
K
Reservation set
Mail Notice
L (remaining
portion exists)
Unread Delivery
P
Report
M Attachments
N Protected
O Priority (High)
T Priority (Low)
< USIM Card SMS
_ or ~ appears for SMS/PC Mail messages
(B, }, etc.).
(Saving to Phone Book (Copying Text
(Opening Received Message for Reference (Quoting Original
Message Text (Replying Quickly Using Fixed Text (Replying to
Messages Automatically (P.4-12 - 4-13)
Received Msg. 0003 ~/ C
10
BUeda Mikio
CHow's it going?
yXX/XX 15:05
I've just finished my work. How about you?
I'll be at the place at around 8 pm.
,Options
Reply
Hold:Quick Reply
.
Message Text
Received or Sent Date & Time
Subject (except for SMS)
Sender or Recipient
4
Messaging
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
. When a folder is highlighted, corresponding
message list appears on the right.
Use f to toggle folder/message list.
. When a PC Mail Account exists,
folder with the name specified in
Account Name appears.
Received Msg. 0001 ~/
BKimura Tetsuya
CLater
yXX/XX 15:05
See you at the meeting today!
Message Window
Window Description
Opening Next or Previous Message
[N+c] (next) or [N+d] (previous)
Changing Font Size
[N+`] (enlarge) or [N+{]
(reduce)
Replying to Messages
1 In message window, A
2 Complete message S A
Replying to Messages Addressed to
Multiple Recipients
After 1, e To Sender or Reply All
S%S2
1(Showing complete sent/received message addresses
(Changing
message list view (Changing message window scroll unit (P.13-8)
4-11
0 Handling Incoming Messages 1
Receiving/Opening Messages
4
New Messages on External
G Viewing
Display
Messaging
[Message Window] B S e
Report Spam S % S A
CSZSt
. Use Z to scroll.
. Press C to use Quick Reply.
G Opening New Mail Out of Standby
B (Long)
G Retrieving New S! Mail Manually
BSB
. When a PC Mail Account exists, select
S! Mail and press %.
. Retrieve messages missed while
handset is out-of-range.
G Retrieving Server Mail List
B S g Server Mail Box S % S
e Mail List S % S e Yes S %
4-12
G
Reporting Unsolicited Message
Sources as Spammers
G
. Signature is not inserted automatically.
Saving Attachments to Data Folder
4[Message Window] P.4-11
Linked Info
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Message Window] g Select
number S % S e Call or Video
Call S %
[ Sending Messages
[Message Window] e Select file
S B S e Save to Data Folder
S % S Enter name S % S g
Save here S %
[Message Window] g Select
number or mail address S % S
e Create Message S % S e
S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. For mail addresses, omit steps for mail
type.
[ Accessing Internet Sites
[Message Window] g Select URL
S % S e Yes S %
. Select PC Site Br. to connect via PC
Site Browser.
0 Handling Incoming Messages 2
G Saving to Phone Book
[ Saving Sender's Address
New Detail.
[ Saving Linked Info
[Message Window] g Select number
or mail address S % S e Save to
Phone Book or Save Address S %
S e As New Entry S % S
New Detail.
G Copying Text
[ Sender/Recipient Number/Address
Copy S % S e Address S % S
e Select number/address S %
[ Subject or Message Text
[Message Window] B S e Copy
S % S e Subject or Message Text
S % S g Select first character S
% S g Highlight text range S %
Replying to Messages
G Opening Received Message for
Reference
[Message Window] B S e Rep.
with View S % S e Select option
S % S Complete message S A
G Quoting Original Message Text
Reply S % S e Select mail type
with (History) S % S Complete
message S A
G Replying Quickly Using Fixed Text
[ Editing Quick Reply Text
[Settings Menu] e General Settings
S % S e Send/Compose S %
S e Set Quick Reply S % S e
Select text S % S Edit text S %
[ Using Quick Reply
[Message Window] A (Long) S
e Select text S %
[ Using Quick Reply with Handset Closed
While message appears, C S Z
Select text S t S I
G Replying to Messages Automatically
[ Saving Recipients
S e Auto Reply S % S e
Address Setting S % S e Select
blank entry S % S Select/enter
recipient S e Select mode S %
(P/N) S A S A
4
Messaging
[Message Window] B S e Save
Address S % S e Select
e As New Entry S % S
4[Message Window] P.4-11 [Settings Menu] P.4-3
. Select saved recipient and press % to
edit number/address.
. Auto Reply is not available for PC Mail.
[ Editing Reply Text
S % S e Send/Compose S % S
e Auto Reply S % S e Reply
Message S % S e Select mode
S % S Enter text S %
. Edit text for each mode.
. Signature is not inserted automatically.
[ Activating Auto Reply
S e Auto Reply S % S e
Switch On/Off S % S e On S %
. Replies are sent via S! Mail.
. Replies are sent to the same sender
only once after each time Auto Reply is
activated.
. Auto Reply is only available in Japan.
4-13
Handling Messages
Managing & Using Messages
Messaging Folders
Messages are organized in folders by type.
4
Messaging
Messaging
~/
10
!Received Msg.
(Server Mail Box
"Create Message
)Create New SMS
#Retrieve New Msg. =Settings
$Drafts
PMemory Status
%Templates
QSent Messages
RUnsent Messages
'Chat Folder
,
,Get C
Failed Messages
Sent Messages
Incomplete/Unsent Messages
Received Messages
Auto Delete
. Oldest received/sent messages are
deleted automatically to save new ones
when memory is full. Protect important
messages to avoid unintentional deletion.
Checking Messages
1 B S g Received Msg. or
Sent Messages S %
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
Unread
0
,Options
~/
10
Mail
3/ 3
CUeda Mikio
NUeda Mikio
GKimura Tetsuya
CHow's it going?
yXX/XX 15:05
,
Collap..
Folder List
. When a PC Mail Account exists,
folder with the name specified in
Account Name appears.
. Select a folder and press A to
hide/show sub folders. Hide sub
folders to open full message list.
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
Unread
0
,Options
~/
10
Mail
3/ 3
CUeda Mikio
NUeda Mikio
GKimura Tetsuya
CHow's it going?
yXX/XX 15:05
View
Check.
Message List
. Cursor appears in message list; use
f to toggle folder/message list.
10
BUeda Mikio
CHow's it going?
yXX/XX 15:05
I've just finished my work. How about you?
I'll be at the place at around 8 pm.
,Options
Reply
Hold:Quick Reply
.
Message Window
Advanced
0 (Deleting Messages
(Selecting Multiple Messages (Color-Tagging
Messages (Sorting Messages (Opening Sender/Recipient Details
(Forwarding Messages (Sending from Drafts (Sending Unsent
Messages (Using Sent Messages (P.4-22 - 4-23)
4-14
1(Canceling automatic deletion of oldest received messages
(Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages (Changing
view for Received Msg. folder (Changing view for Sent Messages
folder (P.13-8)
Handling Messages
Protecting Messages
1 In message list, e (select
message) S B S e
Manage Msg. S %
Canceling Protection
In 2, Unlock S %
Sent Messages S %
2 B S e Search S %
3 e Search All Msg. S %
4 e Select method S % S
Select/enter address or text
S%
Searching within Mail Folder
In 3, e Search Folder S % S 4
Searching Message Text
. Follow these steps to find specific words/
phrases; limit search by character type.
[Message Window] B S e Search
Text S % S Enter text S %
, Press A or B to jump to next/
previous search result.
Hiding Folders
Messages appear in Chat Folders even if
source messages are sorted into Secret
folders.
1 In folder list, e (select
folder) S B
Received Msg. ~/
10
Folder 1
1/ 1
{ Mail
Koichi
GKondo
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
Options
3
& Folder
Rename
Create New Folder Hi there
15:05
Relocate Folder yXX/XX
zThis is Koichi. Could you gi
Set Secret
ve me some advice on my presen
Unread
0
4
Messaging
2 e Lock S %
Searching Messages
Search messages by message text,
sender/recipient address, etc.
,
2 e Set Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S %
Accessing Secret Folders
[Folder List] B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Advanced
0 (Searching Messages within Specified Folder (Saving Messages with
1(Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders
(P.13-8)
Schedules to Calendar (Canceling Secret (P.4-23)
4-15
Handling Messages
Sorting Messages into Designated Folders
6 A S Saved
Sort by Sender/Recipient
4
Alternatively, sort by partially matching
text in sender/recipient address, subject
or SMS message text.
Messaging
Sent Messages S %
2 e Select target folder S B
3 e My Folders S % S e
Select blank entry S %
Auto Sort Keys
~/
10
Sender(Exact)
Sender(Include)
Subject
Sort by Partially Matching Text
In 4, e Sender(Include),
Recipient(Include) or Subject S %
S Enter text S % S 6
Filtering Spam
4 e Sender(Exact) or
Recipient(Exact) S %
Select/enter number/
address S %
Follow these steps to filter messages from
handset numbers/addresses not saved in
Phone Book into Spam Folder.
1 B S g Settings S % S
e General Settings S %
Anti Spam Measures ~/
10
■Unregistered(Mobile)
■Unregistered Entry(PC Mail)
■Individual(Common)
■Permitted List(Common)
Recognize incoming S! Mail and SMS not saved in Phone
Book as Spam.
Check
Anti Spam Measures Menu
Advanced
0 (Renaming Folders
(Deleting Folders (Adding Folders
(Re-sorting Messages (Moving Messages Manually (Sorting Spam
by Setting Keys (P.4-23 - 4-24)
% (P)
Anti Spam Measures ~/
10
PUnregistered(Mobile)
■Unregistered Entry(PC Mail)
■Individual(Common)
■Permitted List(Common)
Recognize incoming S! Mail and SMS not saved in Phone
Book as Spam.
2 e Anti Spam Measures S %
,
4-16
4 e Unregistered(Mobile) S
Uncheck
Confirm.
5AS%
Exempting Messages from Filtering
After 4, e Permitted List(Common)
S B S e Select blank entry S
% S e Select key S % S Select/
enter number/address/subject S %
S A S % (P) S 5
When a PC Mail Account Exists
. Filter PC Mail messages from numbers/
addresses not saved in Phone Book.
Chat Folder
Using Chat Folders
Organize messages exchanged between
handset and Chat members' handsets.
To hide messages, set Chat Folder to Secret.
Saving Members
Chat Folder
~/
10
&Group①
&Group②
&Group③
Register Member
~/
10
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Opening Chat Folders
Set
4 e Select blank entry S %
. Select saved member to edit number/
address.
,
,Options
Chat Folder List
2 e Select folder S B
Chat Folder
~/
&Group①
&Group②
&Group③
Options
Add New Member
Rename
Create New Folder
Delete Folder
,
10
Select/enter number/
address S %
Register Member
~/
1 B S e Chat Folder S %
4
Chat Folder
~/
Group①
10
4/
4
I Ueda Mikio
XX/XX XX:XX
O Owner
XX/XX XX:XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
I Ueda Mikio
XX/XX XX:XX
O Owner
XX/XX XX:XX
10
[1]Ueda Mikio
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
,Options
Changing Members
In 4, e (select member) S B S
e Change Member S % S From 5
Deleting Members
In 4, e (select member) S B S
e Delete S % S e Yes S %
Messaging
1 B S g Chat Folder S %
3 e Add New Member S %
,Options
View
Edit
Confirm.
. Repeat 4 - 5 to add members.
Advanced
6A
0 (Renaming Folders
(Adding Folders (Re-sorting Messages
(Deleting Folders (Deleting All Messages (Resetting Chat Folders
(P.4-23 - 4-24)
4-17
Mail Groups
Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail
Create Mail Groups to send messages to
multiple recipients at one time.
4
Messaging
1 B S g Settings S %
2 e Set Mail Group S %
Mail Groups
~/
10
5 <Assign New Entry> S %
S g Select entry S %
Select Entry
~/
Ueda Mikio
10
N 090392XXXX1
Z [email protected]
u<Add New Group>
,
6 e Select number or mail
address S %
,
Mail Group Entry Window
3 e <Add New Group> S %
XXXX
<Assign New Entry>
Ueda Mikio
~/
10
N 090392XXXX1
S Enter name S %
4 e Select Group S %
XXXX
~/
10
,
<Assign New Entry>
Confirm.
address is saved.
,
Confirm.
Advanced
0 (Renaming Mail Groups
(Deleting Mail Groups/Group Members
(Changing Mail Group Members (P.4-24)
4-18
PC Mail
PC Mail
Receive or reply to PC mail account messages.
Retrieve mail delivered to
ISP or Yahoo! accounts.
Save PC mail account information to handset:
. Incoming Mail Server
. Password
. Outgoing Mail Server
. Alternatively, use automatic
message retrieval option.
. Mail Address
Local
ISP
SBM
Server
Yahoo!
Japan
4
Messaging
. User Name
Important PC Mail Usage Notes
. Receiving PC Mail for the first time after
PC Mail Account setup may incur high
charges due to large-volume packet
transmissions.
. Setting handset to retrieve PC Mail
automatically may incur high charges;
remember this, especially when using
handset outside Japan.
. Other functions may slow while handset
is checking for new messages.
. Checking for new messages may incur
transmission fees even when none exists.
. Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are
not supported.
. When messages sent from handset to PC
mail account are retrieved by handset,
included Pictograms may not appear or
may appear as different characters.
Messages are saved in unique folders; reply to/send messages via PC mail
account addresses.
PC Mail
Folder
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
+ XXXX
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
Unread 1
~/ C
XXXX
/Ueda Mikio
*Ito Jun
10
2/
2
CFrom Ueda
yXX/XX 15:05
zHow are you? Thank you for e
verything yesterday. I might n
%
Received Msg.
{ Mail
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
& Folder 3
+ XXXX
& Folder 1
& Folder 2
Unread
1
~/ C
XXXX
/Ueda Mikio
*Ito Jun
10
2/
2
CFrom Ueda
yXX/XX 15:05
zHow are you? Thank you for e
verything yesterday. I might n
. Handle messages (sort, etc.) like S! Mail or SMS. (Unavailable functions do not appear
in Options menu.)
4-19
PC Mail
PC Mail Account Setup
4
Messaging
. Proceed with setup according to
information supplied by ISP.
. PC Mail services may not be available
depending on the services, settings or
contract details for your PC mail account.
Confirm compatibility with POP/SMTP
message retrieval/transmission via e-mail
software beforehand.
[ Mandatory Items for Retrieval
Required to connect to
incoming mail server
Required to connect to
Password
incoming mail server
Incoming mail server
ReceivingServer
address
User Name
1 B S g Settings S % S
e PC Mail Settings S %
PC Mail Settings ~/
10
Modify PC mail
PC Mail Account
account setting.
PC Mail DL
Available to
Beginning Only
create up to 3
Check New Mail
accounts.
Off
Word wrap
,
2 e PC Mail Account S %
~/
10
[1]<Empty>
[2]<Empty>
[3]<Empty>
hSet Quick Yahoo! Mail
[ Mandatory Items for Transmission
Mail Address
Sender Server
Address to use PC Mail
Outgoing mail server
address
Follow onscreen instructions for other
items. Edit information as needed.
Install
PC Mail Account Window
3 e <Empty> S %
4 e Account Name S % S
Enter name S %
5 e Set Receiving S % S e
Select item S % S Select/
enter item S % S A
. User Name, Password and
ReceivingServer are mandatory.
4-20
Select item S % S Select/
enter item S %
. Mail Address and Sender Server are
mandatory.
7ASAS%
On
PC Mail Account
6 e Set Sending S % S e
Using Yahoo! Mail Addresses
In 3, e Set Quick Yahoo! Mail S %
S e Yes or No S %
, Choose No to create a new account.
, Follow onscreen instructions.
Editing Accounts
In 3, e (select account) S % S 4 - 7
Deleting Accounts
In 3, e (select account) S B S
e Yes S %
Saving User ID & Password for Transmission
. If User Name and Password are unset Set
Receiving items are automatically used for
SMTP authentication. Follow these steps
if ISP requires User Name and Password:
In 6, e Set Sending S % S e
Sender Auth. S % S e SMTP
Auth. S B S e User Name S %
S Enter name S % S e Password
S % S Enter Password S % S
AS$S7
PC Mail
Retrieving New PC Mail
Retrieve new messages from created
accounts. If message count is high, some
may not be received on the first attempt.
1BSB
2B
3 e Select folder S % S e
Select message S %
10
I would like to have a meeting with you ar
ound next week to discuss the next project
. Could you tell me your schedule? I have
a rough idea about what to do with it. Sti
ll need to think
% S e Select folder S %
. Message list appears. Message list is
similar to that of S! Mail.
. Message window opens.
Replying to PC Mail
<to be continued> XKB
,Options
Checking Received PC Mail
1 B S g Received Msg. S
More.
Message Window
. Press A to retrieve remaining
portions.
. Message window is similar to that of
S! Mail.
1 In message window, A
. PC Mail Composition Window opens.
Quoting Original Message Text in Replies
[Message Window] B S e Reply
S % S e Quoted Reply S % S
, HTML messages are converted to plain
text when quoted.
Changing Account while Creating Messages
[PC Mail Composition Window] e
Select recipient field S % S e From:
S % S e Select account S %
Sending PC Mail
4
Messaging
. To retrieve messages by account,
select one and press %.
Deleting Messages
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e Delete S % S e
Select option S % S e Yes S %
When Handset is Set to Retrieve
Messages Automatically
. Messages are received after set
intervals. (Information window opens.)
Follow these steps to create and send PC Mail.
1d
2 e Select PC Mail Account
S%
Converting PC Mail to S! Mail
After 2, B S e Change to S! Mail
S % S e Yes S %
Note
. Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are
not supported.
Advanced
0 (Saving without Sending
(Auto Send when Signal Returns (P.4-8)
1(Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages
(Retrieving
complete PC Mail messages (Retrieving new messages automatically
(Changing interval between automatic message retrieval (Disabling
automatic word wrap (P.13-8, P.13-10)
4-21
0 Managing Messages 1
Managing Messages
4
G Deleting Messages
Messaging
[ One Message
Yes S %
. Alternatively, delete an open message.
[ All Unprotected Messages
[Message List] B S e Manage
Msg. S % S e Delete All S %
S e Except Locked Msg. S % S
[ All Messages
[Message List] B S e Manage
Msg. S % S e Delete All S %
S e Delete All S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
[ All Messages in Drafts or Unsent
Messages
[Message List (Drafts or Unsent
Messages)] B S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S %
G
4[Message List] P.4-14 [Message Window] P.4-11
Selecting Multiple Messages
[ Selecting
SA
[ Selecting Up to 50 Messages at Once
[Message List] B S e Manage Msg.
S % S e Check in Block S %
. Alternatively, press [N+-].
[ Unchecking
SA
[ Unchecking All
[Message List] B S e Unselect
All S %
G Color-Tagging Messages
S B S e Manage Msg. S % S
e Color Label S % S e Select
color S %
G Sorting Messages
[Message List] B S e View
Settings S % S e Sort S % S
e Select option S %
4-22
G Opening Sender/Recipient Details
S B S e View Mail Address S
% S e Select sender or recipient
S%
Using Messages
G Forwarding Messages
Forward S % S e Select
recipient field S % S e Select
number/address S % S A
. Attached files are forwarded.
. To forward SMS messages, select
S! Mail or SMS and press %.
G Sending from Drafts
B S g Drafts S % S e Select
message S % S Complete
message S A
G Sending Unsent Messages
[ Sending without Editing
[ Edit & Send
[Message List (Unsent Messages)]
e Select message S B S e
Edit S % S Complete message
SA
G Using Sent Messages
[Message List (Sent Messages)]
Edit & Send S % S Complete
message S A
G Searching Messages within
Specified Folder
[Folder List] e Select folder S
B S e Search S % S e
Search Folder S % S e Select
number/address/subject/text string
S%
G Saving Messages with Schedules to G Adding Folders
Calendar
e Save to Calendar S % S Enter
subject S % S Enter start/end
date/time S % S A
Folders
G Renaming Folders
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] e
Select folder S B S e Rename
S % S Enter name S %
G Deleting Folders
[Folder List] e Select folder S
B S e Delete S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] B
S e Create New Folder S % S
Enter name S %
G Canceling Secret
4
Messaging
[Message List (Unsent Messages)]
Resend S %
4[Message List] P.4-14 [Folder List] P.4-14 [Chat Folder List] P.4-17
Unlock Secret folders temporarily
and e (select Secret folder) S
B S e Unset Secret S % S
Sorting into Folders
G Re-sorting Messages
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] e
Select folder S B S e Classify
S%
. Empty folder before deleting it.
4-23
4[Message List] P.4-14 [Anti Spam Measures Menu] P.4-16 [Chat Folder List] P.4-17 [Mail Group Entry Window] P.4-18
G Moving Messages Manually
4
Messaging
e Move to Folder S % S e
Select folder S %
. When sort messages confirmation
appears, choose Yes S %;
messages sent to/received from the
address will be sorted into selected
folder automatically.
Filtering Spam
G Sorting Spam by Setting Keys
[Anti Spam Measures Menu] e
Individual(Common) S % (P) S
B S e Select blank entry S % S
e Select key S % S Select/enter
number/address/subject S % S A
Chat Folders
G Deleting Folders
[Chat Folder List] e Select folder
S B S e Delete Folder S % S
e Yes S %
4-24
G Deleting All Messages
[Chat Folder List] e Select folder
S % S B S e Manage Msg. S
% S e Delete All S % S e Yes
S%
G Resetting Chat Folders
[Chat Folder List] B S e Reset
S e Yes S %
Mail Groups
G Renaming Mail Groups
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S B S e Edit
S e Yes S %
G Deleting Mail Groups/Group
Members
[ Mail Groups
Select Group S B S e Delete
S % S e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
[ Group Members
Select Group S % S e Select
member S B S e Remove
Entry S % S e Yes S %
. Source Phone Book entries remain
even after deleting members.
G Changing Mail Group Members
member S B S e Re-assign
Entry S % S Select entry S %
S e Yes S %
Internet Services ............................ 5-2
Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-7
Service Basics ................................. 5-2
Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages....5-7
Yahoo! Keitai .................................. 5-3
RSS Feed........................................ 5-8
Using Yahoo! Keitai.......................... 5-3
Checking Blog/News Updates ..........5-8
PC Site Browser ............................. 5-4
Additional Functions ..................... 5-9
Using PC Site Browser .................... 5-4
Browsing......................................... 5-5
Basic Operations ............................. 5-5
5
Yahoo! Keitai
&
PC Site Browser
5-1
Internet Services
Service Basics
Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai, or view PC Internet sites via PC Site Browser.
. Service requires a separate contract; retrieve Network Information to use these services.
. For more about Yahoo! Keitai, see SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (P.14-19).
5
Transmission/Information Fees
Some page content may automatically
activate Internet connection incurring
transmission fees. Information fees may
also apply.
Security
Electronic certificates are saved on
handset to support SSL (encryption
protocol for Internet transmissions of
important/sensitive information).
Advanced
1(Clearing cookies
5-2
(Clearing authentication information (P.13-11)
Secure Pages
. A confirmation appears before entering
and exiting secure pages.
. When a security notice appears,
subscribers must decide for themselves
whether or not to open the page.
Opening secure pages constitutes
agreement to the terms of usage.
SoftBank, VeriSign Japan, Cybertrust,
Entrust Japan, GlobalSign, RSA Security
and SECOM Trust Systems cannot be
held liable for any damages associated
with the use of SSL.
Yahoo! Keitai
Using Yahoo! Keitai
Opening Main Menu
Internet pages may not open depending
on connection/Server status, etc.
1 A S Connection starts
~4
10
,Options
Internet Page
. Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu appears.
. To disconnect, press A.
2 g Highlight menu item S %
closes
Returning to Previous Page
[Internet Page] ^
, To return to the initial page, press <.
Returning to Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
[Internet Page] B S e Yahoo!
Keitai S %
User Authentication
Enter user ID or password S % S A
Streaming
. Enjoy audiovisual media while it downloads.
. Packet transmission fees apply even
while stream is paused.
Using History
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S %
. Corresponding page opens.
. Repeat 2 to open additional links.
2 e History S %
~/
C
E XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
History
D
10
5
,Options
,
History List
3 g Select item S % S
Connection starts
4 " S e Yes S % S Page
closes
Entering URLs Directly
Cursor
Yahoo! Keitai
S e Enter URL S %
2 Enter URL S % S
Connection starts
closes
Advanced
0 (Switching Browsers
URLs (P.5-9)
(Deleting History (Using Previously Entered
1(Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved
Pages, etc.) (Restoring default handset settings (P.13-11)
5-3
PC Site Browser
Using PC Site Browser
Open PC sites from Yahoo! JAPAN
(preset home page).
. Internet pages may not open depending on
connection/Server status, etc.
. Browsing PC sites may incur higher charges.
5
2 e Homepage S % S
Connection starts
Pointer
Yahoo! JAPAN
~4
C
10
S e PC Site Browser S %
PC Site Browser ~/
10
You can connect to
u Homepage
the home page.
H Bookmarks
I Saved Pages
J Enter URL
m History
0 RSS Feed
D Yahoo! Keitai
L PC Site Browser Set...
,
B.
X
,Options
Internet Page
. Yahoo! JAPAN Home opens.
. When a message appears, follow
onscreen prompts.
. To disconnect, press A.
Returning to Previous Page
[Internet Page] ^
, To return to the initial page, press <.
Returning to Yahoo! JAPAN Home
[Internet Page] B S e Homepage
S%
User Authentication
Enter user ID or password S % S A
Using History
In 2, e History S % S g Select
item S %
Entering URLs Directly
In 2, e Enter URL S % S Enter
URL S %
3 g Highlight menu item S %
. Repeat 3 to open additional links.
closes
Advanced
0 (Switching Browsers
URLs (P.5-9)
5-4
(Deleting History (Using Previously Entered
1(Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved
Pages, etc.) (Restoring default handset settings (Hiding PC Site
Browser activation/change confirmation (P.13-11)
Browsing
Basic Operations
Tabbed Browsing
Page Browsing
Scrolling Pages
1 On a page, g (select menu
item) S [N+:]
Tab
ニュース(総合)
天気予報
Viewing Single Frame
Select frame S B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Frame In S %
, To return, press $.
~4
10
ニュース ( 総合 )
ニュース(総合)
Switching Frames
On framed pages, press , to select
other frames.
When pointer navigation is active, point to
a frame and press % to select it.
Closing Tabs
L S f Select tab S % S B
S e Tab Menu S % S e Close
Tab or Close All Other Tabs S %
(ﾄﾋﾟｯｸ1)
アメリカで開催された、世界腕相撲大会で
日本から参加の石橋さんが見事優勝。
日本人の優勝はXXXX年の山下さん以来、10
年振りの快挙。
石橋さんの地元XXXXでは、この快挙に大盛
り上がりの様子。
,Options
2 L S f Select tab S %
. When pointer navigation is active,
point to a tab and press % to open it.
5
If page content continues beyond view, use
g to scroll pages. (Scroll bar appears.)
Long Press g to scroll continuously. On
PC sites, use Page Navigation to confirm
current page position.
Open another page in a new tab and
switch between tabs.
Advanced
0 (Switching View (Zooming on Pages (Zoom Factor)
(Jumping to
Specific Locations (Zooming Specific Areas (Copying Text
(Sending URLs via Mail (Searching Current Page (P.5-9 - 5-10)
1(Changing character size (Changing scroll unit (Activating pointer
navigation (Changing pointer speed (Disabling automatic image
download (Disabling automatic sound playback (Hiding navigation
map for continuous scroll (Changing scroll unit (PC Site Browser)
(P.13-11)
5-5
Browsing
Selecting Text
Activate pointer navigation and Long Press
% to enable text selection (Drag Mode).
Select text to copy or search via Web Search.
Searching Text via Web Search
5
1 On a page, g (select first
character) S % (Long) S
g Highlight text range S %
2 [N+2] S %
. Search starts.
Copying Text
In 2, [N+]]
Pasting Text to Scratch Pad
In 2, |
, Scratch Pad opens with text inserted.
Text Entry
1 On a page, g (select text
entry field) S %
Page Item Indicators
Selection Items
Buttons o or boxes N appear.
2 Enter text S %
1 On a page, g (select button
. Internet page returns.
or box) S %
Using Entered Text (Input Memory)
[Internet page] g Select text entry
field S % S B S e Insert/ Font
Size S % S e Input Memory S %
S e Select text S %
項目入力
~4
10
【お名前】
【性別】
O 男 o 女
【都道府県】
東京都
Pull-down Menu Item Selection
1 On a page, g (select menu
list field) S %
項目入力
Execution Items
~4
10
【お名前】
【性別】
O 男 o 女
【都道府県】未入力
北海道
青森
,
. o/N changes to O/P .
Execute the assigned command.
1 On a page, g (select
command) S %
,
2 e Select item S %
When Multiple Selection is Supported
. Select items as needed and press $.
Advanced
5-6
0 (Using Web Search (Saving Files to Data Folder (Using Linked Info
1(Clearing cache (temporarily saved information)
(Jumping to Page Top/Bottom (Playing Media Streams (P.5-10)
Card as primary download storage (P.13-11)
(Using Memory
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages
2 g Select title S %
Bookmarks
Bookmark sites for quick access.
Opening Bookmarks Online
[Internet Page] [N+,] S e
Select title S %
Saving Bookmarks
S e Bookmarks S %
10
10
Save page content; handset opens saved
pages without connecting to the Internet.
Saving Pages
1 On a page, [N+.]
2 Enter/edit title S %
,Options
,
A.
Saved Pages List
2 e Select page S %
Opening Saved Pages Online
[Internet Page] [N+9] S e
Select page S %
,
,Options
~/
Saved Pages
~/
a
Saved Pages D
ﾆｭｰｽ(総合) XXKB
Opening Bookmarks
Bookmarks
D
C
E SH-web
E ニュース
E 映画情報
S e Saved Pages S %
5
1 On a page, [N+@]
2 Enter/edit title S %
Opening Saved Pages
Bookmarks List
Advanced
0 (Deleting Titles/Pages
(Editing Titles (Editing Bookmarked URLs
(Sending Bookmarked URLs via Mail (P.5-11)
5-7
RSS Feed
Checking Blog/News Updates
Register RSS-compatible sites; view content
updates without opening source sites.
Transmission fees apply.
Subscribing to RSS Feeds
5
Available for PC Site Browser only.
Via RSS-Compatible Sites
0 appears for RSS-compatible sites.
~4
C0 10
1 On a page, B S e
Register In RSS Feed S %
2 e Select feed S % (N/P)
S Complete selection S A
3 e Save S %
Use RSS/RDF/XML icons on
RSS-compatible sites.
3 e Reload All S %
4 e Select feed S %
Items
~/
10
今日のニュース
1Reload All
R 今日のニュー ... Z 明日の天気
R ○○の日記
Z 今日のｴﾝﾀﾒ情報
1 On a page, g (select icon)
S%
Z 日本代表の試合結果
Z 最新交通情報
Z 今が旬！
Z XXXXが渡米
2 e Yes S % S e Save S %
Checking Updates
RSS Indicator
XXXXXXX
Via RSS Icons
. Choose Yes to update immediately
or No and press %.
,Options
Title List
Follow these steps to update all feeds.
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S % 5 e Select title S %
. Information appears.
2 % S e PC Site Browser S Updating
Single RSS Feeds
% S e RSS Feed S %
RSS Feed List
~/
10
1Reload All
T 今日のニュー ...
T ○○の日記
Reload all RSS feed list
s.
,Options
,
RSS Feed List
[RSS Feed List] e Select feed S
B S e Reload S %
Disabling/Enabling Updates
B S e Manage RSS Feed S %
S e Restrict Update or Accept
Update S %
Accessing Source Sites
[Title List] e Select title S % S e
Select linked title S %
Advanced
0 (Deleting RSS Feeds
5-8
(P.5-11)
XXXX/XX/XX 15:05Reload
,
1(Deleting all RSS feeds
(P.13-11)
Connecting/Browsing
G Switching Browsers
G Deleting History
[ One Entry
[History List] e Select item S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ All Entries
[History List] B S e Delete All
S e Yes S %
G Using Previously Entered URLs
% S g Yahoo! Keitai S % S e
Enter URL S % S B S e URL
Entry Log S % S e Select URL
S%S%
PC Site Browser
G Switching View
[Internet Page] B S e PC
Screen or Small Screen S %
. In Small Screen view, PC sites are
redesigned to fit Display.
G Zooming on Pages (Zoom Factor)
[Internet Page] [N+`] (enlarge)
or [N+{] (reduce)
G Jumping to Specific Locations
[Internet Page] [N+1] S Quick
Movement map appears S g
Select location S %
G Zooming Specific Areas
[Internet Page] g Point to area S
[N+^]
. Pointed area is enlarged and shown in
the lower half of Display. Press
[N+^] to toggle Zoom Area options
(Small, Large and Off).
Handling Information
G Copying Text
[Internet Page] [N+]] S g
Select first character S % S g
Highlight text range S %
G Sending URLs via Mail
5
[Internet Page] B S e
Change to PC Browser or Switch
Browser S % S e This Page or
Linked Page S % S % S e Yes
or No S %
4[Internet Page] P.5-3, P.5-4 [History List] P.5-3
[Internet Page] B S e
Send URL S % S e S! Mail or
SMS S % S Complete message
SA
. S! Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
5-9
G Using Web Search
[Internet Page] [N+2] S Enter
search text S %
5
G Searching Current Page
[Internet Page] [N+[] S Enter
search text S %
. Press % to jump to next search result,
if any.
G Saving Files to Data Folder
[ Files on Page
[Internet Page] B S e Save
Items S % S e Select file S %
S e Save S % S Enter name S
% S g Save here S %
. Some files are saved automatically.
. End memory-consuming operations
(TV recording, etc.) beforehand.
. Confirm signal is strong, battery is
adequately charged and there is
enough free memory beforehand.
5-10
4[Internet Page] P.5-3, P.5-4
[ Background Images
[Internet Page] B S e Save
Items S % S e Save
Background Image S % S e
Save S % S Enter name S % S
g Save here S %
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Internet Page] g Highlight
number S % S e Call or Video
Call S %
[ Sending Messages
[Internet Page] g Highlight
e Create Message S % S e
message S A
Page Operations
G Jumping to Page Top/Bottom
[Internet Page] [N+a] or [N+b]
Streaming
G Playing Media Streams
[Internet Page] g Select file S %
. Downloaded content cannot be saved.
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
G Deleting Titles/Pages
[ One Title/Page
[ All Titles/Pages
[Bookmarks List]/[Saved Pages
List] B S e Delete All S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
G Editing Titles
[ Bookmarks
[Bookmarks List] g Select title S
B S e Edit S % S e Title: S
% S Enter title S % S A
G Editing Bookmarked URLs
B S e Edit S % S e URL: S
% S Edit S % S A
G Sending Bookmarked URLs via Mail
B S e Send S % S e As
Message S % S e S! Mail or
SMS S % S Complete message
SA
count.
RSS Feed
G Deleting RSS Feeds
[ One Entry
B S e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
[ All Entries
[RSS Feed List] B S e Manage
RSS Feed S % S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S % S
e Yes S %
5
[Bookmarks List]/[Saved Pages
List] g Select item S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S %
4[List] Bookmarks: P.5-7, Saved Pages: P.5-7 [RSS Feed List] P.5-8
[ Saved Pages
[Saved Pages List] e Select page
S B S e Rename S % S
Enter title S %
5-11
Digital TV ........................................ 6-2
TV Player ........................................ 6-7
Basics .............................................. 6-2
Area Setup....................................... 6-3
Watching TV .................................... 6-4
TV Timer ....................................... 6-10
Recording/Playing Programs............6-7
TV Timer & TV Timer Recording ....6-10
6
Digital TV
6-1
Digital TV
Basics
922SH supports One Seg terrestrial digital television broadcast services developed for mobile devices in Japan.
Watch Live Television
Set up a channel list for your service area to
access available programming. Capture
screenshots while watching TV.
Multi Job
6
Digital TV
6-2
Watch TV in one half of Display using the
other to access messaging functions, browse
the Internet or open Phone Book/Call Log.
View Data Broadcasts
In addition to audio and visuals, enjoy text,
program-related information and interactive
services.
Record Shows/Time Shift
Record current program for later viewing on
handset; if interrupted by incoming calls
while watching TV, record it temporarily for
delayed playback.
Access TV Listing (EPG)
Reserve TV Programs
Access TV Listing (EPG) to find program
channels and times; set Reservations by
date and time to record shows or activate TV.
Record a show or activate TV at a specified
time; enter dates & times manually or
reference TV Listing electronic program guide.
Precautions
. 922SH TV is exclusively for use in Japan.
. Do not use TV while driving or riding a
bicycle. Accidents may result. Mobile
phone use while driving is prohibited by the
Road Traffic Law (revised November 1,
2004). When walking, always pay attention
to your surroundings, especially near road/
rail crossings, etc.
. When using TV while charging battery,
separate AC Charger and Antenna to avoid
interference.
. Call transmissions, incoming messages or
mobile phone use in the immediate vicinity
may affect audiovisual quality.
. Programming may not be viewable or
record properly when:
, Too far from or too close to broadcasting
stations
, In mountainous areas or near tall buildings
, Aboard trains or in moving vehicles
, Near high-voltage lines, neon lights or
wireless base stations
, Near railroad tracks or highways
, Anywhere a jamming signal is broadcast/
reception is unstable
Digital TV
Area Setup
Follow these steps when activating TV for
the first time. Set up channels by area.
1&
4 e Select prefecture S %
S e Select locality S %
Select Locality
~/
10
Tokyo 23 Wards
~/
10
Tokyo
Tokyo 23 Wards
set.
Channels unset.
Set now?
6
OK
. After setup, channel list appears.
,
5%
. Setup confirmation appears.
2 e Yes S %
~/
Digital TV
Yes
No
Select Region
Digital TV Antenna
. Pull Antenna by top bead until it clicks;
fold/rotate Antenna to find best reception.
(Unless transmission source is near,
extend it for better reception.)
Digital Broadcast ~/
10
Hokkaido/Tohoku
Hokuriku/Koshin'etsu
Kanto
Tokai
Kansai
Chugoku
Shikoku
Kyushu/Okinawa
1Channel
2Channel
3Channel
4Channel
5Channel
6Channel
7Channel
8Channel
10
1
2
3
4 Saved Tokyo 23
5 Wards in Area 1.
6
7
8
. After use, gently retract Antenna. Do not
carry handset with Antenna extended;
damage may result.
. Use optional TV Antenna Connection
Cable as needed.
OK
,
3 e Select region S %
. To watch TV, select Digital TV and
press %.
Watching TV without Completing Area
Setup
In 3, e Other Region S %
Advanced
0 (Adding Reception Areas
(Switching Reception Areas (P.6-11)
1(Renaming Areas
(Updating all channels in the Area (Assigning
key function to f (Reassigning channels to other keys (Deleting
channels (P.13-13)
6-3
Digital TV
Watching TV
Follow these steps after completing Area
setup.
1&
~/
8
I 1 K
Tokyo 23 W Channel 1
16tニュース
s
6
Digital TV
,Options
TV
HOLD
V
:L●
Info.
:●
HOLD
V
08
Panel
HOLD
V
:EPG
.
TV Window
. Press ) to switch to Data
Broadcast view.
2 Use Keypad to select a
channel
. Use f to switch channels one by
one; Long Press to find channel with
stable signal automatically.
3 " S e Yes S % S TV
Incoming Calls
. Press ! to answer calls.
. When S! Circle Talk request arrives,
press H to start S! Circle Talk.
When Memory Card is Inserted
. If an incoming Voice Call interrupts a
program, it is temporarily recorded to
Memory Card for Time Shift playback.
Incoming Messages
. Double beep sounds and New Message
notice appears. Long Press B to open
messages.
Panel Description
1
2
6
3
4
5
7
Full Screen
)
Key Assignments
B
A
&
`
{
"
8
6
7
3
4
2
Open Options menu
Toggle Panel on/off
Activate TV/Change Area
Volume up or cancel mute
Volume down (Long Press: mute)
Exit TV
5
1
Data Broadcast View
1
2
3
4
ends
*
Station name
Area name
Channel key
Channel
5
6
7
8
Program name
Signal strength*
Volume
Sound Language
Indicator position varies with display size.
Advanced
0 (Saving Current Channel
(Changing Audiovisual Setting (Using
Wireless Headphones (Enlarging Specific Image Portion (P.6-11)
6-4
1(Image
(Selecting sound option (Showing calls or S! Circle Talk
requests while watching TV (Additional TV Settings (P.13-12 - 13-13)
Digital TV
Data Broadcast (Japanese)
In TV window (Full Screen), press ) to
view Data Broadcast information.
8
ch
16 t
s
Data Broadcast
Digital TV
~/
10
気象情報
東京
明日 U
最低気温 6℃
最高気温 14℃
降水確率 10％
神奈川
明日 U W
,
Content.
4
8K
D
d
ニュース
Tokyo 23 W
HOLD
V
EPG Channel1
HOLD
V
●
HOLD
●
I L
V
,Options
Data Broadcast Window
Panel (Guide)
Use e to select an item and press % to
access program-related information and
interactive services.
Press A to show program description
on Panel; press L or _ to scroll.
TV Listing (Japanese)
1 In TV window, A (Long)
. EPG application starts; refer to the
application's help menu for
operational instructions.
. When using EPG application for the
first time, a confirmation appears.
Follow onscreen instructions.
Program Info
1 In TV window, %
Program Info.
XX:XX - XX:XX
XX:XX - XX:XX
XX:XX - XX:XX
,Options
~/
ニュース
天気予報
ドラマ
View
10
Record.
Program Info Window
2 e Select program S %
. To return, press $ twice.
6
Digital TV
TV Image
Data Broadcast Fees
. Data Broadcast information viewing is
free, however, using data links/related
services incurs Internet connection fees.
. A confirmation appears the first time a
fee-based Network connection is
established from a channel; if accepted,
further Network connections are
established without confirmation until the
channel is changed.
In Data Broadcast View
. [TV Window] B S e Program Info.
S%S2
Advanced
0 (Returning to Initial Window
(P.6-12)
1(Selecting subtitle display option
(P.13-12)
6-5
Digital TV
Capturing Screenshots
Multi Job
Capture screenshots while watching TV.
(May not be available if TV was activated
by TV Timer.)
Saved images cannot be forwarded,
edited, set as Wallpaper or attached to
messages.
6
Digital TV
1 In TV window, =
2%
d
4 8
Search
Search
気象情報
東京
明日 U
最低気温 6℃
最高気温 14℃
降水確率 10％
神奈川
明日 U/W
,Options
Edit
. To toggle function windows, press ).
N ~/
■
10
TVXXX.stvc
XXKB
D
Check.
3 g Select image S %
Opening Images while Watching TV
[TV Window] B S g TV-Image
Folder S %
6-6
10
O Web Search
o Mail Search
ch
Opening Saved Images
View
7
P
8
1 % S g TV S %
2 e TV-Image Folder S %
,Options
~/
16
. Image is saved.
TV Images
1 In TV window, '
2 e Select function S %
3 " S Function window
closes
TV Player
Recording/Playing Programs
Record clips on handset or Memory Card
while watching TV.
1 In TV window, % (Long) S
Recording starts
~/
8
I 1 K
a
Tokyo 23 W Channel1
16tニュース
s
,Options
● XX:XX:XX
Info.
:■
HOLD
V
08 Panel.
. Changing volume, etc. does not
affect recordings.
2 % (Long) S Recording
ends
In Data Broadcast View
[TV Window] = (Long) S
Recording starts S = (Long) S
Recording ends
Memory/Battery Runs Low or Video
Call/S! Circle Talk Request is Accepted
. Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)
When Small Light Illuminates Yellow
. Signal is not received. Move to a place where
Small Light illuminates green (moderate
reception) or blue (strong reception).
Saving Files via the Internet while
Recording
. While recording programs to handset,
confirm there is enough free memory
beforehand.
6
Digital TV
Precautions
. Saved files cannot be copied/forwarded
or attached to messages.
Files once moved to Memory Card
cannot be moved back to handset.
. 922SH encryption technology prevents
unauthorized copying or playback of
Memory Card files through data
encryption and authentication.
Files copied from Memory Card to other
cards on PC are unplayable.
. Copyright laws limit duplicated material
to private use only, and prohibit
unauthorized reproduction/other use.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages
resulting from accidental loss or
alteration of recorded content.
Recording Programs
. Clip is saved to handset (or Memory
Card, if inserted).
Advanced
1(Recording content without text data
(Recording programs to
handset (P.13-12 - 13-13)
6-7
TV Player
Playing Recorded Programs
1 % S g TV S % S e TV
Player S %
Video List
j ニュース
j ドラマ
N ~/
■
2 e Select file S %
~/
ニュース
Fast Forward
Fast Rewind
Skip Forward
Skip Backward
10
6
Digital TV
Play
Video List
. Handset Video List appears.
(Memory Card Video List appears if a
card is inserted.)
. N indicates the file is unplayable.
t XX:XX:XX/XX:XX:XX
Pause
08
Panel.
Playback Window
. Playback starts. (The last played file
plays from where it stopped.)
Pause2
3 A (Long) S Playback
stops
When Target File is Not Listed
. Follow these steps to switch between
Video Lists.
After 1, B S e Change to Phone
or Change to MemoryCard S %
Moving Files to Memory Card
After 1, e (select file) S B S e
Move to Card S %
, Files once moved to Memory Card
cannot be moved back to handset.
Advanced
0 (Checking Memory Status
(Playing Files Repeatedly (Playing Files
with Markers (Playing Split Files (Renaming Files (Deleting Files
(P.6-12)
6-8
Adjust volume in the same way as while
watching TV.
XX/XX XX:XX Channel 1
XX/XX XX:XX Channel 2
,Options
,Options
Playback Operations
1 K
0
Split File
Marker
1
2
d
c1
#
(
%
(A in Data Broadcast
view)
= (Long)
=
Long Press to replay. (Available when no
Marker is saved.)
To advance frames, press f while paused.
TV Player
2 & (Long) S Recording/
Time Shift Playback
Insert a Memory Card to temporarily record
TV programs interrupted by incoming Voice
Calls for Time Shift playback. (See related
indicators in the screenshot below.)
~/
8
I 1 K
Mc
16tニュース
s
playback stops
. Recorded content is deleted.
Stopping Fast Forward to Resume
Playback
&
Recording Programs Temporarily
[TV Window] & (Long)
6
LRECORDING
L
●
TV
Lt
HOLD
V
08
Digital TV
,Options
Panel.
Follow these steps to start playback.
1 & (Long) S Playback
starts
. Playback stops when Time Shift
playback has caught up to the
real-time program.
. To skip forward/backward or fast
forward during Timer Shift playback,
see P.6-8 "Playback Operations."
Advanced
1(Disabling Time Shift recording automatic activation
(P.13-13)
6-9
TV Timer
TV Timer & TV Timer Recording
1 % S g TV S % S e
Reservation List S %
Reservation List ~/
10
Digital TV
,Options
Result.
Reservation List
2 B S e New Entry S %
3 e Manual S % S e
Programming or Recording
S%
Starting Date/Time ~/
XX
HH
5 e Channel: S % S e
At Timer Time (TV Alarm Time)
TV and Alarm activate. Alarm ends after
the set duration.
TV Alarm
10
XX
DD
XX
MM
Setting Timer via EPG
After 2, e From TV Listing S %
, Refer to the application's help menu for
Timer Recording Precautions
, End the current operations.
, Make sure TV reception is good.
, Confirm battery is adequately charged
and there is enough free memory.
When TV is Activated for Timer Recording
. Audio output is redirected to Speakers/
Headphones even if gSound Output is
set to Bluetooth Device. (TV audio is
muted.)
6-10
10
OK
While Using Another Function
. Confirmation appears if Timer recording
cannot start in current state; press %
then end application to enable Timer.
Advanced
(Opening/Editing Timer Details
(Opening/Deleting Timer Log (P.6-13)
e7
Recording starts slightly before the Timer
start time and ends a few seconds after
the Timer end time.
OK
0 (Setting Timer via Program Info
~/
Reservation time for recording TV
will come soon.
Finish application.
. When a confirmation appears, read
the message and press %.
6
XX
MM
S Enter end date/time S %
Select channel S % S A
<Empty>
XXXX
YYYY
4 Enter start date/time S %
1(Changing TV Alarm Time
(P.13-13)
Area & Channel
G Adding Reception Areas
G Switching Reception Areas
[TV Window] & S e Select
Area S %
TV Window Operations
G Saving Current Channel
[TV Window] B S g Set
Channels S % S g Save Channel
S % S e Select key S %
G
. To overwrite a saved channel, choose
Yes and press %.
Changing Audiovisual Setting
[TV Window] [N+-] S g
Select effect S %
. TV reception time may be relatively shorter
when High Resolution is selected.
G Using Wireless Headphones
[TV Window] ' (Long)
. Pair SCMS-T DRM scheme compliant
Bluetooth® headphones beforehand.
G Enlarging Specific Image Portion
[TV Window (Full Screen)] Long
Press a key (below)
1
Upper left
- Left
^
Lower left
2
Upper center
. Center
<
Lower center
3
Upper right
@ Right
]
Lower right
6
Digital TV
[TV Window] B S g Set Channels
S % S g Change Area S % S
e Select Area S B S e Set Area
Info S % S e Select region S %
S e Select prefecture S % S e
Select locality S % S %
4[TV Window] P.6-4
6-11
Data Broadcast
G Returning to Initial Window
6
[Data Broadcast Window]
[N+a]
4[Data Broadcast Window] P.6-5 [Video List] P.6-8 [Playback Window] P.6-8
Recording/Playback
G Checking Memory Status
[Video List] B S e Memory
Remaining S %
Digital TV
G Playing Files Repeatedly
[Video List] B S e Playback
Pattern S % S e Repeat S %
G Playing Files with Markers
[ Skipping between Markers
[Playback Window] c (Long) or
d (Long)
[ Moving to Specific Markers
[Playback Window] 0 - 9
G Playing Split Files
[Video List] e Select split file S
A S e Select file S %
6-12
Recorded Programs
G Renaming Files
[Video List] e Select file S B S
e Rename S % S Enter name
S%
G Deleting Files
[ Single Files
[Video List] e Select file S B S
[ All Files
[Video List] B S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S % S
e Yes S %
TV Timer/TV Recording Timer
G Setting Timer via Program Info
[ Watching Programs
[ Recording Programs
[Program Info Window] e Select
program S A
. Timer entries set via Program Info are
updated with program changes
automatically. Program cancellations
cancel corresponding Timer entries.
(Poor signal conditions may inhibit
updates or cancellations.)
[ Opening Reservation List
[Program Info Window] B S e
Reservation List S %
G Opening/Editing Timer Details
[ Opening Entries
[Reservation List] e Select entry
S%
[ Editing Entries
[Reservation List] e Select entry S
B S e Edit S % S Edit S A
[ Deleting Entries
[Reservation List] e Select entry
Yes S %
6
Digital TV
[Program Info Window] e Select
program S B S e Programming
S%
4[Program Info Window] P.6-5 [Reservation List] P.6-10
G Opening/Deleting Timer Log
[ Opening Timer Log
[Reservation List] A S e Select
record S %
[ Playing Recorded Programs
record S B
[ Deleting Records
record S A S e Yes S %
6-13
Camera............................................ 7-2
Editing Images ............................... 7-9
Getting Started ................................ 7-2
Photo Camera................................. 7-4
Getting Started .................................7-9
Editing Procedures .........................7-10
Capturing Still Images ..................... 7-4
Printing ......................................... 7-12
Video Camera ................................. 7-5
Printing Images ..............................7-12
Recording Video .............................. 7-5
Shooting Modes ............................. 7-6
Using Shooting Modes .................... 7-6
7
Camera & Imaging
7-1
Camera
Getting Started
Capture still images or record video.
Various Image Sizes
Select small sizes to send captured
images/recorded video via S! Mail*;
select larger sizes for higher resolutions.
Self-timer
7
Camera & Imaging
7-2
Set shutter to release after set time.
Multiple Shooting Modes
Apply effect or add frame, capture sequential/
panoramic or scan images. When traveling solo
shoot background and combine with portraits.
Imaging Functions
Edit captured images or print on a
compatible printer.
*Images/video may not be delivered as sent depending on file size or recipient devices.
Precautions
. Clean dust/smudges from lens cover with
a soft cloth before use.
. Mobile camera is a precision instrument,
however, some pixels may appear
brighter or darker.
. Shooting/saving images while handset is
hot may affect the image quality.
. Subjecting the lens to direct sunlight will
damage the camera's color filter.
Auto Shut-off
. Before image capture/recording, mobile
camera shuts down after a period of
inactivity and handset returns to Standby.
Shutter Click
. Shutter click volume is fixed, and sounds
even in Manner mode.
Camera
Internal & External Cameras
Use Internal Camera or External Camera;
unless noted otherwise, operations in this
chapter describe External Camera.
Sizes are limited and shooting modes are
not available for Internal Camera.
Video Viewfinder
Display Indicators
The following indicators appear at the top
of Display.
Photo Viewfinder
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Mobile Light
Record Size
Record Time
Video Quality
Exposure
Save to
Self-timer
7
Camera & Imaging
1 Capacity
2 Mobile Light
Picture Size
3
Background size (Solo Traveling Photo®)
Continuous Shoot
4
Solo Traveling Photo®
5 Picture Quality
6 Exposure
7 Save to
4
5
6
7
1
8 Self-timer
9 Scene
7-3
Photo Camera
Capturing Still Images
1=
I
N @ QEA10
,Options
7
J
2 .
Photo Viewfinder
. Pre-Image Capture Operations:
Camera & Imaging
Zoom in/out
(9: maximum/off)
A
Toggle mode
Adjust image brightness
c/d
(darker/brighter)
5
Change image size
=
Toggle Mobile Light mode
Toggle between Internal
(
Camera and External Camera
a/b
2 Frame image on Display S %
I
,Options
N @
1
QEA10
3.
Sending Captured Images via S! Mail
After 2, A S Complete message
SA
, May not be delivered as sent depending
on file size or recipient devices.
After 3, B S g Data Folder S %
S e Select file S %
Hold
Image Save Window
. Shutter clicks and the captured
image appears. (To discard file and
start over, press $.)
3%
. Image is saved. (Viewfinder returns
for another shot.)
. Open saved images from Data Folder.
4 " S Camera shuts down
Advanced
0 (Activating Mobile Light
(Adjusting Focus Quickly for Close-up Shots
(Sending Images Wirelessly (Switching Active Camera (Changing
Image Size (Changing Mode According to Lighting or Subject (P.7-13)
7-4
1(Changing save location
(Activating automatic saving (Selecting
image quality (Changing shutter click sound (Disabling remote
shutter control via Bluetooth® watches (P.13-14)
Video Camera
Recording Video
1=SA
$ 5
w
3%
QEB10
Save
~/
Save
Preview
Send
K
,Options
10
Recorded video is
save to Data
Folder.
XX:XX:XX XXXKB/XXXKB
.
1
,
.
Video Save Menu
. Recording stops with a tone. (To
discard file and start over, press $.)
. Recording starts after a tone. (To
start over, press $.)
. Video is saved. (Viewfinder returns
for another shot.)
. Play saved video from Data Folder or
Media Player.
2 Frame image on Display S % 4 e Save S %
5 " S Camera shuts down
7
Camera & Imaging
Video Viewfinder
. For pre-recording operations, see
P.7-4 "Pre-Image Capture Operations."
Playing Unsaved Video
In 4, e Preview S %
Playing Saved Video
S e Select file S %
Sending Recorded Video via S! Mail
In 4, e Send S % S e Save and
Send S % S Complete message
SA
Incoming Calls
. If a call arrives before recorded video is
saved, captured clip is temporarily saved.
End the call to return.
When Battery Runs Low
. Recording stops. (Captured clip is saved.)
Advanced
0 (Activating Mobile Light
(Adjusting Focus Quickly for Close-up Shots
(Sending Images Wirelessly (Switching Active Camera (Changing
Recording Time/Format (P.7-13)
1(Changing save location
(Activating automatic saving (Selecting
image quality (Recording video without sound (Enlarging Viewfinder
size (P.13-14)
7-5
Shooting Modes
Using Shooting Modes
May be unavailable depending on selected image/video size.
Self-timer
1 In Photo/Video Viewfinder,
B S g Self-timer S %
2 g Select time S %
I
N @F QEA10
Combine External Camera image
(background) with Internal Camera image
(your portrait).
1 In Photo Viewfinder, B S
g Modes S %
2 g SoloTravelingPhoto S
7
Camera & Imaging
% S g Select size S %
4 Frame your image on Display
. Holding 922SH straight out in front of
your face at eye level, slowly move it
left and right, a few centimeters at a
time, for better recognition.
. Use f to change position of your
image and use e to adjust image size.
5%
I
Na
QEA10
. Background Viewfinder appears.
,Options
J
2 .
Self-timer Viewfinder
I
Na
QEA10
,Options
. After selected time elapses, captured
image appears or recording starts.
. To stop recording, press %.
Releasing Shutter during Countdown
After 3, %
Incoming Calls/Alarm during Countdown
. Countdown stops. (Self-timer remains
active.)
7-6
Solo Traveling Photo® (Photo Camera)
1
3.
Hold
. Shutter clicks and your image is
captured.
. To start over, press $.
(Background image remains.)
,Options
J
Guide.
. Shutter clicks and background image
is captured.
6%
. Combined image is saved.
(Viewfinder returns for another shot.)
Shooting Modes
Opening Portrait Shooting Tips
In 4, A
Sending Combined Images via S! Mail
After 5, A S Complete message
SA
S e Select file S %
Continuous Shoot (Photo Camera)
Overlapped
Capture four separate
images with Index Image
Capture nine separate
images with Index Image
Capture five images to
create a composite image
1 In Photo Viewfinder, B S
g Modes S %
I
N @
Add Frame
QEA10
[ Off
]
~ Frame | Continuous `
ﾉﾗﾏ/ｽｷｬﾅ aひとり旅録
[ﾊﾟPanorama/Scanner
Solo Traveling
ﾌﾚｰﾑ追加
. After image capture, Index Image or
a composite image appears.
. When shooting speed is set to
Manual (4 Pictures and 9 Pictures
modes), repeat 4 for each frame.
5%
6 g All Pictures S %
連写
効果付き
Effects
,
Mode Menu
Saving the Selected Image
After 4, f (select image) S % S
g Selected Picture S %
Adding Frames (Photo Camera)
1 In mode menu, g Add
Camera Effects (Photo Camera)
1 In mode menu, g Camera
Effects S %
I
N @ QEA10
Camera Effects
Off
g Off
f 反転
Negative
f セピア
fモノクロ
Sepia
Monochrome
fスケッチ
Sketch
,
2 g Select effect S %
. Captured image appears.
7
Camera & Imaging
9 Pictures
Select speed S %
. All captured images are saved.
Available Modes:
4 Pictures
3 g Select mode S % S g
Frame S %
2 g Preset Frames S % S
e Select frame S %
. Captured image appears.
Using Frames in Data Folder
In 2, g Data Folder S % S g
Select frame S % S %
2 g Continuous Shoot S %
7-7
Shooting Modes
Panorama Picture (Photo Camera)
1 In mode menu, g
Scanning Images (Photo Camera)
Save
Panorama/Scanner S %
I
4%
~/
10
Save
Preview
Send
g Scanner S %
2 g Select size S % S Frame
N @ QEA10
Panorama Picture
]
image on Display S %
[Off
ﾊﾟﾉﾗﾏ撮影
Panorama
1 In Panorama/Scanner menu,
ｽｷｬﾅ撮影 Scanner
,
I
9 @
QEA10
Save Menu
. Image is captured.
,
7
Panorama/Scanner Menu
Camera & Imaging
2 g Panorama Picture S %
S g On S %
I
8 @ QEA10
^
Cancel.
. Move handset slowly to keep &
aligned with either of yellow lines.
. Image is captured automatically
when the bar (6) turns blue.
Advanced
0 (Sending Images Wirelessly
7-8
(P.7-13)
5 e Save S %
. Image is saved
Checking Unsaved Images
[Save Menu] e Preview S %
, To change preview method, follow
these steps.
B S g Select method S %
Sending Captured Images via S! Mail
[Save Menu] e Send S % S e
Save and Send S % S Complete
message S A
-
Cancel.
. Move handset slowly to scan the
area to capture. (Refer to indicators
on Display.)
3%
. Image is captured and Save menu
opens.
. Preview or send captured image via
S! Mail in the same way as
Panorama Picture images.
4 e Save S %
. Image is saved.
Editing Images
Getting Started
The following options are available.
Some images may not be editable
depending on file type and size.
[ Picture Editor
Resize
Retouch
Face Arrange
Frame
Correction
Rotate
File Format
2 e Pictures S % S e
Select image S %
3 B S e Edit S %
4 e Picture Editor or
~/
10
t
u
resize
frame
v
paste
w
x
y
retouch
stamp
arrange
s
r
correct
rotate
z
O
format
undo
,
Save.
Picture Editor Menu
[ Composite
Merge Panorama
Split Picture
Composite
~/
Combine two still
images into one
Combine up to
four images into one
10
SplitPic.XXXxXXX
P
P
{
split
split
XXXxXXX
Save
~/
10
Save as New
Overwrite
,
Resize
,View
. To start over, press $.
6 When finished, A
7
Composite S %
Picture Editor
5 g Select effect S % S Edit
XXXxXXX
panorama
. For Split Picture, skip ahead to 8.
For Merge Panorama, press % and
skip ahead to 8.
7 e Save as New S %
. To overwrite, select Overwrite and
press %. (Omit 8.)
Camera & Imaging
Paste
Stamp
Select from preset sizes
or crop image for size
Dress up images with
preloaded visual effects
Add text/dates to images
Add stamps to images
Make smiley, angry or
sad faces
Add Frame to images
Correct images
Rotate images
Convert file format and
change file size
Basic Operations
8 Enter name S % S g
Save here S %
Canceling Effects
After 5, g Undo S %
, To restore effect immediately after
canceling, select Redo and press %.
,
Composite Menu
7-9
Editing Images
Editing Procedures
Changing Image Size
Resize to Preset Size
1 In Picture Editor menu, g
Resize S %
7
2 e Select size S %
3 g Specify display area
Cropping Images
Resize S %
2 e Cut S %
3 g Move + to the upper left
Face Arrange S %
Picture Editor
~/
corner of the portion to crop
S%
Camera & Imaging
,Parts
,
10
Face Arrange
Collage:Right-half
Collage:Left-half
Grin
Mad
Sad
Big Eyes
Burning Eyes
Face Arrange Menu
,Resize
2 e Select type S %
3%
Assign
Assign
. To zoom in/out, press B then use e.
. Omit 3 if there is no rectangle on the
image.
4 g Move + to the lower right
. Editing is completed.
5 g Specify display area
4%
corner of the portion to crop
S%
. To zoom in/out, press B then use e.
6%
Advanced
0 (Applying Visual Effects
Stamps (P.7-14)
7-10
Face Arrange
(Adding Text (Adding Frames (Adding
Important Face Arrange Usage Note
. When using Face Arrange, take care not
to create images that may embarrass or
offend others. Always obtain permission
before photographing others.
Editing Images
4 g Move + to bottom right of
Adjusting Positions
Change the default positions and sizes of
targets to fit the image.
face S %
Set RightEye Upper ~/
10
Near View
Document
Standard
1 In Face Arrange menu, B
SB
Set Upper FaceLine ~/
10
Best suited for close-up shots
Use for images with text
Apply to other images
1 In Composite menu, g
. A rectangle appears with + in the
upper left corner.
2 g Move + to top left of face
Panorama Images
Panorama Image Effects:
Merge Panorama S %
Assign
. Face line is set. Set the eyes and
then mouth in the same way.
Composite
~/
Picture Editor
~/
10
,Flip
Assign
,
2 e <Empty> S % S g
3%
Select image S %
,Modify
Assign
6 % S e Yes S % S g
Save here S %
. Image is saved as a new entry with
Face Arrange positions adjusted.
Complete Face Arrange. Face Arrange
is applied to the adjusted positions.
3 e EFFECT S % S e
7
Camera & Imaging
5%
10
Merge Panorama
1ImageXXX.jpg
2<Empty>
HStandard
Select effect S %
Changing Images
After 3, e (select image) S % S
B S g Select image S %
Switching Image Positions
After 2, B
Advanced
0 (Correcting Image Parameters
(Rotating Images (Converting File
Format (Combining Reduced Images (P.7-14)
7-11
Printing
Printing Images
Digital Print Order Format (DPOF)
7
Select images in DCIM folder and specify
the number of copies to print on
DPOF-compatible printers, or at digital
printing services.
DPOF settings made on other devices are
unusable; delete existing settings to
create new ones on handset.
Camera & Imaging
e Connectivity S %
2 e Memory Card S % S e
DPOF S %
Photo Print (DPOF) ~/
Number of Copies
Settings
Check Settings
Reset Settings
G
10
For All Pictures
For Each Picture
are included.
,
Photo Print Menu
3 e Number of Copies S %
4 e For Each Picture S %
5 g Select image S B
Images
7-12
G
10
. Activate Bluetooth® on the printer.
. Some images may not be sent depending
on file type and size.
S e Pictures S %
(00-99)
Accept
00Copy
6 Enter a number of copies to
print S %
. For more settings, repeat 5 - 6.
7A
Applying a Number to All Images
In 4, e For All Pictures S % S
Enter a number of copies to print S %
Canceling Specified Number
In 6, enter 00 S % S A
Viewing Current Print Settings
In 3, e Check Settings S %
Advanced
0 (Adding Dates to Prints
~/
Set copies of selected images.
Using Printers
Connect handset to a Bluetooth®-compatible
printer and print images in Pictures folder.
(Creating an Index Print (P.7-14)
2 e Select image S B S
e Print S %
3 e Via Bluetooth S % S
e Select printer S %
4 e Yes S %
. To cancel, press A.
When Authorization Code is Required
Enter Authorization Code S %
0 Camera
4[Viewfinder] Photo Camera: P.7-4, Video Camera: P.7-5 [Image Save Window] P.7-4 [Save Menu] P.7-8 [Video Save Menu] P.7-5
Photo Camera & Video Camera
G Activating Mobile Light
[Viewfinder] B S g Mobile
Light S % S g On, Automatic or
Low Light S %
Focus Quickly for
G Adjusting
Close-up Shots
[Viewfinder] Slide Portrait/Macro
Selector to Macro (n)
[ Still Images
[Image Save Window] B S g
Send S % S g Bluetooth, Via
Infrared or IrSimple S %
[ Panorama/Scanned Images
[Save Menu] e Send S % S e
Send via Bluetooth, Send via IrDA
or Send via IrSS S %
[ Video
[Video Save Menu] e Send S %
S e Bluetooth or Infrared S %
G Switching Active Camera
[Viewfinder] B S g Internal
Camera or External Camera S %
Photo Camera
G Changing Image Size
[Photo Viewfinder] B S g
Picture Size S % S g Select
size S %
Mode According to
G Changing
Lighting or Subject
[Photo Viewfinder] B S g Scene
S % S g Select mode S %
Video Camera
G Changing Recording Time/Format
7
Camera & Imaging
. Low Light is available for still image
capture.
. Do not use Mobile Light near people's
faces or look into the light yourself.
G Sending Images Wirelessly
[Video Viewfinder] B S g
Record Time/Size S % S g For
Message, Extended Video or SD
VIDEO S % S g Select size S %
. For SD VIDEO, choose Yes and press %.
7-13
0 Image Editing & Printing
Editing Images
G Applying Visual Effects
[Picture Editor Menu] g Retouch S
% S e Select effect S % S %
7
G Adding Text
Camera & Imaging
[ Text
[Picture Editor Menu] g Paste S
% S e Free Text S % S Enter
text S % S g Move text S %
[ Dates
% S e Date S % S g Move
date S %
4[Picture Editor Menu] P.7-9 [Composite Menu] P.7-9 [Photo Print Menu] P.7-12
G Adding Stamps
[Picture Editor Menu] g Stamp S
% S e Select stamp S % S g
Move stamp S %
G Correcting Image Parameters
[Picture Editor Menu] g Correction
S % S e Select type S % S %
G Rotating Images
[Picture Editor Menu] g Rotate S
% S e Select type S % S %
G Converting File Format
[ Outline
% S B S f Select text color
S % S b S f Select outline
color S % S A
G Adding Frames
[Picture Editor Menu] g Frame S
% S e Select frame S % S %
7-14
[Picture Editor Menu] g File
Format S % S e File Format or
File Size S % S e Select format/
size S %
. Changing file format/size may affect file
size/image quality.
G Combining Reduced Images
[Composite Menu] g SplitPict.
854x480 or SplitPict. 240x320 S
% S e Select <Empty> S % S
g Select image S %
. Repeat from selecting <Empty> as
needed.
DPOF
G Adding Dates to Prints
[Photo Print Menu] e Settings S
% S e Add Date S % S e On
S%
G Creating an Index Print
[Photo Print Menu] e Settings S
% S e Index Print S % S e
On S %
Media Player ................................... 8-2
Playlists .......................................... 8-9
Media Basics ................................... 8-2
Using Playlists ..................................8-9
Music............................................... 8-5
S! Appli ......................................... 8-10
Playing Music................................... 8-5
Using S! Applications .....................8-10
Video ............................................... 8-7
Playing Video................................... 8-7
8
Media Player &
S! Applications
8-1
Media Player
Media Basics
Use Media Player to play music/video on 922SH.
. Download media files from Mobile Internet sites via Media Player directly.
. Transfer PC music files and save them on Memory Card.
Features & File Support:
Music
My Music
SD AUDIO
WMA
Handset/Memory Card
Memory Card
Memory Card
Downloads/Transferred Files
Transferred SD-Audio Files
Transferred WMA Files
8
8-2
Videos
My Videos
SD VIDEO
Handset
Memory Card
Memory Card
SD-Video Files
Downloads/Recorded Files
Playback Precautions
. Media Player is not compatible with
some recording/playback formats. Files
may not play depending on the Memory
Card status.
. Playback stops for incoming calls.
. When battery is low, Media Player will not
play. If battery runs low during playback,
Media Player shuts off.
. Turn down the volume if distortion is
noticeable in Speaker sound.
. Handset plays media while it downloads
(streaming); downloaded media cannot
be saved. Packet transmission fees
apply even while stream is paused.
Compatibility
. Files transferred from PCs cannot be
used as ringtones or System Sounds.
Media Player
Music Playback Window Indicators
Video Playback Window Indicators
6
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
5
a
5
9
Information link
Playback Mode
Sound Effects
Status
Title
Playback in progress
Track number
Elapsed time
Volume
Artist name
1
2
3
Information link
Sound Effects
Playback Mode
4
5
6
Status
Title
Clip number
7
8
9
Elapsed time
Volume
Author name
1 % S g Entertainment S %
2 e Media Player S %
3 e Music S %
Music
~/
Last Played Music
My Music
SD AUDIO
WMA
Download Music
Music Search
Settings
10
Show the list of
playlists. You can
create new
playlist, edit
playlist, and add
music files to a
playlists.
,
Music Menu
4 e Download Music S %
. Follow the links to download media.
Download via Music Search (Japanese)
In 4, e Music Search S %
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a
Downloading Music
Download music from the Internet.
Read information (price, expiry date, etc.)
on the source site.
8-3
Media Player
Downloading Video
1 % S g Entertainment S
% S e Media Player S %
2 e Videos S %
Videos
~/
Last Played Video
My Videos
SD VIDEO
Download Videos
Settings
10
Show the list of
playlists. You can
create new
playlist, edit
playlists, and add
movies to a
playlist.
Saving WMA Files
Follow these steps to save WMA files via
S! Music Connect (Japanese).
Copy protected files can only be played
on the handset with which the files were
transferred.
USB Mode S %
USB Mode
,
8
8-4
Videos Menu
~/
Mass Storage
MTP Mode
3 e Download Videos S %
10
Save music or
image file from
computer to memory
card by using
" Mass Storage" .
. Follow the links to download media.
Handling Transferred Files
. Copyright laws limit duplicated material
to private use only.
. Comply with copyright and other
intellectual property laws when using
obtained files.
Connection ends
. Disconnect USB Cable.
S! Music Connect
. For details, see Utility Software Starter
Guide (Japanese) on Utility Software
CD-ROM.
Saving AAC Files
Convert PC music files to
922SH-compatible format (P.14-18), then
save to corresponding Memory Card
folder (P.14-20) via Mass Storage.
Install Utility Software CD-ROM
(Japanese) beforehand.
Saving ASF Files
Saving Media Files from PCs
. Use software to convert media file format.
. For software usage and specifications, see
the provider's website, etc.
4 A S e Yes S % S
,
2 e MTP Mode S % S e
Yes S %
3 Connect handset to a PC via
USB Cable
. Copy music from PC. Refer to the
S! Music Connect help menu for
Save files to handset via MTP Mode or to
corresponding Memory Card folder
(P.14-20) via Mass Storage.
Music
Playing Music
S e Music S %
4 g Select file S %
All Music
~/
g
Searching Music Files
After 3, B S e Search S % S
Enter search text S %
Lyric Display-Compatible Files
. Press A to display lyrics.
10
2 e My Music S % S f
Select folder
Music Folder
~/
c
d
e All Music
f ﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1
f ﾚｲﾘｽﾄ2
f ﾚｲﾘｽﾄ3
i No Artist N...X:XX:XX
musi... N
i Classic
No Artist N...X:XX:XX
Pop
music
N
Pop
music
N
M4A
c
Replay (Long Press: fast rewind*)
Skip forward (Long Press: fast
d
forward*)
%
Pause
b
Volume down (Long Press: mute)
a
Volume up or cancel mute
' (Long) Switch Sound Output
10
Stopping Playback
While paused, $
When Handset is Closed during Playback
. Playback continues; follow these steps to
stop.
J S Z Yes S t
Playing SD AUDIO or WMA Files
In 2, e SD AUDIO or WMA S % S
From 3
*
Release for playback.
M4A
M4A
M4A
,Options
Play
Music File List
8
3 e All Music S %
~/
Classic musi... N
Music Playback Operations
XXX/XXX X:XX:XX/X:XX:XX 08
bNo Artist Name
e
/
Music Playback Window
. Album art appears for compatible files.
Music Playlists Window
All Music
aClassic music 01
,Options
,
,Options
c
10
Advanced
0 (Deleting All WMA Files (Deleting SD AUDIO Files
(P.8-6)
(Resuming from Stopped Point (Playing Repeatedly or Randomly
(Changing Sound Effects (Sorting Files (P.8-12)
1(Switching audio output to wireless device
(P.13-15)
8-5
Music
Deleting Files
Delete other music files from Data Folder.
G Deleting All WMA Files
% S g Entertainment S % S
e Media Player S % S e
Settings S % S e Delete All
WMA S %S Enter Handset Code
S % S e Yes S %
. Source files will be deleted.
8
8-6
G Deleting SD AUDIO Files
[ Single Files
[Music File List] g Select file S
B S e Delete Track S % S e
Yes S %
[ All Files
[Music Playlists Window] e All
Music S B S e Del. All Tracks S
% S e Yes S % S e Yes S %
. Source files will be deleted in both cases.
Video
Playing Video
S e Videos S %
4 g Select file S %
Video Player
~/
Video Playback Operations
10
2 e My Videos S % S e
Phone Memory or Memory
Card S %
Playlist
N ~/
10
All Videos
Playlist 1
Playlist 2
Playlist 3
c
c
wvideoXXX
,Options
/
Video Playback Window
3 e All Videos S %
All Videos
N ~/
videoXXX
No Author
X:XX:XX
videoXXX
No Author
X:XX:XX
10
*
Release for playback.
When Handset is Closed during Playback
. Playback stops.
Playing SD VIDEO Files
In 2, e SD VIDEO S % S 4
Searching Video Files
After 3, B S e Search S % S
Enter search text S %
At Alarm Time
. Playback stops.
Video Recorded on Other Devices
. Video image may appear rotated.
,
,Options
8
,
Video Playlists Window
Replay (Long Press: fast rewind*)
Skip forward (Long Press while
d
paused: advance frames,
Long Press: fast forward*)
2/) Toggle Display Size
XXX/XXX X:XX:XX/X:XX:XX 08
e
bNo Author
5 $ S Playback stops
,Options
For pause, volume up/down or sound
output, see P.8-5 "Music Playback
Operations."
Video File List
Advanced
0 (Deleting SD VIDEO Files
(P.8-8) (Resuming from Stopped Point
(Playing Repeatedly or Randomly (Changing Sound Effects
(Changing Playback Size (Sorting Files (P.8-12)
1(Switching audio output to wireless device
(P.13-15)
8-7
Video
Deleting Files
Delete other video files from Data Folder.
G Deleting SD VIDEO Files
[Video File List] e Select file S
S%
. Source files will be deleted.
8
8-8
Playlists
Using Playlists
Playlists store playback orders. Add
favorite media files to Playlists, or
organize files by artist/genre.
Playlists store only file locations. Source
files remain in All Music or All Videos.
2 e My Music S %
3 e All Music S % S g
Select file S B
10
,
,
Music
~/
Last Played Music
My Music
SD AUDIO
WMA
Download Music
Music Search
Settings
10
Show the list of
playlists. You can
create new
playlist, edit
playlist, and add
music files to a
playlists.
M4A
M4A
4 e Add to Playlist S % S
e ﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1 S %
,
10
2 e Edit List Title S % S
Enter name S %
8
S e Music S %
(select Playlist) S B
Music Folder
~/
c
d
e All Music
f ﾚｲﾘｽﾄ 1
2
f ﾚｲﾘｽﾄOptions
Addﾚｲﾘｽﾄ
New Playlist
3
f
Details
Edit List Title
Delete Playlist
M4A
Follow these steps to add a music file to
ﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1.
1 In Playlists window, e
musi... N
i Classic
Options
No Artist
N...X:XX:XX
Add Pop
to Playlist
music
N
i
Search
Sort
>>
Pop
music
N
i
Details
M4A
Adding to Playlist
~/
Classic musi... N
All Music
Renaming Playlists
Advanced
0 (Adding New Playlists
(Deleting Playlist Files (Deleting Playlists
(Changing File Order (P.8-13)
8-9
S! Appli
Using S! Applications
Try out the preloaded S! Applications or
download and use 922SH-compatible
S! Applications, including games.
Refer to the S! Application's help menu or
the source Internet site, etc. for
Remote Control
. Use a compatible S! Application to
control a TV, VCR, etc. via infrared.
8
3 e S! Appli Library S %
S! Appli Library ■
N ~/
Download
Exiting S! Applications
1"
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
~/
<
10
XXXKB
XXXXXXXXXX
Exit?
XXXKB
XXXXXXXXXX
Suspend
Resume
End
XXXKB
,Options
Start
Check.
S! Appli Library
1 % S g Entertainment S % 4 e Select application S %
Network S! Applications
2 e S! Appli S %
. A message appears indicating that
Internet connection is required. Follow
Incoming Calls
. Incoming calls automatically pause
S! Application.
Opening S! Appli Request Log
In 2, e Demand History S %
,
2 e End S %
Pausing S! Applications
" S e Suspend S %
Resuming S! Applications
% S e Resume S %
, Select Cancel to open Main Menu and
keep the S! Application paused.
, Select End to end the S! Application.
Advanced
0 (Downloading S! Applications
(Setting S! Application to Activate in
Standby (Deleting S! Applications (P.8-11)
8-10
10
1(Adjusting S! Application sound volume
(Canceling surround effect
(Showing incoming transmission notice (Pausing S! Application for
incoming mail (Setting handset to show notice at Alarm Time
(Showing incoming S! Appli Request notice (Changing Screensaver
Activation Time (Restoring default S! Application settings (Restoring
default S! Appli Library (P.13-15)
S! Appli
G Downloading S! Applications
[S! Appli Library] e Download S %
G Setting S! Application to Activate in
Standby
[ Activating Screensaver
G Deleting S! Applications
[S! Appli Library] e Select
application S B S e Delete S
% S e Yes S %
. Handset Code may be required.
. Cancel Screensaver to delete
Screensaver S! Application.
% S g Entertainment S % S e
S! Appli S % S e Settings S %
S e Screensaver S % S e
Switch On/Off S % S e On S %
[ Setting Screensaver
. As Screensaver appears for
compatible S! Applications.
. Screensaver may not start or operate
correctly when an external device
(Headphones, etc.) is connected to
handset.
8
[S! Appli Library] e Select
application S B S e As
Screensaver S %
8-11
0 Additional Functions (Media) 1
4[Menu] Music: P.8-3, Video: P.8-4 [Playback Window] Music: P.8-5, Video: P.8-7 [File List] Music: P.8-5, Video: P.8-7
Music/Video Playback
G Resuming from Stopped Point
[Menu] e Last Played Music or
Last Played Video S %
Music Playback
8
G Playing Repeatedly or Randomly
[ Play Randomly
[Music Playback Window] B S
e Playback Mode S % S e
Random S %
[ Repeat Randomly
Random Repeat S %
[ Repeat One File
Repeat S %
[ Repeat All Files
Repeat All S %
8-12
G Changing Sound Effects
e Sound Effects S % S e
Select effect S %
Video Playback
G Changing Sound Effects
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Sound Effects
S % S e Select effect S %
G Changing Playback Size
Available for My Videos files only.
G Playing Repeatedly or Randomly
[ Play Randomly
[Video Playback Window] B S
e Settings S % S e Playback
Mode S % S e Random S %
e Settings S % S e Display
Size S % S e Select size S %
Managing Files
G Sorting Files
[ Repeat One File
Mode S % S e Repeat S %
[ Repeat All Files
Mode S % S e Repeat All S %
[File List] B S e Sort S % S
e Select option S %
0 Additional Functions (Media) 2
4[Playlists Window] Music: P.8-5, Video: P.8-7
Playlists
G Adding New Playlists
[Playlists Window] B S e Add
New Playlist S % S Enter name
S%
G Deleting Playlist Files
G Deleting Playlists
[Playlists Window] e Select
Playlist S B S e Delete
Playlist S % S e Yes S %
G Changing File Order
8
Playlist S % S g Select file S
S%
Playlist S % S g Select file S
B S e Change Order S % S
e Move file S %
8-13
Pen Light......................................... 9-2
Phone Help ..................................... 9-3
Calendar & Tasks ........................... 9-4
Calendar .......................................... 9-4
Tasks ............................................... 9-7
Document Viewer......................... 9-21
Opening PC Documents.................9-21
Notepad ........................................ 9-22
Saving Text .....................................9-22
Voice Recorder............................. 9-23
Alarms............................................. 9-9
Recording/Playing Voice.................9-23
Using Alarms ................................... 9-9
Scan Barcode............................... 9-24
Wakeup TV.................................... 9-11
Scanning Printed Barcodes............9-24
Using Wakeup TV.......................... 9-11
Create QR Code ........................... 9-25
Scan Card ..................................... 9-26
Calculator ..................................... 9-13
Using Calculator ............................ 9-13
Scanning Business Cards ..............9-26
Expenses Memo........................... 9-14
Text Scanner ................................ 9-27
Adding Expenses........................... 9-14
Scanning Text .................................9-27
Stopwatch..................................... 9-15
S! Quick News.............................. 9-28
Using Stopwatch............................ 9-15
Countdown Timer ........................ 9-16
Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)
.......................................................9-28
Using Countdown Timer ................ 9-16
S! Information Channel ............... 9-29
World Clock .................................. 9-17
Opening World Clock..................... 9-17
S! Information Channel & Weather
Indicator (Japanese).......................9-29
Hour Minder.................................. 9-18
e-Books ........................................ 9-30
Using Hour Minder......................... 9-18
Reading e-Books (Japanese).........9-30
Dictionary/Search ........................ 9-19
9
Handy Extras
Using Dictionaries.......................... 9-19
Searching Text ............................... 9-20
9-1
Pen Light
Pen Light
Use handset as a flashlight. To use Mobile
Light as a strobe for mobile camera, see
P.7-13 "Activating Mobile Light."
1 F (Long)
. Mobile light illuminates.
. Press a key to turn off.
Important Pen Light Usage Note
. Do not point Pen Light at people or look
at it directly.
9
Handy Extras
9-2
Phone Help
Phone Help
Access this handy guide to handset
settings and key functions/shortcuts.
1 [N+']
Phone Help
~/
Settings Method
Commonly Functions
Key Operation
10
Mode Settings
Change Menu
Set Wallpaper
Assign Tone
Adjust Volume
Set Vibration
Security Settings
Connectivity
etc. included.
,
2 e Select item S %
. Press g to toggle guides.
9
Handy Extras
Opening Function Help
While using camera, TV, etc., [N+']
9-3
Calendar & Tasks
Calendar
Switching View
Opening Calendar
1 % S g Tools S % S e
PIM Tools S %
% XXXX/XX/XX & ~/
PIM/LifestyleTools ~/
10
View Calendar, or
t Calendar
save and check
v Alarms
Schedule entries.
E Wakeup TV
q Tasks
, Calculator
o Expenses Memo
2 e Calendar S %
Handy Extras
% XXXX/XX/XX & ~/
10
XXX
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
M
T
W
XXX
T
F
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
::Stamp
,Options
View
Switch.
Calendar Window
Advanced
0 (Changing Date Color
9-4
(Adding Stamps (P.9-31)
`
10
{
XXX
S
M
T
W
XXX
T
F
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
2
4
5
,Options
View
Switch.
Example: 2Month View
. Press A to toggle view.
,
9
Key Assignments
1 In Calendar window, A
1
2
Open previous
page
Open next
page
Stamp1
Set Color
Go to (Today)
Go to
(Enter Date)
Find
9
(By Category)
e Select week2
f Select date
8
Available in Month/3Month View.
In Week View, select time block.
Searching Entries by Subject
[Calendar Window] [N+[] S
Enter subject S %
[Calendar Window] [N+;] S
Calendar & Tasks
4 Enter start date/time S %
Saving Schedules
Follow these steps to save subject, start/
end date/time, Alarm and schedule details.
Either Subject or Description must be
saved per entry.
1 In Calendar window, g
(select date) S %
XXX
M
T
W
T
F
Subject:
Start:
End:
Category:
Alarm:
Repeat:
Location:
Description:
~/
XXXX
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
N No Category
No Alarm
Once Only
,
10
Save.
Schedule Entry Window
10
s XXXX/XX/XX t ~/
u <Add New Entry>
S
New Entry
5 e End: S % S Enter end
8 e Description: S % S
Enter schedule details S %
9 A S Saved
All-Day Schedule
In 4, B S % S From 8
Custom Alarm Time
In 7, e Alarm Time: S % S e
Other S % S Enter date/time S %
S A S From 8
date/time S %
S
6 e Alarm: S %
,
,Options
Start Date & Time ~/
XXXX
YYYY
10
XX
MM
XX
HH
XX
DD
XX
MM
10
,
7 e Alarm Time: S % S e
9
Handy Extras
2 e <Add New Entry> S %
3 Enter subject S %
Alarm
~/
No Alarm
Alarm Time:
Alert 1
Assign Tone/Video:
10 sec.
Duration:
Select time S % S A
NAll Day
,Check
Accept
Advanced
0 (Changing Alarm Tone/Video
(Changing Alarm Duration (Hiding
Entries (Saving Repetitive Schedules (Editing Schedules (P.9-31)
9-5
Calendar & Tasks
At Alarm Time
Opening Schedules/Tasks
Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
Calendar Alarm
~/
K
(select date) S %
XXXX/XX/XX t ~/
10
u <Add New Entry>
s
XXX
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
NPXXXXXXX XX:XX-XX/XX
XXXXX
View.
To stop Alarm, press % or a Front/Side Key.
9
Handy Extras
Opening Schedule
While Alarm is activated, A
When Another Function is Active
. Alarm may not activate until handset
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
. Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.
Information window opens after handset
returns to Standby.
Advanced
0 (Deleting All Schedules
9-6
(P.9-32)
1 In schedule list, e (select
schedule) S B
2 e Delete S %
3 e This Appointment S %
S e Yes S %
XXXX/XX/XX XX:XX
Stop
Deleting Schedules
[ Deleting One Entry
,Options
,
Schedule List
2 e Select schedule or task
S%
3 $ S List returns
Opening Task List
In 2, e (select task) S B S e
Go to Tasks S %
Opening Related Message
After 2, B S e Related Mail S %
When Related Message is Saved
. To delete message from schedule, follow
these steps.
After 2, % S e Related Mail: S %
S e Yes S % S A
[Calendar Window] [N+;] S
[ Deleting All Entries of the Day
(select date) S B
2 e Delete S % S e All This
Day S % S e Yes S %
Calendar & Tasks
Tasks
4 Enter subject S %
Saving Tasks
Follow these steps to save subject, due
date/time, Alarm and task details.
Either Subject or Description must be
saved per entry.
PIM Tools S %
~/
P
XXX
S
M
T
W
T
S
10
XX
MM
XX
HH
XX
DD
10
O
q
9 A S Saved
Accept
u <Add New Entry>
,
New Entry
Subject:
Due Date:
Alarm:
Priority:
Description:
Secret:
~/
XXXX
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
No Alarm
Normal
10
Off
,
Save.
Task Entry Window
6 e Alarm: S %
Alarm
~/
No Alarm
Alarm Time:
Alert 1
Assign Tone/Video:
10 sec.
Duration:
Advanced
8 e Description: S % S
Enter task details S %
XX
MM
NNo limit
,Check
Select time S % S A
Task with No Due Date/Time
In 5, B S % S From 8
Custom Alarm Time
In 7, e Alarm Time: S % S e
Other S % S Enter date/time S %
S A S From 8
9
Handy Extras
,Options
F
XXXX
YYYY
7 e Alarm Time: S % S e
5 Enter due date/time S %
2 e Tasks S %
All Tasks
~/
Due Date & Time
10
,
(Changing Alarm Duration (Hiding
Entries (Editing Tasks (P.9-31)
9-7
Calendar & Tasks
At Alarm Time
Opening Tasks
related settings.
Tasks Alarm
~/
K
PIM Tools S %
2 e Tasks S %
~/
All Tasks
P
XXX
S
XXXXX
M
T
W
T
F
S
q
1 In task list, e (select task)
9
SB
Handy Extras
Advanced
9-8
(P.9-32)
,
,Options
Task List
. Use f to open completed or
uncompleted task list.
3 e Select task S %
Task
XXX
S
M
T
W
,Options
0 (Deleting All Tasks
Deleting Tasks
View.
Opening Task
While Alarm is activated, A
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
returns to Standby.
After 2, [N+;] S Enter Handset
Code S %
Marking Tasks as Completed
After 2, e (select task) S A
10
O
u <Add New Entry>
NQXXXXXX
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
XXXX/XX/XX XX:XX
Stop
4 $ S List returns
T
F
S
~/
NXXXX
WXXXX/XX/XX
XX:XX
PXXXX/XX/XX
XX:XX
QNormal
!XXXXXX
Done
2 e Delete S %
3 e This Task S % S e
Yes S %
[ Deleting All Completed Tasks
10
1 In task list, B
2 e Delete S % S e All
Comp. Tasks S % S e
Yes S %
Alarms
Using Alarms
3 e --:-- S % S Enter hour
Setting Alarm
Follow these steps to set Alarm to sound
at a specific time on a specific day of the
week.
Set Snooze (Alarm repeats at set
interval), Alarm Volume and Duration.
PIM Tools S %
2 e Alarms S %
Alarms
~/
Set Alarm
~/
Time:
Subject:
Repeat:
Assign Tone/Video:
Snooze:
Alarm Volume:
Vibration:
Duration:
,
10
XX:XX
Alarm 1
Once
Alert 1
Off
Level:3
Off
10 sec.
Save.
4 e Repeat: S %
5 e Selected Days S %
For Once or Every Day (All), skip
ahead to 7.
Selected Days
Edit
Alarm List
~/
10
NSunday
NMonday
NTuesday
NWednesday
NThursday
NFriday
NSaturday
NExcept Holidays
,Options
. For custom intervals, select Other.
9 e Alarm Volume: S %
a e Adjust level S %
b e Duration: S %
c e Select time S %
. For custom Duration, select Other.
Alarm Menu
10
7 e Snooze: S %
8 e Select interval S %
d A S Saved
. For more settings, repeat 3 - d.
e " S Alarm setting ends
Selecting/Canceling All Days
In 6, B S e Check All or
Uncheck All S %
Excluding Holidays
In 6, e (select day) S % (N/P) S
Complete selection S e Except
Holidays S % S A S From 7
9
Handy Extras
--:---:---:---:---:-Settings
(24-hour format) S Enter
minutes S %
Check
6 e Select day S % (N/P) S
Complete selection S A
Advanced
0 (Saving Entry Name
(Changing Alarm Tone/Video (Setting
Handset to Vibrate at Alarm Time (P.9-32)
9-9
Alarms
When Snooze is Set
At Alarm Time
related settings.
Alarm
~/
XXXXX
K
Canceling Snooze
While Snoozing, % (or J) S e Yes
S%
. Snooze is automatically canceled after a
period of time.
XX:XX
Stop
Snooze.
9
Alarm repeats at the set interval.
Other Alarms do not activate while
handset is Snoozing.
Handy Extras
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
returns to Standby.
Canceling Alarm
1 In Alarm list, e (select
entry) S B
2 e Switch Off S %
Deleting Alarm
1 In Alarm list, e (select
entry) S B
2 e Reset Alarm S %
3 e Yes S %
[ Deleting All Entries
1 In Alarm list, e (select entry)
S B S e Clear All S %
S e Yes S %
. Reactivate entry to use the same
settings.
Reactivating Entry
In 2, e Switch On S %
Advanced
0 (Editing Entries
(P.9-32)
1(Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
based on World Clock time (P.13-16)
9-10
(Activating Alarm
Wakeup TV
Using Wakeup TV
3 e --:-- S % S Enter hour
Setting Wakeup TV
Follow these steps to activate TV at a
specific time on a specific day of the week.
. Complete Area Setup (P.6-3) beforehand.
. TV may not activate in poor signal conditions.
PIM Tools S %
2 e Wakeup TV S %
Wakeup TV
~/
(24-hour format) S Enter
minutes S %
10
Set Alarm
Time:
Repeat:
Channel:
Alarm On/Off:
Assign Tone/Video:
Alarm Volume:
XX:XX
Once
Channel 1
On
Alert 1
Level:3
,
ends
Save.
For Once or Every Day (All), skip
ahead to 7.
Selected Days
Wakeup TV List
~/
10
NSunday
NMonday
NTuesday
NWednesday
NThursday
NFriday
NSaturday
NExcept Holidays
,Options
Check
Selecting/Canceling All Days
Uncheck All S %
Excluding Holidays
In 6, e (select day) S % (N/P) S
Complete selection S e Except
Holidays S % S A S From 7
Canceling Alarm
. Alarm activates at Wakeup TV time. To
cancel Alarm, follow these steps.
[Wakeup TV Window] e Alarm On/
Off: S % S e Off S % S From 9
Adjusting Alarm Volume
[Wakeup TV Window] e Alarm
Volume: S % S e Adjust level S
% S From 9
9
Handy Extras
4 e Repeat: S %
5 e Selected Days S %
Edit
. For more settings, repeat 3 - 9.
a " S Wakeup TV setting
Wakeup TV Menu
10
--:---:---:---:---:-For Manner Mode
7 e Channel: S %
8 e Select channel S %
9 A S Saved
6 e Select day S % (N/P) S
Complete selection S A
Advanced
(P.9-33)
1(Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
(P.13-16)
9-11
Wakeup TV
At Wakeup TV Time
Canceling Wakeup TV
1 In Wakeup TV list, e (select
TV activates after Alarm.
Wakeup TV
~/
K
entry) S B
2 e Wakeup TV Off S %
. Reactivate entry to use the same
settings.
XX:XX
StartTV
9
Handy Extras
Stopping Alarm Instantly
. While Alarm is activated, press % or a
Front/Side Key.
. TV may not activate depending on the
function.
After TV is On for a Period of Time
. Confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to exit TV.
Advanced
0 (Editing Entries
9-12
(P.9-33)
Reactivating Entry
In 2, e Wakeup TV On S %
Deleting Wakeup TV
entry) S B
2 e Reset Alarm S %
3 e Yes S %
entry) S B S e Clear All
S%
S e Yes S %
Calculator
Using Calculator
PIM Tools S %
2 e Calculator S %
Calculator
~/
10
Figure can
be input
with
_
,Options
Key Assignments
[ Numbers
Exit.
Calculator Window
digits S Calculate
. Clear Memory before starting new
Memory calculations.
4 A S Calculator ends
0
,/1
:/2
//3
?/4
5
6
7
8
9
+/5
(/6
7
8
9
[ Calculations
+ (Add)
- (Subtract)
x (Multiply)
÷ (Divide)
= (Sum)
C.CE (Clear)
CM (Clear Memory)
RM (Recall Memory)
M+ (Add to Memory)
. (Decimal)
+/- (Positive/Negative Value)
% (Percentage)
c
d
a
b
%
$
*
{
`
>
_
L
9
Handy Extras
3 Use Letter Keys to enter
0
1
2
3
4
Memory Calculation
. Numbers saved in Memory remain until
handset power is turned off.
Incoming Calls
. Calculations are not affected. End the
call to return to Calculator.
Using % Function
Use L to find definite percentage of
a known value.
Example: Calculate 30% of 800,000
Enter 800,000 S x S 30 S %
, 240,000 appears.
Advanced
0 (Copying Calculation Results (Changing Exchange Rate for Currency
Conversion (Converting Currencies (P.9-33)
9-13
Expenses Memo
Adding Expenses
Entering Expenses
Checking Entries
1 Enter amount S b
Enter Cost:
~/
10
{:Decimal Point PIM Tools S %
2 e Expenses Memo S %
Expenses Memo
5040
Accept
Category
Handy Extras
ONo Category
oMiscellaneous
oVehicle
oAirfare
oShopping
oDining
oHotel
oEntertainment
Saving Entries to Notepad
[Expenses Memo List] e Select
entry S B S e Save to Notepad
S%
Deleting Entries
1 In Expenses Memo list, e
(select entry) S B
~/
10
2 e Delete Item S % S e
,
3 e Totals S %
Totals
1)XX/XX/XX XX:XX
Miscellaneous
~/
Yes S %
10
5040
Saved
Saving under Custom Category
In 3, e Other S % S Enter name
S%
Total
,Options
5040
Change
Expenses Memo List
Advanced
0 (Changing Category of Saved Entry
1 In Expenses Memo list, B
S e Delete All S %
,
3 e Select Category S % S
9-14
10
Cancel.
2%
9
~/
Add New Expense
Totals
Edit Category
4 $ S Menu returns
(Changing Amount (P.9-33)
S e Yes S %
Stopwatch
Using Stopwatch
Stopwatch stops when battery runs low.
Timer/Clock Tools S %
Timer/Clock Tools ~/
10
Record elapsed
F Stopwatch
time for up to,
G Countdown Timer
but not including,
x World Clock
24 hours in
I Hour Minder
0.1-second
increments.
,
2 e Stopwatch S %
Stopwatch
~/
1
2
3
4
Start
10
. Press % to resume.
5 " S e Yes S % S
Stopwatch ends
. Records are deleted when
Stopwatch ends.
Recording Lap Times
While Stopwatch is running, B
Saving Records to Notepad
After 4, B S e Save to Notepad
S%
Resetting Records
After 4, B S e Reset S % S
From 3
Incoming Calls
. Stopwatch is not affected by incoming
calls. End the call to return.
9
Handy Extras
LAP
3 % S Stopwatch starts
4 % S Stopwatch stops
Stopwatch Window
9-15
Countdown Timer
Using Countdown Timer
2 e Countdown Timer S %
Countdown Timer
~/
10
Enter Time
(1sec-60min)
0
Timer Entry Window
Handy Extras
3 Enter minutes S Enter
seconds S %
Countdown Timer
~/
Time Remaining
,Edit
Start
Countdown Timer Window
. Press B to change time.
9-16
. Press % to stop/resume countdown.
5 Set time elapses S Tone
sounds
6 " S e Yes S % S
When Set Time Elapses
Tone sounds.
Countdown Timer
~/
10
Timer Expired
Countdown Timer ends
00:00
9
4 % S Countdown starts
10
Resetting Timer
Stop countdown and B
Incoming Calls
. Countdown is not affected by incoming
calls. End the call to return.
Stop.
To stop tone instantly, press A or a
Front/Side Key. (Tone stops automatically
after a period of time.)
When Timer Time Elapsed during a Call
. Tone sounds after the call.
World Clock
Opening World Clock
2 e World Clock S %
World Time Zone
Local Time Zone
World Clock
ｰ
Tokyo
My Home City
R
~/
■■ﾒｲﾝﾒﾆｭｰ
Tokyo
XX:XX
The Other City
S
XXXX/XX/XX XXX
10
XX:XX
XXXX/XX/XX XXX
4 f Select area S %
5 " S World Clock ends
Advancing One Hour (Daylight Saving)
[Set Time Zone Window] A
, To cancel, press A.
Opening World Clock in Standby
e Display S %
2 e Standby Display S %
Standby Display ~/
Clock(M)
Clock/Calendar
Standby Window
Show Indicators
Off
Show Operator Name
10
Edit
,
Set Time Zone
~/
10
Tokyo
T00:00
15:05
@ [ :Select Time Zone
Accept
,Custom
3 e Clock/Calendar S %
4 g World Clock (L), etc. S %
9
Handy Extras
3%
Summer Time.
Set Time Zone Window
Advanced
0 (Adding Custom Time Zone
(P.9-34)
9-17
Hour Minder
Using Hour Minder
Setting Hour Minder
Follow these steps to activate the hourly
time signal at selected hours.
2 e Hour Minder S %
Hour Minder
Switch On/Off
Select Time
Advanced
~/
10
Off
Every Hour
9
Handy Extras
,
6 A S Saved
7 " S Hour Minder setting
ends
Adjusting Hour Minder Volume
In 3, e Advanced S % S e
Volume: S % S e Adjust level S
% S A S From 6
Changing Hour Minder Duration
In 3, e Advanced S % S e
Duration: S % S e Select time S
% S A S From 6
, For custom Duration, select Other.
Selecting/Canceling All Hours
Uncheck All S %
Hour Minder Menu
3 e Switch On/Off S % S
e On S %
4 e Select Time S %
5 e Select hour S % (N/P)
S Complete selection S A
At Hour Minder Time
Hour Minder activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
Hour Minder
~/
K
XX:XX
Stop
To stop tone instantly, press % or a Front/
Side Key.
. Hour Minder does not activate.
Incoming Calls
. Active Hour Minder stops for incoming
calls.
Canceling Hour Minder
1 In Hour Minder menu, e
Switch On/Off S % S e
Off S % S A
Advanced
0 (Changing Hour Minder Tone/Video
Hour Minder Time (P.9-34)
9-18
(Setting Handset to Vibrate at
1(Sounding Hour Minder Time tone even in Manner mode
Hour Minder based on World Clock time (P.13-16)
(Activating
Dictionary/Search
Using Dictionaries
Activate Jispa (preloaded dictionary
application by Gakken Corporation) to
look up words in Japanese-Japanese,
English-Japanese and Japanese-English
dictionaries.
1~
Japanese
~/
10
ヨミ
,Options
Dictionary Window
2 Enter reading (spelling for
English-Japanese
dictionary) S e Select
word S %
9
Handy Extras
Switch.
Switching Dictionaries
[Dictionary Window] A S e
Select type S %
Using Dictionaries in Text Entry Windows
~ (Long)
Copying Definition Text
After 2, % S g Select first
character S % S g Highlight text
range S %
Changing Font Size
[Dictionary Window] [N+`]
(enlarge) or [N+{] (reduce)
Opening Dictionary Information
[Dictionary Window] B S e
Information S %
9-19
Dictionary/Search
Searching Text
Search text on the Internet or within sent/
received messages.
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
2 e Search S %
Search
P
~/
10
Input key word to
Search search.
O Web Search
o Mail Search
9
Handy Extras
9-20
,Options
Edit
Search Window
3 g Select entry field S %
S Enter search text S %
4 e Select search type S %
5 g Search S %
For Mail Search, select an option and
press %.
. Search results appear.
Searching within PC Sites
[Search Window] B S e Change
Browser S % S e PC Site
Browser S %
Searching within Sent or Received
Messages
[Search Window] B S e Change
Mail Folder S % S e Sent Messages
or Received Messages S %
Document Viewer
Opening PC Documents
Supported File Formats:
PDF (.pdf)
Microsoft® Excel® (.xls)
Microsoft® Word (.doc)
Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt)
. Some files may not appear correctly.
. Download files via the Internet.
. When transferring files from PCs, save to
corresponding Memory Card folder
(P.14-20).
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
2 e Document Viewer S %
N ~/
Other Documents ■
XXXXXXX
XXKB
!
XXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
,Options
10
View
3 g Select file S %
Key Assignments
!
A
View whole page
Scroll
View upper left
Full screen
View upper right
View center
View lower left
Jump to page
View lower right
Open Help
Next page
Previous page
Fit width
Rotate 90o
Show Loupe
& (Long)
(magnifier tool)
[N+`]
Zoom in
[N+`] (Long) Continuous zoom in
[N+{]
Zoom out
[N+{] (Long) Continuous zoom out
9
Handy Extras
%
g
1
2
3
5
7
8
9
0
#
(
9-21
Notepad
Saving Text
New Notepad Entry
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
2 e Notepad S %
9
Accessed ~/
Notepad
u <Add New Entry>
N ｶﾞﾝﾊﾞﾚ日本n
N おめでとうo
N 花束p
N 私のおごりq
N うらめしやs
N お大事にr
N 座布団一枚|
,
10
Sort.
Notepad List
Handy Extras
Text:
,Options
~/
5 g Select Category S % S
Saved
Sorting Entries Temporarily
[Notepad List] A
, Press A repeatedly to toggle sort
options (Modified, Created, Category
and Accessed).
Changing Notepad List View
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
B S e Setting/Manage S % S
e Default View S % S e Select
option S %
1 In Notepad list, e (select
Opening Notepad
2 e Delete All S % S Enter
entry) S %
10
`R: Dict
Done
4 Enter text S %
X/XXXX
Notepad
~/
NNo Category
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Cancel.
,Options
Edit Text
2 $ S List returns
Advanced
0 (Editing Notepad
(Searching Text within All Entries (Inserting
Notepad Text into Message Text (Sending Notepad Entries via S! Mail
(Inserting Notepad Text during Text Entry (P.9-35)
9-22
Deleting Entries
10
entry) S B
2 e Delete Item S % S e
Yes S %
entry) S B S e Setting/
Manage S %
Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
Voice Recorder
Recording/Playing Voice
Recording
. If battery runs low while recording, Voice
Recorder shuts off.
. Record conversations during calls via
Record Caller Voice (P.3-13).
3 % S Recording starts
4 % S Recording stops
Voice Recorder
~/
10
Save recorded
voice memo.
Save
Playback
Save and Send
P
i
AMR
2 e Voice Recorder S %
~/
10
.
,Options
Recording Window
XX/XX/XX XX:XX
10
XXMB
---KB
XXXKB
. For Extended Voice, recording is
saved automatically.
Play Before Saving
In 5, e Playback S % S Playback
starts S $ S Playback stops
Starting Over
In 5, $ S From 3
,Options
Play
Check.
3 e Select file S %
. Use e to adjust volume.
. Press % to pause/resume. Press
$ to stop playback.
Playing Data Folder Files
% S g Data Folder S % S e
Ring Songs·Tones S % S g
Select file S %
9
Handy Extras
XX:XX:XX/XX:XX:XX
Free:
Need size:
voiceXXX
,
5 e Save S %
z
1 In recording window, B
2 e Ring Songs·Tones S %
N ~/
Ring Songs･Tones■
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
Voice Recorder
Playback
Advanced
0 (Saving Longer Recordings
(Sending Voice Files via S! Mail
(Switching Storage Media (P.9-35)
9-23
Scan Barcode
Scanning Printed Barcodes
Scan UPC/JAN (1D barcodes) or QR
Codes (2D barcodes).
. Slide Portrait/Macro Selector to Macro (n)
beforehand.
. Membership file or password may be
required when scanning barcodes.
. Some barcodes may not be scanned.
3 e Scan Barcode S %
4 Frame barcode in center of
Display
Focus Adjustment Bar
~/
D 10
0
Normal Scanning
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
2 e Barcode/Scan S %
Barcode/Scan
9
~/
10
Scan printed
barcodes.
Handy Extras
Scan Barcode
Open Barcode
Create QR Code
Scan Card
Scan Text
Scanned Results
Barcode/Scan Menu
results appear
Scan Result
~/
XX Restaurant
[Open Hours]
Lunch: 11 am - 3 pm
Dinner: 6 pm - 10 pm
[Contact]
[email protected]
■■■■■■■■■■■
10
,
Back.
,Options
Barcode Scan Results Window
,Options
Scan
Cancel.
Scan Window
. Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a
guide (better focus in darker blue).
5 % S Scan starts
,
6 Tone sounds S Scan
. If recognition takes time, slowly
adjust the distance between handset
and barcode.
. Press A to stop scan.
Key Assignments in Scan Window
=: Mobile Light on/off
f: Adjust brightness
Split Data
. After scanning, confirmation appears.
Follow onscreen prompt(s).
. Scan results do not appear until all split
data is scanned.
Starting Over
After 6, $ S e Yes S % S
From 4
Advanced
0 (Scanning during Text Entry
(Reading Saved Barcode Images
(Using Linked Info (Saving Scan Results (Opening Saved Scan
Results (Using Images as Wallpaper (Saving Linked Info to Phone
9-24
Book (Saving Images & Melodies (Opening or Playing Files (Using
Images for System Graphics (Saving to Notepad (Pasting to
Message Text (Copying Text (P.9-36 - 9-37)
Create QR Code
Creating QR Codes
Create QR Codes from these items on
handset:
Phone Book
Text Input
Ring Songs·Tones
Pictures
3 e Create QR Code S %
4 e Data Folder S %
Data Folder
Notepad
~/
Q 10
,
Cancel.
Pictures
Ring Songs･Tones
Notepad
Other Documents
Large items are divided into multiple QR
Codes.
Procedure
Follow these steps to create QR codes
from Data Folder files.
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
Barcode/Scan
~/
10
Scan printed
barcodes.
Scan Barcode
Open Barcode
Create QR Code
Scan Card
Scan Text
Scanned Results
Select file or entry S %
. QR Code is created.
6%
. QR Code is saved to Data Folder
(Pictures).
9
Handy Extras
5 e Select folder S % S g
From Phone Book Entries
In 4, e Phone Book S % S g
Select entry S % S 6
From Entered Text
In 4, e Text Input S % S Enter
text S % S 6
Switching Storage Media
In 6, B S e Save to S % S e
Phone or Memory Card S % S %
Attaching to S! Mail
In 6, B S e Send As S % S
Incoming Calls
. QR Code creation is not affected by
incoming calls. End the call to return.
,
9-25
Scan Card
Scanning Business Cards
Scan business cards and save names,
addresses, etc. to Phone Book.
beforehand.
. English business cards may not be
scanned correctly.
. Some cards may not be scanned.
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
Barcode/Scan
9
~/
10
Scan printed
barcodes.
Handy Extras
Scan Barcode
Open Barcode
Create QR Code
Scan Card
Scan Text
Scanned Results
,
3 e Scan Card S %
4 Frame card on Display
E 10
~/
XXXX株式会社
XX部XX課XX係
主任
植田ミキオ
〒XXX-XXXX 東京都品川区XX町XXX
TELXX-XXXX-XXXX( 代表 ) 内線 XXXX
FAXXX-XXXX-XXXX
,Options
5%
Read
Cancel.
Scan Window
. Press $ to stop scan.
6 % S Scan results appear
Scan Result
!植田
"ミキオ
#ｳｴﾀﾞ
$XX-XXXX-XXXX
%XX-XXXX-XXXX
`XXX-XXXX
}東京都
{品川区
+XX町
~/
,Options
Assign
10
Cancel.
Card Scan Results Window
Advanced
0 (Saving to Notepad
(P.9-37)
9-26
(Pasting to Message Text (Copying Text
7%SA
. New Phone Book entry is saved.
If Text Exceeds Phone Book Entry Item
Character Limit
. Confirmation appears. Follow these
steps to delete overage.
e Yes S %
Starting Over
After 6, A S e Yes S % S
From 4
Text Scanner
Scanning Text
Scan text (URLs, mail addresses, phone
numbers or alphanumerics).
beforehand.
. Some text cannot be scanned.
4 Frame text in center of
Barcode/Scan
~/
10
Scan printed
barcodes.
Text Scanner
~/
1. Capture characters.
,
3 e Scan Text S %
E
~/
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
10
XX/XXX
0
,Options
2. Scan when bar is the bluest.
,Options
Scan
Cancel.
Scan Window
. Adjust to frame text in [ ].
. Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a
guide (better focus in darker blue).
5%
. Press $ to stop scan.
6 e Select line S % S Scan
results appear
,
Back.
Scanned Text Window
For White Text on Black Background
In 4, B S e Reversed Text S %
S e Reversed S % S From 5
Correcting Text Type
After 6, B S e Change Mode S
% S e Select type S % S 7
Editing Scanned Text
After 6, B S e Select/Edit S % S
f Select text S e Select alternative
from list or edit directly S 7
Starting Over
In 7, $ S e Yes S % S From 4
9
Handy Extras
Scan Barcode
Open Barcode
Create QR Code
Scan Card
Scan Text
Scanned Results
Scanned Text
Focus Adjustment Bar
Doc./Rec. Tools S %
7%
Display
Advanced
0 (Scanning during Text Entry
(Using Linked Info (Saving Scan
Results (Opening Saved Scan Results (Saving Linked Info to Phone
Book (Saving to Notepad (Pasting to Message Text (Copying Text
(P.9-36 - 9-37)
9-27
S! Quick News
Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)
Transmission fees apply.
Registering S! Quick News Items
1 % S g Entertainment S %
S e S! Quick News S %
S! Quick News
~/
S! Quick News List
S! Loop List
Settings
10
Subscribe to S!
Quick News, Check
the latest
information,
Update, etc.
3 e 登録はこちら S % S e
Yes S %
4 e Select item S %
Opening Information
1 In S! Quick News List, e
(select item) S %
. Title list appears.
,
9
S! Quick News Menu
Handy Extras
2 e S! Quick News List S %
S! Quick News List ~/
c 登録はこちら
a S! 速報ﾆｭｰｽとは？
j
t
< 未登録 >
< 未登録 >
S! Quick News List ~/
k ﾆｭｰｽ速報ｻｲﾄへ
台風7号接近 t
aS! 速報ﾆ
dどんなｻ
今年最大級の台風7号が九州地方に
接近中。今夜にも上陸するおそれ。
河川の増水など、警戒が必要。
XXX高速で渋滞中 t
fご利用料
ﾊﾘｳｯﾄﾞｽﾀｰ来日 t
gおためし
日本代表の勝利 t
リスト
< 未登録 >
< 未登録 >
削除
選択
メニュー
S! Quick News List
(Updating List Automatically
(Checking Update Schedule (Changing Background Image
(Deleting S! Quick News Items (P.9-38)
9-28
選択
メニュー
. Press B to return to item list, or
press A to open next title.
Advanced
0 (Receiving S! Loop Item Updates
10
j 10
e 「上ｷ-」
< 未登録 >
2 e Select title S %
Updating Items Manually
[S! Quick News List] e Select item
S A S e 更新 S % S e 一件 or
全件 S %
Indicators
3
2
s
k
Unread Special news
Read Special news
Unread News Flash
Read News Flash
v
u
t
Unread General news
Read General news
Auto update disabled
S! Information Channel
S! Information Channel & Weather Indicator (Japanese)
. Transmission fees apply.
. Only available within Japan on compatible 3G handsets.
Service Registration & Content Subscription
% S e S! Information
Channel/Weather S %
S!Info. Channel ~/
What's New
History
Registration/Cancel
Get Latest Contents
On
S! Info. Ch. Notif.
Weather Icon
10
S! Information Channel Menu
2 e Registration/Cancel S %
Information window opens for new
S! Information Channel info delivery.
1 While Information window
appears, e S! Info. Channel
S%
. S! Information Channel page opens.
. S! Information Channel page
handling is similar to that of Yahoo!
Keitai.
2 " S Page closes
Opening Unread Latest Issue
[S! Information Channel Menu] e
What's New S %
Opening Back Issues
History S % S e Select date S %
Using Weather Indicator
After S! Information Channel registration,
local area weather indicator appears in
Standby.
U
s
W
t
Clear skies (day) u Snow
Clear skies (night) v Thunder showers
Cloudy
V Then
Rain
/ Partly/chance of
Example: W/t S Partly cloudy with a
chance of rain
Indicators for chance of rain, seasonal
events, etc. appear at the same time.
Manual Update
Weather Icon S % S e Manual
Update S % S e Yes S %
9
Handy Extras
,
New Received Information
Advanced
0 (Saving Files to Data Folder
(Changing Display Size (Changing
Scroll Unit (Copying Text (Requesting Re-Delivery (Checking
Weather Forecast (P.9-39)
1(Hiding Weather Indicator in Standby
(Canceling Weather Indicator
automatic updates (P.13-16)
9-29
e-Books
Reading e-Books (Japanese)
Downloading e-Books
Visit SH-web for e-Book order information,
etc.
1 A S g メニューリスト
S%
2 e 書籍･ｺﾐｯｸ･写真集 S %
. Downloaded e-Books are saved to
Data Folder (Books).
BookSurfing®
e-Book Viewer
Read XMDF books and dictionary files.
Some files may not be supported.
1 % S g Entertainment S % 1 In Entertainment menu, e
Entertainment
~/
10
Music
U Media Player
Videos
F S! Appli
Streaming
5 S! Quick News
Settings
= S! Information Chan... are included.
K BookSurﬁng
L e-Book Viewer
,
9
Entertainment Menu
Handy Extras
2 e e-Book Viewer S %
. e-Book Viewer starts. Refer to the
e-Book Viewer help menu for
Note
. Pages appear in portrait orientation if
opened e-Book does not support
landscape view.
Advanced
0 (Copying Text
9-30
Download Contents Keys and read CCF files.
Some files may not be supported.
(Opening Non-922SH e-Books (Library) (P.9-39)
BookSurfing S %
. BookSurfing® S! Application starts.
Refer to the BookSurfing® help menu
for operational instructions.
Moving CCF Files via Memory Card
. When purchasing a new handset, move
CCF files and retrieve Contents Keys to
open the files. Some files may need to be
re-downloaded.
0 PIM Tools 1
4[Calendar Window] P.9-4 [Schedule Entry Window] P.9-5 [Task Entry Window] P.9-7 [Schedule List] P.9-6 [Task List] P.9-8
Calendar & Tasks
Calendar
G Changing Date Color
[ By Days of the Week
[Calendar Window] B S e
Calendar Settings S % S e Set
Color S % S e By Week S %
S e Select day S % S e Select
color S %
Saving Schedules/Tasks
G Changing Alarm Tone/Video
[Schedule Entry Window]/[Task
Entry Window] e Alarm: S % S
e Assign Tone/Video: S % S e
Select folder S % S g Select
tone/file S % S A
. Select start point if required.
G Changing Alarm Duration
[ By Date
[ Resetting "By Date" Colors
[Calendar Window] B S e
Calendar Settings S % S e Set
Color S % S e Reset Color S
% S e Select option S % S e
Yes S %
G Adding Stamps
[Calendar Window] (Month/3Month
View) g Select date S 2 S g
Select stamp S %
. For custom Duration, select Other.
G Hiding Entries
Entry Window] e Secret: S % S
e On S % S A
G Saving Repetitive Schedules
[Schedule Entry Window] e
Repeat: S % S e Select cycle S
% S Enter repeat time S %
SA
. Repeat time is not available for Every
Year.
G Editing Schedules
[Schedule List] e Select Schedule
S B S e Edit S % S e
Select item S % S Edit in the
same manner as saving schedules
S%SA
9
Handy Extras
[Calendar Window] g Select date
S 4 S e Select color S %
Entry Window] e Alarm: S % S
e Duration: S % S e Select
time S % S A
Saving Schedules
Saving Tasks
G Editing Tasks
[Task List] e Select task S B S
e Edit S % S e Select item S
% S Edit in the same manner as
saving tasks S % S A
9-31
0 PIM Tools 2
Managing Schedules
G Deleting All Schedules
[Calendar Window] B S e Delete
S % S e All Appointments S %
S Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
Managing Tasks
9
Handy Extras
9-32
G Deleting All Tasks
[Task List] B S e Delete S %
S e All Tasks S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
4[Calendar Window] P.9-4 [Task List] P.9-8 [Alarm Menu] P.9-9 [Alarm List] P.9-9
Alarms
G Saving Entry Name
[Alarm Menu] e Subject: S % S
Enter name S % S A
[ Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File
[Alarm Menu] e Assign Tone/Video:
S % S e Select folder S % S
g Select tone/file S % S A
[ Using Customized Screen Tone/Video
[Alarm Menu] e Assign Tone/
Video: S % S e Customized
Screen S % S A
G Setting Handset to Vibrate at Alarm
Time
[Alarm Menu] e Vibration: S % S
e On or Link to Sound S % S A
. Select Link to Sound to allow compatible
SMAF files to control vibration.
G Editing Entries
[Alarm List] e Select entry S %
S e Select item S % S Edit in
the same manner as saving entries
S%SA
0 PIM Tools 3
4[Wakeup TV Menu] P.9-11 [Wakeup TV List] P.9-11 [Calculator Window] P.9-13 [Expenses Memo List] P.9-14
Wakeup TV
[Wakeup TV Menu] e Assign
Tone/Video: S % S e Select
folder S % S g Select tone/file
S%SA
G Editing Entries
[Wakeup TV List] e Select entry
S % S e Select item S % S
Edit in the same manner as saving
entries S % S A
G Copying Calculation Results
While result appears, [N+]]
Exchange Rate for
G Changing
Currency Conversion
[Calculator Window] B S e
Money Converter S % S e
Exchange Rate S % S e
Domestic or Foreign S % S
Enter rate S %
G Converting Currencies
[Calculator Window] Enter amount
of money S [N+`] (to foreign
currency) or [N+{] (to
domestic currency)
Expenses Memo
G Changing Category of Saved Entry
entry S % S e Select Category
S%
G Changing Amount
entry S B S e Change
Amount S % S Edit S %
9
Handy Extras
[Wakeup TV Menu] e Assign
Tone/Video: S % S e
Customized Screen S % S A
Calculator
. Set Exchange Rate first.
9-33
0 Timer/Clock Tools
World Clock
G Adding Custom Time Zone
[Set Time Zone Window] B S
Enter city name S % S e + or S d S Enter time difference S %
4[Set Time Zone Window] P.9-17 [Hour Minder Menu] P.9-18
Hour Minder
G Changing Hour Minder Tone/Video
[Hour Minder Menu] e Advanced
S % S e Assign Tone/Video: S
% S e Select folder S % S g
Select tone/file S % S A S A
9
Handy Extras
S % S e Assign Tone/Video: S
% S e Customized Screen S %
SASA
G Setting Handset to Vibrate at Hour
Minder Time
S % S e Vibration: S % S e
On or Link to Sound S % S A
SA
. Select Link to Sound to allow compatible
SMAF files to control vibration.
9-34
0 Doc./Rec. Tools 1
Notepad
G Editing Notepad
[ Editing Text
B S e Edit Text S % S Edit
text S %
[ Changing Category
B S e Change Category S %
S g Select Category S %
B S e Search S % S Enter
text S %
G Inserting Notepad Text into
Message Text
B S e Send S % S e As Msg.
Text S % S e S! Mail or SMS S
% S Complete message S A
G Sending Notepad Entries via S! Mail
B S e Send S % S e Via
Message S % S Complete
message S A
Notepad Text during Text
G Inserting
Entry
In a text entry window, B S e
Notepad S % S e Call Notepad
S % S e Select entry S %
Voice Recorder
G Saving Longer Recordings
[Recording Window] B S e
Record Time S % S e Extended
Voice S %
G Sending Voice Files via S! Mail
[Recording Window] % S
Recording starts S % S Recording
stops S e Save and Send S % S
. Available in For Message mode.
G Switching Storage Media
9
Handy Extras
G Searching Text within All Entries
4[Notepad List] P.9-22 [Recording Window] P.9-23
[Recording Window] B S e
Save Recording to S % S e
Select option S %
. Available in For Message mode.
. Set to Ask Each Time to select media
after every recording.
count.
9-35
0 Doc./Rec. Tools 2
4[Barcode/Scan Menu] P.9-24 [Barcode Scan Results Window] P.9-24 [Scanned Text Window] P.9-27
Scan Barcode
G Scanning during Text Entry
[ Pasting All Scan Results
In a text entry window, [N+~]
S e Scan Code S % S Frame
barcode in center of Display S %
S%
[ Pasting a Part of Scan Results
9
Handy Extras
S e Scan Code S % S Frame
barcode in center of Display S %
S B S g Select first character
S % S g Highlight text range
S%
G Reading Saved Barcode Images
[Barcode/Scan Menu] e Open
Barcode S % S g Select file S %
Scan Text
G Scanning during Text Entry
S e Text Scanner S % S Frame
text in center of Display S % S
e Select line S % S %
Scan Results
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] g Select
number S % S !
[ Sending Messages
mail address S % S Complete
message S A
. When MAIL TO: appears in scan
results, press % to enter the items
underlined with a dotted line
automatically in Composition window.
9-36
[ Accessing Internet Sites
URL S %
G Saving Scan Results
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Save S %
G Opening Saved Scan Results
[Barcode/Scan Menu] e Scanned
Results S % S e Select file S %
. Select a file and press B to rename
files, open properties or delete files.
. Some files may not open.
G Using Images as Wallpaper
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
g Select image S B S e Set
as Wallpaper S % S e Select
display option S % S %
0 Doc./Rec. Tools 3
4[Barcode Scan Results Window] P.9-24 [Scanned Text Window] P.9-27 [Card Scan Results Window] P.9-26
G Saving Linked Info to Phone Book
number or mail address S B S
e Save to Ph.Book S % S e As
New Entry S % S Complete other
fields S A
G Saving Images & Melodies
g Select file S B S e To Data
Folder S %
G Opening or Playing Files
g Select file S %
g Select image S B S e As
System S % S e Select item S
% S % S g Specify display
area S %
. Some images may be usable without
specifying display area.
G Saving to Notepad
[Card Scan Results Window]/
Notepad S %
G Pasting to Message Text
[ All Text
Send Message S % S % S e
message S A
count.
[ Selected Text
Send Message S % S B S g
Select first character S % S g
Highlight text range S % S e
message S A
count.
G Copying Text
[ Text
Copy S % S g Select first
character S % S g Highlight
text range S %
9
Handy Extras
New Detail.
. When MEMORY: appears in scan results,
press % to enter the items underlined
with a dotted line automatically in Phone
Book entry window.
G Using Images for System Graphics
[ Number, Address or URL
number, mail address or URL S
B S e Copy Telephone, Copy
Address or Copy URL S %
9-37
0 Handy Extras 1
S! Quick News
G Receiving S! Loop Item Updates
[ Registering with S! Loop Items
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e S!ﾙｰﾌﾟにｱｸｾｽ S %
S e Yes S %
. Handset connects to the Internet. Refer
to the S! Loop help menu for operational
instructions.
9
[ Opening Information
Handy Extras
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e Select item S %
S e Select title S %
. Indicators:
v
u
Unread S! Loop
Read S! Loop
t
Auto update disabled
4[S! Quick News Menu] P.9-28 [S! Quick News List] P.9-28
G Updating List Automatically
[ S! Quick News List
[S! Quick News Menu] e Settings
S % S e Automatic Update S
% S e S! Quick News S % S
e Select item S % S % S e
Select interval or choose On or Off
S%
. When Special is set to On, items are
updated every four hours.
. When General is set to On, items are
updated once a day.
. Updating items may incur high charges.
. Only available in Japan.
[ S! Loop List
S % S e Automatic Update S
% S e S! Loop S % S % S e
On S %
. Items are updated approximately
four times a day.
. Only available in Japan.
G Checking Update Schedule
S % S e Check Schedule S %
9-38
G Changing Background Image
S % S e Change Skin S % S
e Select pattern S %
G Deleting S! Quick News Items
[ One Entry
[S! Quick News List] e Select
item S B S e 一件 S % S e
Yes S %
[ All Entries
[S! Quick News List] e Select
item S B S e 全件 S % S
Yes S %
0 Handy Extras 2
4[S! Information Channel Page] P.9-29 [S! Information Channel Menu] P.9-29 [Entertainment Menu] P.9-30
G Saving Files to Data Folder
[S! Information Channel Page] B
S e Save Items S % S g
Select file S % S e Save S %
S Enter name S % S g Save
here S %
G Copying Text
S e Copy Text S % S g Select
first character S % S g
Highlight text range S %
G Requesting Re-Delivery
. Some files are saved automatically.
G Changing Display Size
G Changing Scroll Unit
G
Checking Weather Forecast
Weather Icon S % S e Weather
S%
G Copying Text
In open page, A S e 文字列を
ｺﾋﾟｰ S % S g Select first
character S % S g Highlight
text range S %
Non-922SH e-Books
G Opening
(Library)
[Entertainment Menu] e e-Book
Viewer S B S e Select file S %
. Some files may not open.
9
Handy Extras
S e Settings S % S e Display
Size S % S e Select size S %
Get Latest Contents S % S e
Yes S %
e-Books
S e Settings S % S e Scroll
Unit S % S e Select unit S %
9-39
S! Town & S! Loop ....................... 10-2
S! Circle Talk ................................ 10-7
Using S! Town & S! Loop (Japanese) ...10-2
Using S! Circle Talk ........................10-7
S! Friend's Status......................... 10-3
Near Chat.................................... 10-10
Using S! Friend's Status ................ 10-3
Using Near Chat (Japanese)........10-10
10
Communication
Services
10-1
S! Town & S! Loop
Using S! Town & S! Loop (Japanese)
S! Town
Select an avatar to enter this 3D virtual
town, where you can play games and
meet other users.
. To use S! Town, agree to the terms of
service then complete free user registration.
. Internet connection is required; may incur
high charges.
1 % S g Communication
S%
2 e S! Town S %
10
10-2
. S! Town (S! Application) starts.
. Refer to the S! Town help menu for
. When an upgrade notice appears,
follow onscreen instructions to upgrade.
S! Town Library
. Downloaded S! Town-compatible
S! Applications are saved to S! Town
Library. To start an application in S! Town
Library, follow these steps.
% S g Communication S % S e
S! Town S B S e Select
application S %
S! Loop
S! Loop is an online communication
service. Share your diary, join BBS, etc.
Internet connection is required; may incur
high charges.
1 % S g Communication
S%
2 e S! Loop S %
. Refer to the S! Loop help menu for
S! Friend's Status
Using S! Friend's Status
. S! Friend's Status requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.
. Set Connection status to Online beforehand.
4 e Select Status S %
Changing My Status
Follow these steps to change Status,
Availability and Comment; new status is
sent to the members.
1 ( (Long)
. If Connection status is Online, skip
ahead to 3.
2 e Yes S %
My Status
~B c
10
私の状況
_ <Add Comment>
/ Online
v ごきげん
Z Answer Status
: Answer OK
; Reply OK
< Join OK
Change
,Options
My Status Window
10
S!状況ﾃﾝﾌﾟﾚｰﾄ
<No Template>
<No Template>
<No Template>
Status Templates List
3 e Select template S %
5 e Select Availability, e.g.,
Answer OK S % S e
Select new Availability S %
6 e <Add Comment> S %
S Enter text S %
7 A S Update starts
Changing Connection Status
[My Status Window] e Online (or
Offline) S % S e Select status S %
Changing Status Icon/Label
[Status Templates List] e Select
template S % S e Select Status
S A S e Status Icon or Status
Label S % S g Select Pictogram
or enter text S % S A
Changing Availability Settings at Once
[My Status Window] e Answer
Status S % S e Select new
Answer Status S %
Editing My Status Name
[My Status Window] B S e Edit
Name S % S Edit S %
10
Status Templates ~B c
vごきげん
Rハッピー
:ひまー
;あそぼー
Xやばっ
Zがっくり
xうえーん
wぷんぷん
,
,Options
Connection Status
Advanced
1(Disabling S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
(P.13-17)
10-3
S! Friend's Status
4 e Status Icon S % S g
Creating Status Templates
Save custom combinations of Status Icon
and Status Label to each template.
1 In Status Templates list, B
S e New Entry S %
2 Enter name S %
3 e <未定> S %
Status Setting
Status Icon
.
Status Label
10
10-4
~B c
Edit
Select Pictogram S %
5 e Status Label S % S
Enter text S % S A
6 Repeat 3 - 5 S A S
Saved
10
Saving to Data Folder
template S B S e Save to DF S
% S g Save here S %
Loading Templates from Data Folder
[Status Templates List] B S e
Add Template S % S g Select
template S %
Renaming Templates
template S B S e Edit Temp.
Resetting Templates
[ One Template
1 In Status Templates List, e
(select template) S B
2 e Reset S % S e Yes
S%
[ All Templates
1 In Status Templates List, B
2 e Reset All S % S e Yes
S%
. Status Templates List returns to the
default setting.
S! Friend's Status
4 e Yes S %
Registering Members
Follow these steps to register a number
saved in Phone Book for the first time. To
add members, see P.10-6.
1 % S g Communication S
% S e S! Friend's Status
S % S e Yes S %
Add Member
~B c
10
Phone Book
Add New Entry
. Registration request is sent to the
number. Registration is complete
when an acceptance notice arrives.
When Registration is Complete
. My Status is sent and member's status
appears on handset.
Direct Entry
In 2, e Add New Entry S % S
Enter phone number S % S 4
Registering from Received Request
When a registration request arrives, a
confirmation appears.
,
Select entry S %
% S e S! Friend's Status
S % S e Select Group
S%
Member Status
No Group
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
Group 5
Group 6
Group 7
,Options
. Acceptance notice is sent; the
number is registered.
Rejecting
In 1, e No S % S e Yes S %
, Rejection notice is sent; the number
cannot be registered for 24 hours.
, For ConfirmLater, Information window
opens.
My Status
S! Friend's Status ~B c
私の状況
:;<
10
vごきげん
Ueda Mikio
:;<
vごきげん
Kondo Koichi
-;, View
wぷんぷん
Check.
S! Friend's Status Member List
2 e Select member S %
S! Friend's Status ~B c
10
Ueda Mikio
090392XXXX1
] Group 1
@ Standby Window O...
/ Online
v ごきげん
: Answer OK
; Reply OK
< Join OK
Change
,Options
Member Status Details Window
Advanced
0 (Adding Members
(Deleting Members (Moving Members
(Renaming Groups (Updating Manually (Opening Notices (P.10-6)
When Cancellation Notice Arrives
. Member is deleted from S! Friend's
Status member list.
1(Rejecting requests from unsaved numbers
10
1 e Yes S %
Opening Member Status
(Rejecting all requests
(Rejecting incoming images (P.13-17)
10-5
S! Friend's Status
G Adding Members
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Add Member S % S e
Select method S % S Select
entry or enter phone number S %
S e Yes S %
G Deleting Members
e Select member S B S e
Registration Release S % S e
Yes S % S e Yes S %
10
10-6
. Cancellation notice is sent; deleted
members cannot be re-registered for
24 hours.
G Moving Members
e Select member S B S e
Change Group S % S e Select
target Group S %
G Renaming Groups
B S e Edit Group Name S %
S Enter name S %
G Updating Manually
B S e Settings S % S e
Status Update S %
G Opening Notices
B S e Status Notif. List S %
S e Select notice S %
. Accept or reject registration requests.
S! Circle Talk
Using S! Circle Talk
. A subscription to S! Friend's Status is required.
. Transmission fees apply during S! Circle Talk.
Registering Members
Follow these steps to register a number
saved in Phone Book.
1H
Name: S % S Enter name
S%
~/
10
Individual
Group
10
Friend
NewGroup 1 People ~/
10
Group Name:
Friend
Ueda Mikio
No.2:
No.3:
No.1:
No.4:
No.2:
Assign
No.3:
No.4:
Assign
Save.
4 e Select number, e.g.,
No.1: S %
Select entry S %
Save.
7 A S Saved
Saving as Individuals
In 3, e Individual S % S 5 - 6
Saving from S! Friend's Status Member
List
In 5, e Member List S % S e
member S % S 7
, Omit 7 when Individual is selected in 3.
10
,
No.1:
NewGroup 0 People ~/
Group Name:
. When registering a member for the
first time, a confirmation appears.
Choose Yes and press %, then skip
ahead to 3.
New Entry
3 e Group S % S e Group
Advanced
0 (Editing Member List
(P.10-9)
1(Disabling S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
(P.13-17)
10-7
S! Circle Talk
S! Circle Talk Operations
Initiating S! Circle Talk
Follow these steps to send S! Circle Talk
requests to members.
Set My Status to Online first (P.10-3).
1H
S! C/T MembersList ~B c
10
u<Add New Entry>
6Friend
7XXXXXXXXXX
,Options
KPress and Hold appears
S You have the floor
[
]ab
. Speaking... appears when you have
the floor.
,
2 e Select member or Group
S%
3 % S Transmission starts
. Close handset and put Earpiece to
an ear.
. S! Circle Talk starts when request is
accepted by a receiver.
Direct Entry
Enter phone number S H S % S
Transmission starts
Initiating S! Circle Talk with Handset Closed
H S Z Select member or Group S
H S H S Transmission starts
Advanced
1(Canceling Loudspeaker
10-8
1 Press and hold H when
Press and Hold
>XXXX XXXXX
S! Circle Talk Member List
10
[ Speaking
(P.13-17)
2 Keep holding H to speak
S Release H S Floor is
released
. Warning tone sounds before time limit.
Loudspeaker
During S! Circle Talk, % (canceled)
, To reactivate, press % twice.
[ Exiting S! Circle Talk
1 " or J S Connection ends
. S! Circle Talk ends automatically
when there is only one participant
left, including yourself.
Rejoining S! Circle Talk
! S e Select most resent
S! Circle Talk record S B S e
Rejoin Circle Talk S %
, An error message appears when
S! Circle Talk has ended or maximum
number of participants are already
engaged.
Accepting S! Circle Talk Request
1 While handset is ringing/
vibrating, H or ! S
S! Circle Talk starts
. S! Circle Talk Operations: left
S! Circle Talk
G Editing Member List
[ Replacing Individual Members
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select member S B S e Edit
S % S % S e Select method S
% S g Select entry S %
[ Editing Groups
Select Group S B S e Edit S
% S e Select target S % S
Edit/enter S % S A
[ Deleting Members or Groups
Select member or Group S B S
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e Select
Group S B S e Edit S % S e
Select member S B S e Delete
S % S e Yes S % S A
10
[ Deleting Group Members
10-9
Near Chat
Using Near Chat (Japanese)
. In the event that this handset may be used by a minor, access to this application may be password restricted by a supervising adult. In this
case, Handset Code access must also be managed to prevent the execution of Memory All Clear (P.13-15) that may be used to reset the
application password.
. Because this application employs Bluetooth® wireless technology transmission/connection fees do not apply.
Sending Near Chat Request
% S e Near chat S %
Communication
~/
10
Exchange text
MS! Town
messages
NS! Loop
OS! Friend's StatActivatewirelessly with
compatible
PS! Circle Talk Bluetooth?
[ devices within
QNear chat
10m.
Yes
No
10
10-10
,
2 e Yes S %
. Near Chat S! Application starts.
. For more, see Near Chat
S! Application instructions.
Receiving Near Chat Request
When a Near Chat request arrives, a tone
sounds and Bluetooth® Notification appears.
S! Appli Notif. ~/
,
g
10
Request to
activate
ちかチャット
received from
XXXX. Activate?
,Prev.
Yes
No
,
Next.
After a period of inactivity, Information
window opens, tone sounds and
notification appears.
1 e Yes S %
. Near Chat S! Application starts.
. For more, see Near Chat
S! Application instructions.
Rejecting Request
In 1, e No S %
Handset Security ......................... 11-2
Operations Security........................11-2
Information Security .......................11-3
Face Recognition......................... 11-4
Using Face Recognition .................11-4
11
Handset Security
11-1
Handset Security
Operations Security
Function Lock
Restrict access to handset functions.
Auto
Once
Lock when handset is closed
One time lock
Lock when handset is
At Power On
turned on
Handset Security
11
e Locks S %
Locks
~/
PIN Entry
Change PIN2
Face Recognition
Function Lock
IP Service Setting
Application Lock
History Lock
Show Secret Data
,
2 e Function Lock S %
3 e Select item S % S
Unlocking Handset
[Standby] Enter Handset Code S %
When Function Lock is Active
. Press corresponding key to turn handset
on/off, answer calls, place callers on
hold, end calls, etc.
PIN Entry
10
Off
Off
Off
On
Off
0ff
Off
Locks Menu
Activate PIN Entry to require PIN1 entry
each time handset is turned on.
1 In Locks menu, e PIN Entry
S % S e Switch On/Off
S%
2 e On S % S Enter PIN1
S%
Advanced
0 (Changing PIN1
(Changing PIN2 (Setting Secure Remote Lock
Activation Message to Appear (P.11-6)
11-2
Secure Remote Lock
Lock lost handset remotely via PC or
another handset. Secure Remote Lock
disables all operations except turning
handset on.
For more about Secure Remote Lock, see
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website
(P.14-19) or access My SoftBank
(Japanese page) via Yahoo! Keitai.
Accessing My SoftBank
(Japanese Page)
1 A S g メニューリスト
S%
2 e My SoftBank S %
Handset Security
Information Security
Application Lock
Restrict access to these functions:
Phone Book
Calendar/Tasks
Yahoo! Keitai
Mail
Notepad
e Locks S %
Locks
~/
PIN Entry
Change PIN2
Face Recognition
Function Lock
IP Service Setting
Application Lock
History Lock
Show Secret Data
,
10
appears) S A S Enter
Handset Code S %
1 In Locks menu, e Show
Temporary Access to Functions
. When accessing functions, enter
Handset Code and press %.
Secret Data S %
2 e On S % S Enter
History Lock
Restrict access to Call Log and sent/
received mail records.
1 In Locks menu, e History
Lock S %
Off
Off
Off
On
Off
0ff
Off
History Lock
Show Secret Data
Activate Show Secret Data to access
Secret entries.
~/
■Call Log
■Sent/Rcvd Msg.
10
Available to
prohibit the use
of Call Log and
Sent/Received
Message Log.
Handset Code S %
When Show Secret Data is Active
. Predictive is not available for text entry.
Handset Security
3 e Select item S % (P
11
Locks Menu
2 e Application Lock S %
Application Lock ~/
10
Available to
■ Phone Book
prohibit the use
■ Calendar/Tasks
of each function.
■ Yahoo! Keitai
■ Mail
■ Notepad
Check
OK.
Check
OK.
2 e Select item S % (P
appears) S A S Enter
Handset Code S %
Temporary Access to Records
. When accessing records, enter Handset
Code and press %.
11-3
Face Recognition
Using Face Recognition
Capture portraits with mobile camera then
match live image to saved ones to unlock
handset or access functions/files. If Face
Recognition fails, Function Lock activates.
Setup
Precautions
Handset Security
11
. Identification accuracy is not guaranteed.
SoftBank cannot be held liable for misuse
or any damages associated with the use of
Face Recognition.
. Handset Code is required to cancel Face
Recognition. Changing the code helps
enhance security.
. When capturing/scanning face, remember
these points:
, Make sure your face is clearly visible.
, Face should be lit evenly and brightly.
Saving User Information
e Locks S %
2 e Face Recognition S %
Face Recognition ~/
Off
Switch On/Off
Off
Conductor Setting
Normal
Security Level
Unregistered
Report
User Registration
4 e Select from User 1 to
User 5 S %
User 1
~/
Empty
Face Image:
User Name:
Register Riddle:
Register Answer:
10
Edit
User Registration Menu
5 e User Name: S % S
Enter name S %
,
Face Recognition Menu
3 e User Registration S %
S Enter Handset Code S %
User
User
User
User
User
User
Registration ~/
Unregistered
1
Unregistered
2
Unregistered
3
Unregistered
4
Unregistered
5
,
10
6 e Register Riddle: S % S
Enter question S %
7 e Register Answer: S %
S Enter answer S %
8 e Face Image: S %
Face Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Advanced
(Editing/Deleting User Information
(Changing/Deleting Portraits (P.11-6)
11-4
~/
1:Unregister...
2:Unregister...
3:Unregister...
4:Unregister...
5:Unregister...
User List
0 (Changing Accuracy Level
10
,Capture
10
Unregistered
Face Recognition
9 e Select from Image 1 to
Image 5 S B
. Mobile camera activates.
a Frame your face on Display
S%SB
b e Yes S %
. To save more, repeat 9 - a.
c $ S A S Saved
e Switch On/Off S %
2 e On or Off S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Scanning Face
1 Face the Display S
Recognition starts
2 If face matches a saved
portrait, handset unlocks
. If Face Recognition fails, Function
Lock activates. Press B to retry.
Unlocking Handset after Face
Recognition Fails
[ When No Matching Portrait is Found
[ When Matching Portrait is Found
Saved question appears.
1 % S Enter answer S %
If You Cannot Remember the Answer
In 1, " S Enter Handset Code S %
When No Question or Answer is Saved
In 1, Enter Handset Code S A
Handset Security
Precautions for Portrait Capture
. Look straight into lens and frame whole
face with no expression.
. Do not wear a mask when capturing
portraits, even for use with Low(Mask).
Activating & Canceling
1 In Face Recognition menu,
11
11-5
0 Additional Functions
4[Locks Menu] P.11-2 [Face Recognition Menu] P.11-4 [User List] P.11-4 [User Registration Menu] P.11-4
PIN
Secure Remote Lock
G Changing PIN1
Handset Security
11
[Locks Menu] e PIN Entry S %
S e Change PIN S % S Enter
current PIN1 S % S Enter new
PIN1 S % S Re-enter new PIN1
S%
G Changing PIN2
[Locks Menu] e Change PIN2 S
% S Enter current PIN2 S % S
Enter new PIN2 S % S Re-enter
new PIN2 S %
Secure Remote Lock
G Setting
Activation Message to Appear
[ Saving Message
[Locks Menu] e Set Lock Message
S % S e Message S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S Enter
message S % S e Yes S %
[ Checking Message
[Locks Menu] e Set Lock
Message S % S e Check
Message S %
Face Recognition
G Changing Accuracy Level
[Face Recognition Menu] e
Security Level S % S e Select
level S %
. When set to Low(Mask), handset
recognizes faces with masks.
11-6
G Editing/Deleting User Information
[ Editing
[User List] e Select user S % S
e Select item S % S Change
portrait or enter information S %
SA
. Edit items in the same way as saving
entries.
[ Deleting
[User List] e Select user S B
S e Yes S %
G Changing/Deleting Portraits
[ Changing
[User Registration Menu] e Face
Image: S % S e Select image S
B S e Yes S % S % S B
[ Deleting
[User Registration Menu] e Face
Image: S % S e Select image S
A S e Yes S %
Infrared.......................................... 12-2
Backup........................................ 12-11
Transferring Files via Infrared ........ 12-3
Backup & Restore ........................12-11
Bluetooth® .................................... 12-6
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)......12-14
Transferring Files via Bluetooth®.... 12-7
About SAB....................................12-14
Backup & Restore ........................12-16
Mass Storage.............................. 12-10
Connecting to PC ........................ 12-10
12
Connectivity &
File Backup
12-1
Infrared
Infrared
Wirelessly transfer the following files
between 922SH and compatible devices:
Phone Book
12
12-2
Received Msg.
Calendar
Sent Messages
Tasks
Drafts
Notepad
Templates
Bookmarks
Data Folder
Getting Started
Infrared Precautions
Align Infrared Ports of both devices.
Transfer Options
One File
Transfer
All File
Transfer
IrSS
Transfer
Transfer single files
Transfer all files by function
Exchange single image files
with compatible devices at
high speed
. Some transfer options may be unavailable
depending on file type.
. Transfer Memory Card files one by one.
. Copy/forward protected files are not
transferable.
. Some files may not be transferable; some
settings may be lost, or files may not be
saved properly.
. Do not place objects between devices.
. Keep Infrared Ports aligned during transfer.
Authorization Code
. Four-digit code required for infrared
transfers. All File Transfers possible when
codes match. (Authorization Code is
changeable for each transfer.)
Infrared
Transferring Files via Infrared
Subsequent Operations
Receiving Files
1 d (Long)
2 Connection request arrives
Receive IrSimple ~/
f
10
. When confirmation for save location
appears, select a location and press %.
[ All File Transfer (Adding Files)
e Yes S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S Enter Authorization Code S
% S e As New Items S %
[ IrSS Transfer
e Yes S %
. Files are saved to Data Folder (Pictures).
Calling not
available during
operation, OK?
Yes
No
,
Request Window
3 Perform subsequent
. Infrared is activated.
. Handset receives files if sent within
three minutes.
. Handset must be in Standby to
accept connection requests.
. To cancel infrared, Long Press d.
[ One File Transfer
e Yes S % S e Yes S %
12
operations
. To cancel transfer, press A.
Advanced
0 (Overwriting Existing Files
(Sending My Details (Sending
Non-Phone Book Files (P.12-5)
12-3
Infrared
All File Transfer
Sending Files
One File Transfer
Example: Phone Book Entries
1 b S g Select entry S B
S e Send Entry S %
Phone Book
~/
NA HA MA YA RA WA Ab
B Ito Jun
B Ueda Mikio
Send Entry
As Message
Via Bluetooth
Via Infrared
*
P
090392XXXX7
090392XXXX1
Infrared
~/
Switch On/Off
Send All
10
Set Via Infrared
On/Off.
10
N
Send via Infrared ~/
For DCIM, select a folder and press %.
3 e Select image S A (Long)
4 e Yes or No S % S
Handset Code S %
10
Send All
Calling not
available during
operation, OK?
Yes
No
,
3 e Yes S % S Transfer
starts
. When finished, entry list returns.
. When finished, Send All menu returns.
When Sending Phone Book
. In 5, follow these steps to select
whether to send Phone Book Pictures.
e Yes or No S %
2 e Pictures or DCIM S %
2 e Send All S %
3 e Yes S % S Enter
2 e Via Infrared S %
% S Transfer starts
Sending JPEG Images at High Speed
,
,
12
12-4
Infrared S %
5 Enter Authorization Code S
)[
Phone Book
Appointments/Tasks
Bookmarks
Notepad
Received Messages
Sent Messages
Drafts
,
4 e Select item S %
10
Transfer starts
. When finished, file list returns.
. Transfers are one-way; end even if
files are not received.
Infrared
G Overwriting Existing Files
[Request Window] e Yes S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S Enter
Authorization Code S % S e
Delete All & Save S % S e Yes
S%
G Sending My Details
% S 0 S B S e Send My
Card S % S e Via Infrared S %
S e Yes S % S Transfer starts
G Sending Non-Phone Book Files
In file list, g (select file) S % S
Infrared S % S e Yes S % S
Transfer starts
. For Phone Book, My Details except
handset phone number is overwritten
as well.
12
12-5
Bluetooth®
Bluetooth®
Wirelessly transfer files between 922SH
and compatible devices (watches,
handsfree devices, etc.).
Bluetooth® connection may not be
possible with some Bluetooth® devices.
12
, Handset shall be connected to certified
Bluetooth® devices that meet the
specification standards developed by
Bluetooth SIG.
, Data transfers may fail depending on
characteristics or specifications of the
certified Bluetooth® devices.
, Noise may interfere with wireless or
handsfree conversations.
Getting Started
Bluetooth® Precautions
. Bring handsets to within ten meters.
(Bluetooth® connection/transfer rate may
vary depending on conditions.)
. TV audio is supported only on SCMS-T
DRM scheme compliant Bluetooth®
devices.
Handsfree Device Precautions
. Place calls from handsfree devices while
handset is in Standby.
. Handle call operations on the device in use.
Compatible Bluetooth® watches support
these functions:
Recipient
Search for devices
Select device
Activate
Bluetooth®
Request connection
(Enter
Authorization Code)
Time Correction
Alarm Notice
News Notice
Mail Notice
Remote Shutter
Mode Settings
Accept
Quick Silent
Caller ID Notice
Hold Calls
Operator Notice
Enter
Authorization Code
For details about functions/operations,
see the Bluetooth® watch guide.
®
watch with handset (Enabling/disabling
Bluetooth® watch responses (P.13-18)
12-6
Sender
Bluetooth® Watches
Advanced
1(Synchronizing Bluetooth
Bluetooth® Connection
Connection complete
Authorization Code
. 4 to 16-digit code required for Bluetooth®
connections. Pairing possible when
codes match.
Bluetooth®
Transferring Files via Bluetooth®
Activating/Canceling Bluetooth®
1 c (Long)
. Handset must be in Standby to
accept connection requests.
2 e Search for Devices S %
. Found devices are listed after search.
. Press A to cancel.
3 e Select device S %
If handset is already connected to another
device, choose Yes and press %.
Connecting to Bluetooth® Devices
4 Enter the same
Authorization Code for
handset and the other
device S %
Bluetooth S %
Bluetooth
~/
Switch On/Off
Search for Devices
Paired Devices
Send All
Setting Watch
My Device Settings
My Device Details
g 10
Set Bluetooth
On/Off.
. On the other device, complete code
entry within 30 seconds.
. For handsfree devices, enter
specified Authorization Code.
5 % S Paring complete
. Authorization Codes are not
necessary for paired devices.
Paired Devices S %
All Paired Devices ~/
g
r
h
N XXXXXX
# XXXXXX
,Options
g
10
Search.
All Paired Devices List
2 g Select device S %
If handset is already connected to another
device, choose Yes and press %.
. The device is connected and P
(checked) appears. Devices marked
with P reconnect to handset when
placing or receiving calls.
Device Search & Pairing
Activate Bluetooth® on devices to be
paired with.
Connecting to Paired Devices
1 In Bluetooth menu, e
12
,
Bluetooth Menu
Advanced
0 (Renaming Paired Devices
(Deleting Paired Devices
(Disconnecting Devices (P.12-9)
1(Setting idle time after which Bluetooth
®
is canceled (P.13-18)
12-7
Bluetooth®
Accepting Connection Requests
Follow these steps to accept connection
requests from unpaired devices.
Bluetooth
~/
h
10
3 Enter the same
Authorization Code as
sender's S %
. Complete code entry within 30 seconds.
. For handsfree devices, enter
specified Authorization Code.
Transferring Files
XXXX
Add to my devices?
12
Follow the steps below to exchange files
with paired devices.
Yes
No
. For transferable files, see P.12-2.
. When requested, enter Authorization Code.
,
Request Window
Receiving
2 e Yes S %
Pairing
~/
h
10
Enter the same
number as the
target device.
S e Yes S %
2 e Yes S %
. When confirmation for save location
appears, select a location and press %.
. To cancel transfer, press A.
￨
Cancel.
All File Transfer (Adding Files)
In 2, Enter Handset Code S % S
e As New Items S %
One File Transfer
Example: Phone Book Entries
1 b S g Select entry S B
S e Send Entry S %
2 e Via Bluetooth S %
3 e Select device S % S e
Yes S % S Transfer starts
. When finished, entry list returns.
All File Transfer
1 In Bluetooth menu, e Send
All S %
2 e Select device S % S e
Yes S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
3 e Select item S % S
Transfer starts
. When finished, Send All menu returns.
When Sending Phone Book
. In 3, follow these steps to select
whether to send Phone Book Pictures.
e Yes or No S %
Advanced
0 (Overwriting Existing Files
(Sending My Details (Sending
Non-Phone Book Files (P.12-5)
12-8
1(Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests
(P.13-18)
Bluetooth®
G Renaming Paired Devices
[Bluetooth Menu] e Paired
Devices S % S e Select device
S B S e Change Name S %
S Enter name S %
G Deleting Paired Devices
. To delete a device connected to
handset, choose Yes and press %.
G Disconnecting Devices
[All Paired Devices List] f Select
device type S e Select device
with P S %
[Request Window] e Yes S % S
Delete All & Save S % S e Yes
S%
. For Phone Book, My Details except
handset phone number is overwritten
as well.
G Sending My Details
% S 0 S B S e Send My
Card S % S e Via Bluetooth S
% S e Select device S % S e
Yes S % S Transfer starts
G Sending Non-Phone Book Files
In file list, g (select file) S % S
Bluetooth S % S e Select
device S % S e Yes S % S
Transfer starts
[Bluetooth Menu] e Paired
Devices S % S e Select device
Yes S %
G Overwriting Existing Files
12
12-9
Mass Storage
Connecting to PC
Accessing Memory Card from PC
Connect handset to a PC via USB Cable
to access Memory Card from the PC
without removing the card from handset.
If handset is connected to a PC via USB
Cable, disconnect it first.
12
USB Cable
5 A S e Yes S % S
Utility Software (Japanese)
Supplied CD-ROM contains these utility
software programs:
Connection ends
Modem Wizard Use handset as a modem
Transfer files on Memory
Cards formatted for other
Memory Card
SoftBank handsets by
Transfer Software
SHARP to Memory Cards
for handset
SoftBank Utility Transfer files between
Software*
handset and PC
Manage WMA files and
S! Music Connect*
transfer them to handset
. Safely remove handset (recognized
as removable hardware device) on
the PC, then disconnect USB Cable.
USB Mode S %
2 e Mass Storage S %
Mass Storage
~/
G
10
*
Calling not
available during
operation, OK?
Yes
No
,
3 e Yes S %
12-10
4 Connect handset to a PC via
Access download page from Utility Software
CD-ROM.
. USB Cable driver is also contained.
. For details, see Utility Software Starter Guide
(Japanese) on Utility Software CD-ROM.
Mobile Data Communication Fees
. Using the Internet by connecting handset
to PC/PDA may incur high charges as
large-volume packet transmissions tend
to occur in a short period of time; check
transmission fees while online.
Backup
Backup & Restore
Back up information to Memory Card, and
restore to handset as needed.
The following folders/entries can be
transferred at once:
Phone Book*
Drafts*
Calendar*
Templates
Bookmarks
Contents Keys
*
Data Folder
Notepad*
Received Msg.
S! Town
*
*
Sent Messages
*
Mail Groups
User Dictionary
Selectable simultaneously via Check
Selection in Options menu.
. Not available if battery is low.
. Some items may not be transferable; some
settings may be lost, or files may not
transfer properly.
Transferring All Items
Use blank Memory Card for Backup All
Items. Do not use the card to save other
files after Backup All Items; backed up
content may not be restored properly.
Transferring Selected Items
[ Received Msg.
. Transfer deletes Auto Sort Keys.
. Mail Notices are restored as messages,
invalidating complete message retrieval.
. If spam filter is available on recipient
handset, Spam Folder messages are
saved in spam folder regardless of the
setting. (If unavailable, they are saved as
normal received messages.)
[ Sent Messages
Transfer deletes Auto Sort Keys.
[ Drafts
If transferred from Drafts, only the first
entered recipient remains or SMS
addressed to multiple recipients may not
be saved.
[ Bookmarks
. Yahoo! Keitai, PC Site Browser and
Streaming Bookmarks are all backed up.
. Streaming Bookmarks are saved as Yahoo!
Keitai Bookmarks.
[ Contents Keys
Moving Keys to Memory Card creates a
special file. Performing Backup again on
the same Memory Card overwrites that
file. Perform Restore beforehand.
Tasks*
Precautions
12
12-11
Backup
Handset to Memory Card
Follow these steps to back up selected
items at once.
Backup S %
G
10
Save all backup
Backup All Items
Backup Selected Items items to memory
card.
Restore All Items
Backup
12
~/
Restore Selected Items
Settings/Manage
,
Backup Menu
2 e Backup Selected Items
S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
3 e Yes S %
4 g Select item S % (N/P)
S Complete selection
. For Phone Book confirmation
appears. Choose Yes or No and
press %.
5 A S e Yes S %
6 Backup complete S % S %
Selecting Multiple Items at Once
In 4, B S e Select option S %
S From 5
Selecting/Canceling All Items
Uncheck All S %
Memory Card to Handset
Follow these steps to restore selected items.
Restoring backed up content to handset
overwrites current handset content (with
the exception of Contents Keys).
1 In Backup menu, e Restore
Selected Items S % S
Advanced
0 (Backing up All Items
(Encoding Data for Backup (Restoring All
Items (Deleting Backup Files (P.12-13)
12-12
2 e Yes S %
3 g Select item S % (N/P)
S Complete selection
4A
. If no file list appears, skip ahead to 7.
5 e Select file S %
. Repeat 5 to complete selection.
6%
7 e Yes S %
8 Restore complete S % S %
Selecting Multiple Items at Once
In 3, B S e Select option S %
S From 4
Selecting/Canceling All Items
Uncheck All S %
Backup
G Backing up All Items
[Backup Menu] e Backup All
Items S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S e Yes S % S e Yes S
% S Backup complete S % S %
G Encoding Data for Backup
. Available for Phone Book, Messaging
folders, Calendar and Tasks.
G Restoring All Items
[Backup Menu] e Restore All
Items S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S e Yes S % S e Yes S
% S Restore complete S % S %
[Backup Menu] e Settings/
Manage S % S e Encode
Settings S % S e Select item S
% S e On S %
12
G Deleting Backup Files
[Backup Menu] e Settings/
Manage S % S e File
Management S % S e Select
item S % S e Select file S %
(N/P) S Complete selection S
A S e Yes S %
12-13
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
About SAB
Back up Phone Book content in SAB; add Phone Book changes
to SAB anytime. Edit SAB online via PC; add SAB changes to
Phone Book anytime. Restore lost or altered Phone Book content
from SAB.
~/
12
12-14
R
N
Z
u
,
U
10
W
X
SAB Sync Commands & Features
Backup/
Restore
Backup/Restore
Synchronize
Backup
Export Phone Book content to SAB1
Restore
Import SAB content to Phone Book2
Synchronize
Synchronize Phone Book and SAB3
Sync from Client
Add Phone Book changes to SAB4
Sync from Server Add SAB changes to Phone Book5
O
.
Phone
Book
Synchronize
Birthday Notification
Edit on PC
Server
Edit on PC
Import from/Export to PC
. SAB requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.
. Use SAB to add Phone Book content to a new compatible SoftBank
handset; some conditions apply (P.12-15).
. Use a PC to edit SAB online.
. For more about SAB, see the corresponding Website (P.14-19).
. Sync commands (Backup, Restore and Synchronize) all incur
transmission fees.
Send
Notice6
Spam Filter
1
Import from PC
Upload PC address book info to SAB
Export to PC
Export SAB content to PC address
book
Birthday
Notification
SAB sends reminders via SMS to
handset
Email Address
Notification7
Send new handset mail address to
specified addresses
"Disaster Message
Send emergency message board
Board" Message
update to specified addresses
Notification8
Tomodachi
Email Filter9
Always accept messages from
mail addresses saved in SAB
Any existing SAB content is deleted.
Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.
3
If the same entry item is edited in Phone Book and SAB, SAB
content is referenced.
4
Unrelated SAB changes remain.
5
Unrelated Phone Book changes remain.
6
Access this function via handset or a PC.
7
Backup resets notification setting; handset address is sent to all addresses.
8
Backup resets notification setting; updates are not sent to any address.
9
Export Phone Book content to SAB beforehand.
2
Precautions
Service Usage Outline
Complete Contract
Visit a SoftBank Shop, dial 157 from a SoftBank
handset for SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information or access My SoftBank via Yahoo! Keitai.
Receive User ID & Password
. User ID and Password are required to use SAB via a PC.
.
Use SAB
Export Phone Book content to SAB.
SAB restoration cancels these Phone Book settings:
, Picture, Tone/Video, Vibration
[ Unintentional Phone Book or SAB Content Deletion
. When no Phone Book content exists, selecting Synchronize, Sync
from Client or Backup deletes all SAB content.
. When no SAB content exists, selecting Synchronize, Sync from
Server or Restore deletes all Phone Book content.
[ Phone Book ⇔ SAB Content Capacity Disparities
When the number of savable items varies between Phone
Book and SAB entries, Synchronization reflects lower limit.
[ Contract Termination
SAB content is deleted upon contract termination.
[ SAB Transfers to New Handsets
. SAB-Compatible 3G Handsets
SAB remains as last saved and is fully accessible.
. Other 3G Handsets
SAB remains as last saved and is accessible via PC.
. V3/V4/V5/V6/V8 Series
After subscription, User ID and Password arrive via SMS.
[ Unsynchronizable Items
12
Service contract is terminated and SAB content is deleted.
Advanced
0 (Confirming User ID & Password
(P.12-17)
12-15
Backup & Restore
Backup (Phone Book > SAB)
Any existing SAB content is deleted.
1 % S g Phone S % S g
S! Addressbook Backup S %
S! Addressbook
12
~/
Start Sync
Sync History
Set Auto Sync
10
Backup or
Synchronize Phone
Book via Server to
reflect changes.
4 % S Backup complete
Canceling Backup
A S e Yes S %
Restore (SAB > Phone Book)
Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.
1 In S! Addressbook menu,
e Start Sync S % S e
Restore S %
2 e Yes S % S Enter
,
S! Addressbook Menu
2 e Start Sync S % S e
Backup S %
3 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Backup starts; when completed,
details appear.
Handset Code S %
. Restore starts; when completed,
details appear.
3 % S Restore complete
Canceling Restore
A S e Yes S %
Synchronizing Phone Book
Synchronize Options:
Synchronize Phone
Book and SAB
Add Phone Book
Sync from Client
changes to SAB
Add SAB changes
Sync from Server
to Phone Book
Synchronize
If this is your first use of SAB (new
handset), Synchronization is performed
via Synchronize regardless of selection.
1 In S! Addressbook menu,
e Start Sync S % S e
Select option S %
2 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Synchronization starts; when
completed, details appear.
3 % S Synchronization
complete
Canceling Synchronization
A S e Yes S %
Advanced
0 (Auto Synchronization
12-16
(Opening Log (P.12-17)
G Confirming User ID & Password
A S g メニューリスト S % S
e My SoftBank S % S e
English S % S e Password
confirmation for S! Address Book
S % S Follow onscreen
instructions
[ Activating
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Set
Auto Sync S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Set On/Off S %
S e On S %
[ Changing Auto Sync Frequency
S e On S % S e Set
Frequency S % S e Select
frequency S % S Enter/select
date/time/day of the week S %
S e On S % S e Set Sync
Mode S % S e Select command
S%
G Opening Log
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Sync
History S % S e Select record
S%
G Auto Synchronization
[ Changing Auto Sync Command
12
. For After Editing Ph.Book(10 min.),
omit steps for date, time, etc.
12-17
Phone Settings............................. 13-2
Display & Key ............................... 13-3
Ringtones & Sounds.................... 13-5
Text Entry & Phone Book ............ 13-6
Calling ........................................... 13-7
Messaging .................................... 13-8
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser ... 13-11
Digital TV .................................... 13-12
Camera ....................................... 13-14
Media Player & S! Applications ... 13-15
Handy Extras.............................. 13-16
Communication Services.......... 13-17
Connectivity ............................... 13-18
Reset........................................... 13-19
13
Handset
Customization
13-1
Phone Settings
1 Phone Settings
Mode
Selecting a handset mode
Customizing handset modes
Date & Time
Setting the date and time
13
13-2
Correcting Clock manually
Activating Daylight Saving
Changing Time Zone
Changing time format to 12 hour
Changing date format
Starting the Calendar week on Monday
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S % S e Mode Settings S %
e Select mode S %
e Select mode S B S e Select item S % S Adjust settings
. Not available for Normal mode.
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S % S e Date & Time S %
e Set Date/Time S % S Enter the year S Enter the month S Enter the day
S Enter the time S %
e Time Correction S % S e Manual S % S e Yes S %
e Daylight Saving S % S e On S %
e Set Time Zone S % S f Select area S %
e Time Format S % S e 12 Hour S %
e Date Format S % S e Select option S %
e Calendar Format S % S e Monday-Sunday S %
Display & Key
1 Display & Key Settings 1
Language
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S %
Switching interface between Japanese and English
Display Image
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S % S e Display S %
Showing preloaded images for incoming calls, etc.
Showing Data Folder images for incoming calls, etc.
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Preset Animation (or
Pattern 1 to Pattern 3) S %
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Select folder S % S
g Select image S % S % S g Specify display area S %
. Some images may be usable without specifying display area.
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Customized Screen
S%
. Not available for Power On or Power Off.
Changing Display/Keypad Backlight illumination time
Changing display transition effects
Changing Display Brightness
Canceling/activating Light Sensor
Changing inactivity time after which Display turns off
e Backlight S % S e Time Out S % S e Select time S %
e Display Effects S % S e Select option S %
e Backlight S % S e Brightness S % S e Adjust level S %
e Backlight S % S e Brightness S % S B (N/P) S %
e Display Saving S % S e Select period S %
Showing Customized Screen for incoming calls, etc.
Display Illumination
e Language or 言語選択 S % S e English or 日本語 S %
13
13-3
Display & Key
1 Display & Key Settings 2
External Display
Changing inactivity time after which External Display
turns off
e External Display S % S e Duration S % S e Select time S %
Hiding new received messages
e External Display S % S e Messages S % S e Not Display S %
e External Display S % S e Caller Display S % S e Off S %
e External Display S % S e Dial Number S % S e Grid S %
Hiding caller's number/name
Changing number entry view
Additional Display Settings
13
13-4
Changing Clock/Calendar
Hiding indicators in Standby
Showing Softkeys in Standby
Handset Keys
Disabling Keypad light illumination
e Standby Display S % S e Clock/Calendar S % S g Select type S %
e Standby Display S % S e Show Indicators S % S e Status Area S %
S e Off S %
e Standby Display S % S e Show Indicators S % S e Softkey Area S
% S e On S %
e Set Key Light S % S e Off S %
Ringtones & Sounds
1 Ringtone & Sound Settings
Handset Response
Changing ringtone volume
Changing Event Light illumination option
Changing Event Light color
Answering calls with other keys
Changing Keypad Tones
Disabling Keypad Tones
Changing S! Circle Talk tone
Changing other System Sounds
Additional Sound Setting
Disabling Speakers when using Headphones
e Volume S % S e Select item S % S e Adjust level S %
e Event Light S % S e Select item S % S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On, Link to Sound or Off S %
e Event Light S % S e Select item S % S e Light Color S % S e
Select color S %
e Any Key Answer S % S e On S %
. Answer calls with any key except ", B, A, $, ), J or Side Keys.
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S % S e Sounds & Alerts S %
e System Sounds S % S e Keypad Tones S % S e Select tone S %
e System Sounds S % S e Keypad Tones S % S e Off S %
e System Sounds S % S e S! Circle Talk S % S e Select tone S %
e System Sounds S % S e Select item S % S e Tone S % S e Select
folder S % S g Select tone/file S %
. For files with limited usage period, choose Yes and press %.
e Ringer Output S % S e Earphone S %
System Sound
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S % S e Sounds & Alerts S %
13
13-5
Text Entry & Phone Book
1 Text Entry & Phone Book Settings
Text Entry
3[Text Entry Window] B S e Input/Conversion S %
e Predictive S % S e Off S %
e Previous Usage S % S e Off S %
Hiding emoticons in suggestion list
e EmoticonWordLink S % S e Off S %
Lowering type priorities in suggestion list
e Set Low Priority S % S e Select type S % (P appears) S A
Using Keypad to enter words/phrases from suggestion list e Select Candidate S % S e Enable 1-9, 0, n, # S %
Disabling suggestions based on entered characters
Disabling suggestions based on entered words
Phone Book
13
13-6
3% S g Phone S % S g Ph.Book Settings S %
Switching reference Phone Book
Changing default storage media for new entries
Hiding confirmation after calls with unsaved numbers
Prioritizing mail address display in entry search window
e Select Phone Book S % S e USIM Memory or Both S %
e Save New Entry S % S e USIM Memory or Ask Each Time S %
e New Number Prompt S % S e Incoming Call or Outgoing Call S % S
e Off S %
e Set Preferred S % S e Email Address S %
Calling
1 Advanced Call Settings
Voice Call & Video Call
3% S g Settings S % S e Call/Video Call S %
Setting handset to beep once each minute during Voice Calls e Minute Minder S % S e On S %
e Disp. Time/Call S % S e Display Call Cost S % S e On S %
e Disp. Time/Call S % S e Call Time Counter S % S e Off S %
Activating auto Voice Call answer when handset is closed e Handset Close S % S e Answer S %
Showing Call Cost after each call
Hiding Call Time during calls
Video Call
3% S g Settings S % S e Call/Video Call S % S e Video Call S %
Changing quality of Outgoing Images
Canceling Loudspeaker for Video Calls
Packet Transmission
3% S g Settings S % S e Call/Video Call S % S e Call Time & Cost S %
Checking the most recent packet transmission volume
Checking all packet transmission volume
e Data Counter S % S e Last Data S %
e Data Counter S % S e All Data S %
e Incoming Picture S % S e Select quality S %
e Outgoing Picture S % S e Select quality S %
e Loudspeaker S % S e Off S %
Changing quality of Incoming Images
13
13-7
Messaging
1 Advanced Messaging Settings 1
General Settings
3B S g Settings S % S e General Settings S %
e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
e Message List View S % S e Select option S %
Showing complete sent/received message addresses
e Address View S % S e Show All S %
Changing view for Received Msg. folder
e Received Msg. View S % S e Select option S %
Changing view for Sent Messages folder
e Sent Msg.View S % S e Select option S %
Canceling automatic deletion of oldest received messages e Auto Delete S % S e Received Msg. S % S e Off S %
Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages
e Auto Delete S % S e Sent Messages S % S e Off S %
Changing message window scroll unit
Changing message list view
13
13-8
. For Received Msg. View and Sent Msg.View, Folder View by Account is selectable when a PC Mail Account exists.
Sending/Composing
3B S g Settings S % S e General Settings S % S e Send/Compose S %
Requesting Delivery Report for all messages
e Delivery Report S % S e On S %
Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages
e Auto Resend S % S e Off S %
e Sending Status S % S e Off(Background) S %
Hiding progress bar while sending messages
Receiving
Disabling Animation View
3B S g Settings S % S e General Settings S % S e Receive S %
e Animation View S % S e Off S %
Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders e Message Notice S % S e Secret Folder S % S e No Response S %
Messaging
Feeling Mail
Hiding subject, sender, etc. above Information window
Disabling Small Light illumination
Changing Small Light color
Changing handset vibration pattern
Disabling tone/video for incoming Feeling Mail
Changing tone/video duration for incoming Feeling Mail
3D Pictogram
Enabling 3D Pictogram for read/unread messages
Disabling 3D Pictogram for all received messages
Changing background color
Changing animation speed
e 3D Pictogram S % S e Display Effect S % S e Always S %
e 3D Pictogram S % S e Display Effect S % S e Disable S %
e 3D Pictogram S % S e Background Color S % S e Select color S %
e 3D Pictogram S % S e Display Speed S % S e Select speed S %
Changing tone/video for incoming Feeling Mail
e Link to Feeling S % S e Idle Screen Info. S % S e Off S %
e Link to Feeling S % S e Light S % S e Switch On/Off S % S e Off
S%
e Link to Feeling S % S e Light S % S e Light Color S % S e Select
item S % S e Select color S %
e Link to Feeling S % S e Vibration Pattern S % S e Select option S %
e Link to Feeling S % S e Ringtone S % S e Switch On/Off S % S e
Off S %
e Link to Feeling S % S e Ringtone S % S e Assign Tone S % S e
Select item S % S e Select folder S % S g Select tone/file S %
e Link to Feeling S % S e Ringtone S % S e Duration S % S Enter
time S %
13
13-9
Messaging
S! Mail
3B S g Settings S % S e S! Mail Settings S %
e Message DL(Japan) S % S e Manual S %
e Message DL(Abroad) S % S e Auto (All) S %
. When set to Auto (All), complete S! Mail messages including attachments are
retrieved; may incur high charges. Use Manual whenever possible.
e Picture Appearance S % S e Normal S %
Disabling automatic S! Mail retrieval in Japan
Enabling automatic S! Mail retrieval abroad
Disabling image auto-resize
e Auto Play File S % S e Pictures S % S e Off S %
e Auto Play File S % S e Sounds S % S e On S %
Disabling image auto-open
Enabling sound auto-play
. Settings in Picture Appearance and Auto Play File apply to PC Mail as well.
13
PC Mail
Retrieving complete PC Mail messages
Retrieving new messages automatically
Changing interval between automatic message retrieval
Disabling automatic word wrap
e PC Mail DL S % S e PC Mail DL S % S e All Contents S %
e Check New Mail S % S e Check New Mail S % S e On S % S e
Select account S % (P appears) S A S %
e Check New Mail S % S e Interval S % S e Select interval S %
e Word wrap S % S e Off S %
. Setting Check New Mail to On may incur high charges; checking for new messages may incur transmission fees even when none exists.
Remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.
. Other functions may slow while handset is checking for new messages.
SMS
Changing Server sent message storage limit
13-10
3B S g Settings S % S e PC Mail Settings S %
3B S g Settings S % S e SMS Settings S %
e Expiry Time S % S e Select option S %
1 Advanced Internet Settings
Yahoo! Keitai
3% S g Yahoo! Keitai S % S e Browser Settings S %
Changing character size
Changing scroll unit
Activating pointer navigation
Changing pointer speed
Disabling automatic image download
Disabling automatic sound playback
Clearing cache (temporarily saved information)
Clearing authentication information
Using Memory Card as primary download storage
Resetting browser settings and stored information
(Bookmarks, Saved Pages, etc.)
e Initialized Browser S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
Restoring default handset settings
e Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
PC Site Browser
3% S g Yahoo! Keitai S % S e PC Site Browser S % S e PC Site Browser Settings S %
Hiding navigation map for continuous scroll
Changing scroll unit (PC Site Browser)
Hiding PC Site Browser activation/change confirmation
Deleting all RSS feeds
e Scroll Settings S % S e Page Navigation S % S e Off S %
e Scroll Settings S % S e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
e Warning Message S % S e PC Site Browser or Yahoo! Keitai S % S e
Off S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete RSS Feed List S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
Clearing cookies
e Font Size S % S e Select size S %
e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
e Cursor Settings S % S e Cursor Mode Settings S % S e Normal
Mode S %
e Cursor Settings S % S e Speed Settings S % S e Select speed S %
e Downloads S % S e Images S % S e Do not Show S %
e Downloads S % S e Sounds S % S e Do not Play S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Cache S % S e Yes S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Cookies S % S e Yes S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Auth Info S % S e Yes S %
e Download to S % S e Prefer Card S %
. Some files may be saved to handset regardless of this setting.
13
. Yahoo! Keitai settings above are also available in PC Site Browser Settings.
13-11
Digital TV
1 Advanced TV Settings 1
Image
3% S g TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S g Image S %
Canceling/activating Light Sensor
Adjusting Brightness automatically for current image
Adjusting Display Brightness
Adjusting Display Contrast
Adjusting black level
Adjusting color density
Adjusting color tone
13
Adjusting Sharpness
Restoring default Image settings
. Image settings apply to the current AV mode.
Tone
3% S g TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S g Tone S %
g Select option S %
Selecting sound option
. Tone setting applies to the current AV mode.
Data Broadcast
Recording content without text data
Subtitle
Selecting subtitle display option
13-12
e Brightness Sensor S % S f On or Off S %
e Control by Scene S % S f On S %
e Brightness S % S f Adjust level S %
e Contrast S % S f Adjust level S %
e Blackness S % S f Adjust level S %
e Color S % S f Adjust level S %
e Tint S % S f Adjust level S %
e Sharpness S % S f Adjust level S %
e Reset S % S e Yes S %
3% S g TV S % S e Settings S %
e Broadcast Data S % S e Set Recording S % S e Image Only S %
3% S g TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S g Subtitle/Sound S %
g Display Subtitle S % S g Select option S %
Digital TV
1 Advanced TV Settings 2
Handset Response
Showing calls or S! Circle Talk requests while watching TV e Calls & Alarms S % S e Select item S % S e Notice a Call S %
Disabling Time Shift recording automatic activation
TV Timer
3% S g TV S % S e Settings S % S e TV Alarm S %
e Alarm Time S % S e Select time S %
Changing TV Alarm Time
Reception Area & Channel
3% S g TV S % S e Digital TV S % S B S g Set Channels S %
Updating all channels in the Area
Assigning key function to f
Reassigning channels to other keys
Deleting channels
Listening to audio from Speakers
Switching audio output to wireless device
Recording programs to handset
Setting TV to end automatically after a period of time
Disabling auto power off when handset is closed
g Change Area S % S e Select Area S B S e Change Area Name S
% S Enter name S %
g Change Area S % S e Select Area S B S e Channel Update S % S
e Update All S % S e Yes S %
g Channel Key Setting S % S g Select function S %
g CH Switch S % S e Select channel S B S e Move S % S e Select
target key S %
g CH Switch S % S e Select channel S B S e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
Renaming Areas
Additional TV Settings
e Set Call Time Shift S % S e Off S %
13
e Sound Output S % S e Loudspeaker S %
e gSound Output S % S e Bluetooth Device S %
e Save Recording to S % S e Phone Memory S %
e Auto Exit S % S e Auto Exit Time S % S e Select time S %
e Auto Exit S % S e Close Action S % S e Watch TV S %
13-13
Camera
1 Advanced Camera Settings
Photo/Video Camera
3% S g Camera S % (For Video Camera, then press A)
B S g Settings S % S g Save Pictures to or Save Videos to S % S g
Select location or Ask Each Time S %
. Ask Each Time is available for video recording when Record Time/Size is set to
For Message.
B S g Settings S % S g Auto Save S % S g On S %
B S g Picture Quality or Video Quality S % S g Select quality S %
Changing save location
Activating automatic saving
Selecting image quality
Photo Camera
13
13-14
3% S g Camera S %
Changing shutter click sound
Disabling remote shutter control via Bluetooth® watches
Video Camera
Recording video without sound
Enlarging Viewfinder size
B S g Settings S % S g Shutter Sound S % S g Select pattern S %
. Shutter click sounds for Continuous Shoot, Panorama Picture and Scanner are
unique and fixed.
B S g Settings S % S g Set Remote Shutter S % S g Off S %
. Available when a Bluetooth® watch is registered.
3% S g Camera S % S A
B S g Microphone S % S g Off S %
B S g Display Size S % S g Enlarge S %
1 Advanced Media Player & S! Application Settings
Media Playback
Switching audio output to wireless device
Operational Settings
Adjusting S! Application sound volume
Canceling surround effect
Showing incoming transmission notice
Pausing S! Application for incoming mail
Showing incoming S! Appli Request notice
Changing Screensaver Activation Time
e Settings S % S e gSound Output S % S e Bluetooth Device S %
3% S g Entertainment S % S e S! Appli S % S e Settings S %
e Application Volume S % S e Adjust level S %
e Surround S % S e Off S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Select item S % S e Show Call Notice S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Incoming Message S % S e Message
Priority S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Alarm S % S e Alarm Notice S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Start Demand S % S e Start Notice S %
e Screensaver S % S e Activation Time S % S Enter time S %
. When an S! Application started from Screensaver is active, a message appears for incoming transmissions regardless of settings.
Reset Settings
Restoring default S! Application settings
Restoring default S! Appli Library
3% S g Entertainment S % S e S! Appli S % S e Settings S %
e Set to Default S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
e Memory All Clear S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
. Near Chat access restriction will be canceled.
Setting handset to show notice at Alarm Time
3% S g Entertainment S % S e Media Player S %
13
. Memory All Clear deletes all downloaded S! Applications.
13-15
Handy Extras
1 Advanced Handy Extras Settings
Alarm
3% S g Tools S % S e PIM Tools S % S e Alarms S %
Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
Activating Alarm based on World Clock time
Wakeup TV
3% S g Tools S % S e PIM Tools S % S e Wakeup TV S %
Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
Hour Minder
13
13-16
e For Manner Mode S % S e Ring S % S e Yes S %
3% S g Tools S % S e Timer/Clock Tools S % S e Hour Minder S %
Sounding Hour Minder Time tone even in Manner mode
Activating Hour Minder based on World Clock time
e Settings S % S e For Manner Mode S % S e Ring S % S e Yes S %
e Settings S % S e Link to World Clk S % S e On S %
e Advanced S % S e For Manner Mode: S % S e Ring S % S e Yes
S%
e Advanced S % S e Link to World Clk: S % S e On S %
3% S g Entertainment S % S e S! Information Channel/Weather S %
Hiding Weather Indicator in Standby
Canceling Weather Indicator automatic updates
e Weather Icon S % S e Settings S % S e Standby Setting S % S e
Off S %
e Weather Icon S % S e Settings S % S e Icon Update S % S e Off
S%
1 Advanced Communication Service Settings
S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
Disabling S! Friend's Status & S! Circle Talk
S! Friend's Status
Rejecting requests from unsaved numbers
Rejecting all requests
S! Circle Talk
Canceling Loudspeaker
e IP Service Setting S % S e Off S % S Enter Handset Code S %
3% S g Communication S % S e S! Friend's Status S %
B S e Settings S % S e Request Reply S % S e Confirm if Registered
S%
. Rejection notice is sent to rejected numbers automatically.
B S e Settings S % S e Request Reply S % S e Always Ignore S %
. Rejection notice is sent to all requesters automatically.
B S e Settings S % S e Receiving Image S % S e Reject S %
3H S B
e Loudspeaker S % S e Off S %
Rejecting incoming images
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S % S e Locks S %
13
13-17
Connectivity
1 Advanced Connectivity Settings
Bluetooth®
3% S g Settings S % S e Connectivity S % S e Bluetooth S %
Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests
Setting idle time after which Bluetooth® is canceled
Synchronizing Bluetooth® watch with handset
Enabling/disabling Bluetooth® watch responses
e My Device Settings S % S e Visibility S % S e Hide My Phone S %
e My Device Settings S % S e Bluetooth Timeout S % S e Select time
S%
e Setting Watch S % S e Set BT-Watch Time S % S e Yes S %
. Connect handset to a Bluetooth® watch beforehand.
e Setting Watch S % S e Notification S % S e Select item S % S e
Permit or Prohibit S %
. Setting Watch settings are available when a Bluetooth® watch is registered.
13
13-18
PC Connection
3% S g Settings S % S e Connectivity S % S e USB Charge S %
e Disable S %
Disabling USB Charge
Network
3% S g Settings S % S e Network Settings S %
Retrieving Network Information
Hiding Location Information
Changing Location Information confirmation option
e Retrieve NW Info S % S e Yes S %
e Location Info S % S e Datum On/Off S % S e Off S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
e Location Info S % S e Location Property S % S e Select option S %
S Enter Handset Code S %
Reset
1 Reset Settings
Restoring Default Settings
3% S g Settings S % S e Phone Settings S % S e Master Reset S %
Restoring default handset settings
Clearing all Phone Book entries, Data Folder files, etc.
e Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S % S e
Yes S %
. Some default settings may not be restored.
e Reset All S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S % S e Yes S %
. Files and records deleted by Reset All cannot be restored. Reset All deletes all
downloaded S! Applications.
. Handset Code returns to the default setting.
. A confirmation may appear before entering Handset Code; end the current function to proceed.
13
13-19
USIM Card ..................................... 14-2
Character Codes........................ 14-10
About USIM Card .......................... 14-2
USIM Card Installation................... 14-3
Specifications ............................ 14-16
Character Code List .....................14-10
Battery........................................... 14-4
Memory Card Structure & Contents ...14-20
Battery Installation......................... 14-4
Menu List .................................... 14-21
Index ........................................... 14-27
Warranty & Service.................... 14-35
Customer Service ...................... 14-36
Software Update........................... 14-5
Troubleshooting ........................... 14-6
Romaji Input Table ....................... 14-9
14
Appendix
14-1
USIM Card
About USIM Card
USIM Card is an IC card containing
customer and authentication information,
including the handset number. USIM Card
must be inserted to use this handset.
Save Phone Book entries on USIM Card
Phone Book to use them on other
SoftBank handsets. Depending on the
USIM Card in use, some entry items may
not be supported, and some limits
(character entry, etc.) may be lower.
Precautions
IC Chip
Appendix
14
14-2
. Do not insert USIM Card into any other IC
card device. SoftBank is not liable for
resulting damages.
. Keep the USIM Card IC chip clean;
malfunction may result. Use a dry, soft
cloth to clean the USIM Card.
. Do not attach labels to USIM Card.
Malfunction may result.
Important
. USIM Card is the property of SoftBank.
. USIM Card will be reissued for a fee if
lost or damaged.
. Return USIM Card to SoftBank upon
subscription termination.
. Returned USIM Cards are recycled.
. USIM Card specifications may change
without prior notice.
. Back up USIM Card files. SoftBank is not
liable for lost files.
. If your USIM Card or handset (with USIM
Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend
your service immediately. For details,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P.14-36).
USIM PINs
There are two Security Codes for USIM
Card; both are 9999 by default.
PIN1
PIN2
Security Code to prevent
unauthorized use of handset
Required to clear Call Costs
and to set Max Cost, etc.
PIN Lock
. Entering incorrect PIN three consecutive
times activates PIN1 Lock or PIN2 Lock,
limiting handset use.
Canceling PIN Lock
. Contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P.14-36) for your
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK Code)
and follow these steps.
Enter PUK Code S % S Enter new
PIN S % S Re-enter new PIN S %
, Write down PUK code.
USIM Lock
. Entering incorrect PUK Code
ten consecutive times locks USIM Card,
disabling handset. To learn how to unlock
USIM Card, contact SoftBank Customer
Center, General Information (P.14-36).
USIM Card
USIM Card Installation
. Do not apply excessive force to insert/remove USIM Card.
. USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.
Inserting
1 Remove battery (P.14-4)
2 Slide in USIM Card with IC
chip facing down
Removing
Take care not to lose removed USIM Card.
1 Remove battery (P.14-4)
2 Gently slide out USIM Card
After Repairs, USIM Card Replacement
or Handset Upgrade/Replacement
. Some downloaded files may be
inaccessible. In addition, S! Applications,
BookSurfing®, S! Town and Near Chat may
be disabled after USIM Card replacement.
as shown
. Reinstall battery (P.14-4).
Appendix
Notch
14
. Reinstall battery (P.14-4).
14-3
Battery
Battery Installation
About Battery
. Charge battery at least once every
six months; an uncharged battery may
become unusable or affect files/settings.
. Depending on usage, bulges may appear near
end of battery life; this does not affect safety.
. Replace battery if operating time shortens
noticeably.
. Clean device charging terminals with a dry
cotton swab.
Appendix
14
14-4
Lithium-ion Battery
. This product requires a
lithium-ion battery.
Lithium-ion batteries are a
recyclable resource.
, To recycle a used
lithium-ion battery, take it
to any shop displaying the symbol
shown above.
, To avoid fire or electric shock, do not
short-circuit or disassemble battery.
Inserting & Removing
1 Remove cover
Battery Cover
3 Close cover
@
!
. Press down and slide cover then lift
as shown.
2 Insert battery
. With logo side up, fit tabs into battery
cavity slots.
. Position and slide the cover gently as
shown until it stops.
. If cover does not fit properly, remove
it completely and retry.
Removing
. Turn handset power off and lift battery as
shown.
Software Update
Software Update
Check for firmware updates and download
as required.
2 e Software Update S %
3 e Software Update S %
Software Update ~/
10
Update software in a place where signal
conditions are strong/stable. All incoming
and outgoing signals will be disabled for
the duration of this update.
Continue?
,Yes
No.
Setting Update Period (Japanese)
In 3, e Update Period S %
Update Result
In 3, e Update Result S %
Confirmation appears at scheduled
update time. Press % or wait a while for
update to start.
When Updated
A message appears and handset reboots.
Software Update
Updated successfully.
Rebooting phone.
...
After reboot, completion message
appears and Information window opens.
Update Result
While Information window appears,
e Update Result S %
Reboot Failure
. If handset does not return to Standby
after update, turn power off, reinsert
battery, then restart it. If it still does not
restart, contact SoftBank Customer
Center, Customer Assistance (P.14-36).
Appendix
Precautions
. Handset is disabled until update is
complete. Update may take up to
approximately 30 minutes.
. Update failure may disable handset. To
reduce failure risk, make sure signal is
strong and stable, and charge battery
beforehand.
. Update will not start if other functions are
in use. Before updating software (or
before scheduled update time), end all
active functions/applications.
. Disconnect USB Cable beforehand to
reduce failure risk.
. Always back up important information.
SoftBank cannot be held liable for
damages from lost information, etc.
Scheduled Update
Updating Software
Packet transmission fees do not apply to
updates (including checking, downloading
and rewriting).
14
14-5
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
[ General
Problem
Handset won't
turn on
Handset won't
respond
Keypad won't
respond
REFRESH
appears and
handset returns to
Standby
Appendix
14
14-6
Insert USIM Card
appears
Possible Cause
Solution
Problem
Possible Cause
Battery strength
indicator flashes
when not charging
Ambient temperature
may be outside 5oC to
35oC.
Solution
Use within an ambient
temperature of 5oC - 35oC.
Was " pressed long
enough?
Press " longer.
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Entry/folder may be set
to Secret.
Activate Show Secret Data
(P.11-3).
Battery may not be
properly installed.
Saved entry/folder
does not appear
on handset
Install battery properly (P.14-4).
Cannot use
Predictive
Show Secret Data may
be active.
Cancel Show Secret Data.
Is Switch On/Off in
PIN Entry On?
If On, PIN1 is required. Enter
PIN1 according to onscreen
prompt.
Keypad Lock may be
active (` appears).
Cancel Keypad Lock (P.1-12).
Function Lock may be
active ($ appears).
Cancel Function Lock (P.11-2).
Handset may have
been dropped or
subjected to shocks.
Handset failed to recognize
USIM Card temporarily. This is
not a malfunction.
USIM Card may not be
properly inserted.
Turn power off and check that
USIM Card is properly
inserted, then restart handset.
If the message still appears,
USIM may be damaged.
The correct USIM Card
may not be inserted.
Make sure the correct USIM
Card is inserted. The inserted
USIM Card may not be valid.
There may be debris
on IC chip/terminals.
Clean relevant parts with a dry
cloth and re-insert.
Handset/AC Charger
may warm while
charging.
Handset/AC
Charger feels
warm
Handset may warm
during extended
periods of use.
Unless handset/AC Charger is
too hot to touch, warmth is
considered normal. Always
avoid prolonged skin contact to
prevent burn injuries.
Handset may warm
during Video Calls.
Cannot access
Memory Card files
Cannot receive/
accept connection
requests even
when Bluetooth®/
Infrared is On
Cannot use
Sensor Key
Memory Card may not
be properly formatted.
Use 922SH-formatted Memory
Cards.
Handset may not be in
Standby.
Return to Standby and retry.
Keypad Lock/Function
Lock may be active.
Cancel Keypad Lock/Function
Lock.
Software Update may
be in progress.
Wait until update is complete.
Sensor Key does not
respond when
illumination is off.
Press I to turn illumination on.
Sensor Key may be
covered with sticker,
film, etc.
Remove the cover.
Troubleshooting
[ Charger/Battery
Problem
Battery charges
quickly
Battery charges
slowly
Battery won't
charge
[ Charger/Battery (continued)
Possible Cause
Solution
Remaining charge
shortens charging time.
This is normal.
Battery may be
terminally exhausted or
defective. (Small Light
flashes red.)
Replace battery with a new one.
Charging slows during
Video Calls.
End the call to charge faster.
Battery may be
charging via USB.
Use AC Charger.
AC Charger may not be
properly connected to
handset.
Make sure connector is
securely inserted and retry.
AC Charger may not be
firmly plugged in to AC
outlet.
Remove plug from outlet,
re-insert and retry.
Battery may not be
properly installed.
Install battery properly (P.14-4).
Clean terminals, connector and
Port with a cotton swab and
retry.
Charger may not be
supported.
Use specified AC Charger only;
others may damage battery.
Battery Time
seems shorter
than usual
Possible Cause
Solution
High power consuming
operations are in use.
Keep handset closed in Standby;
reduce TV, S! Application,
Media Player and Camera use,
and limit transmissions/external
connections.
Using handset in poor
conditions may shorten
Battery Time.
Avoid prolonged use of handset
out-of-range or in poor signal
conditions.
Power hungry settings
may be active.
Lower Brightness, select shorter
Display Saving/Backlight time,
etc.
[ Calling
Problem
Cannot place call
Call won't connect
and there's a
beeping tone
Call is choppy or
cut off
Clicking noise is
heard during call
Possible Cause
Solution
Keypad Lock may be
active (` appears).
Cancel Keypad Lock (P.1-12).
Function Lock may be
active ($ appears).
Cancel Function Lock (P.11-2).
Offline Mode may be
active ([ appears).
Cancel Offline Mode (P.1-15).
Did you include the
area code or the first 0?
Dial the number including the
area code or 0.
Handset may be
out-of-range ()
appears).
Move to a place where signal is
strong and retry.
Network signal may be
weak.
strong and retry.
charged battery.
Handset may be
moving into another
service area.
Noise is heard when Network
signal switches. This is normal.
Appendix
Battery, AC Charger, or
Charging Terminals, or
Device Port may be
obstructed by dust, etc.
Problem
14
14-7
Troubleshooting
[ Calling (continued)
Problem
Cannot hear
other party's
voice
Cannot use
Answer Phone or
Caller Voice
Cannot save
phone number for
Call Forwarding
Possible Cause
[ Other Functions
Solution
Earpiece Volume may
be low.
Increase Earpiece Volume
(P.3-12).
Sound output may be
set to use handsfree
device.
Set Transfer Audio (P.3-13) to
To Phone.
Memory may be full.
Answer Phone and Caller Voice
are disabled when less than
12 seconds remain or
20 messages are recorded.
Delete messages (P.3-5).
Is the call a Video Call?
Answer Phone and Caller Voice
are not available for Video Calls.
Does the number start
with 1, 00, 0120 or
0990?
Public service numbers,
international call numbers
starting with 00, toll-free
numbers and fee-based service
numbers cannot be saved.
[ Messaging
Problem
Appendix
14
14-8
Possible Cause
Solution
Does A appear?
Memory is full. Delete
messages (P.4-22).
Does ) appear?
strong.
S! Mail is not
delivered as sent
Recipient handset may
not be S! Mail-compatible.
Recipient must be subscribed to
S! Mail, Super Mail or Long Mail.
The maximum size of messages/
attachments handsets can
receive varies by make and
model. Confirm compatibility
with recipient handsets.
Still images are
not delivered as
sent
not be JPEG-compatible.
Convert JPEG files to PNG
(P.7-14).
Video clips are
not delivered as
sent
not support the file
format.
Send video clips to S! Mail- or
VGS-compatible SoftBank
handsets supporting MPEG-4.
Cannot receive
messages
Problem
TV, mobile
camera, etc.
won't activate
Viewfinder image is
blurry/out-of-focus
Cannot watch TV
Possible Cause
Solution
charged battery.
Lens cover may need to
be cleaned.
Clean dust/smudges from lens
cover (P.1-2) with a soft cloth.
Handset movement
may blur images.
Hold handset steady when
releasing shutter.
Portrait/Macro Selector
(P.1-2) may be misset.
Slide to n for close-up shots or
to o for other shots.
Network Information may
need to be retrieved.
Retrieve Network Information
(P.13-18).
Subscription may be
terminated.
TV is disabled upon
subscription termination.
Romaji Input Table
Romaji Input Table
あ
い
a
i
yi
か
ka
ca
さ
sa
た
ta
な
na
は
き
ki
し
si
ci
shi
ち
ti
chi
に
ni
ひ
hi
ま
ma
や
ya
ら
ra
わ
wa
ん
n
nn
n'
xn
み
mi
り
ri
su
つ
tu
tsu
ぬ
nu
ふ
hu
fu
む
mu
ゆ
yu
る
ru
え
お
e
o
が
ga
ざ
こ
za
ke
ko
co
せ
そ
se
ce
so
だ
da
ば
ba
ぱ
pa
て
と
ぁ
te
to
ね
ne
へ
の
no
ほ
la
xa
け
he
ho
め
me
も
mo
よ
yo
ろ
ro
を
wo
れ
re
ゃ
lya
xya
ゎ
lwa
xwa
ヵ
lka
xka
ぎ
gi
じ
zi
ji
ぢ
di
び
bi
ぴ
pi
ぐ
gu
ず
zu
ze
zo
づ
du
ぶ
bu
ぷ
pu
で
de
べ
be
ぺ
pe
ど
do
ぼ
bo
ぽ
po
ぃ
li
xi
lyi
xyi
ぅ
ぇ
le
xe
lye
xye
ぉ
lu
xu
げ
ge
ぜ
っ
ltu
xtu
ltsu
ゅ
lyu
xyu
ご
go
ぞ
lo
xo
ょ
lyo
xyo
ヶ
lke
xke
きゃ
kya
しゃ
sya
sha
ちゃ
tya
cha
cya
にゃ
nya
ひゃ
hya
みゃ
mya
りゃ
rya
きぃ
kyi
しぃ
ぎゃ
gya
じゃ
zya
ja
jya
ぢゃ
dya
びゃ
bya
ぴゃ
pya
ぎぃ
gyi
じぃ
zyi
syi
ちぃ
tyi
cyi
にぃ
nyi
ひぃ
hyi
みぃ
myi
りぃ
ryi
jyi
ぢぃ
dyi
びぃ
byi
ぴぃ
pyi
きゅ
kyu
しゅ
syu
shu
ちゅ
tyu
chu
cyu
にゅ
nyu
ひゅ
hyu
みゅ
myu
りゅ
ryu
きぇ
kye
しぇ
sye
she
ちぇ
tye
che
cye
にぇ
nye
ひぇ
hye
みぇ
mye
りぇ
rye
きょ
kyo
しょ
syo
sho
ちょ
tyo
cho
cyo
にょ
nyo
ひょ
hyo
みょ
myo
りょ
ryo
ぎゅ
gyu
じゅ
zyu
ju
jyu
ぢゅ
dyu
びゅ
byu
ぴゅ
pyu
ぎぇ
gye
じぇ
zye
je
jye
ぢぇ
dye
びぇ
bye
ぴぇ
pye
ぎょ
gyo
じょ
zyo
jo
jyo
ぢょ
dyo
びょ
byo
ぴょ
pyo
うぁ
ぐぁ
gwa
どぁ
dwa
うぃ
whi
wi
くぃ
qwi
qi
qyi
すぃ
swi
つぃ
tsi
とぃ
twi
ふぃ
fwi
fi
fyi
ぐぃ
gwi
どぃ
dwi
ヴぁ
va
ヴぃ
vi
wha
くぁ
qwa
qa
kwa
すぁ
swa
つぁ
tsa
とぁ
twa
ふぁ
fwa
fa
くゃ
qya
てゃ
tha
ふゃ
fya
でゃ
dha
ヴゃ
vya
ぐぅ
gwu
どぅ
dwu
いぇ
ye
うぇ
whe
we
くぇ
qwe
qe
qye
すぇ
swe
つぇ
tse
とぇ
twe
ふぇ
fwe
fe
fye
ぐぇ
gwe
どぇ
dwe
ヴ
vu
ヴぇ
ve
くぅ
qwu
すぅ
swu
とぅ
twu
ふぅ
fwu
でぃ
dhi
くゅ
qyu
てゅ
thu
ふゅ
fyu
でゅ
dhu
ヴぃ
vyi
ヴゅ
vyu
てぃ
thi
うぉ
who
くぉ
qwo
qo
すぉ
swo
つぉ
tso
とぉ
two
ふぉ
fwo
fo
ぐぉ
gwo
どぉ
dwo
ヴぉ
vo
でぇ
dhe
くょ
qyo
てょ
tho
ふょ
fyo
でょ
dho
ヴぇ
vye
ヴょ
vyo
てぇ
the
Appendix
ha
う
u
wu
whu
く
ku
cu
qu
す
14
14-9
Character Codes
Character Code List
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Space
い
う
え
Appendix
き
お
14
か
あ
14-10
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
く
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
そ
さ
け
た
し
Appendix
す
こ
ち
14
せ
14-11
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
つ
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
ゆ
は
ほ
て
よ
ら
と
ま
り
ひ
み
Appendix
14
む
ふ
る∼れ
め
な
ろ
も
に
わ
ぬ∼の
14-12
へ
や
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Appendix
14
14-13
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Appendix
14
14-14
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Appendix
14
14-15
Specifications
Specifications
SoftBank 922SH
[ Handset Materials
Parts
Appendix
14
14-16
Weight
Approximately 132 g
Continuous
Talk Time
Approximately 250 minutes (3G)
Approximately 270 minutes (GSM)
Continuous
Standby Time
Materials & Finishing
Approximately 340 hours (3G)
Approximately 310 hours (GSM)
(handset closed)
Housing (External
Display side, Speaker
area, Keypad side,
battery side, right hinge),
Battery Cover, hinge
ornament (sides), screw
cover (battery side)
ABS resin/Acrylic UV
curing painting (sealer:
acrylic painting)
Continuous
Video Call
Talk Time
Approximately 110 minutes
Housing (left hinge)
Magnesium alloy/Acrylic
baking finish (sealer:
epoxy baking finish)
Charging Time
(power off)
AC Charger: Approximately
140 minutes
In-Car Charger: Approximately
140 minutes
External Display
ornament
PMMA
Display window
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approximately 56 x 116 x 17 mm
(handset closed, without
protruding parts)
Tempered glass with
protective film
Maximum
Output
0.25 W (3G)
2.0 W (GSM)
. Above values calculated with battery installed.
. Continuous Talk Time is an average
measured with a new, fully charged battery,
with stable signals.
. Continuous Standby Time is an average
measured with a new, fully charged battery,
with handset closed without calls or
operations, in Standby with stable signals.
. Talk Time/Standby Time may vary by
environment, status, settings, etc.
. Display employs precision technology,
however, some pixels may appear brighter/
darker.
Start Key, Power On/Off
Key, Multi Job/Manner
Key, Page Up Key, Page
Down Key, Mail Key,
Shortcuts & Help Key,
TV & Hiragana/
Katakana Key, Camera
& Alphanumerics Key,
Dictionary & Pictogram/
Symbol Key, Memo &
A/a Key, Multi Selector,
Yahoo! Keitai Key,
Clear/Back Key, Letter
Keys, Backspace Key,
Shift Keys, Function
Key, Side Keys
PC resin/UV painting
Center Key, Front Keys,
Mobile Light cover,
battery
PC resin
Parts
Materials & Finishing
Lens cover, screw cover
(Display side)
Acrylic resin
Portrait/Macro Selector,
handset stop bar
ABS resin
Memory Card Slot
Cover, External Device
Port Cover, Headphone
Port Cover
Elastomeric resin, PC
resin/Acrylic UV curing
painting (sealer: acrylic
painting)
Infrared Port
ABS resin (infrared
grade)
Antenna (for TV
reception)
ABS resin/Brass/PA/
Elastomer/SUS
Display stop pads
Urethane resin
Charging Terminals
SUS/Gold plating
(sealer: nickel)
Screw (all pieces)
SWCH16A/Ni plating
USIM pin
Copper alloy/Gold
plating (sealer: nickel)
Accessories
[ Battery
Voltage
3.7V
Battery Type
Lithium-ion
Capacity
820 mAh
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approximately 35.3 x 55 x 4 mm
(without protruding parts)
[ Headphones (with Microphone) (Black)
Weight
Approximately 16 g
Code Length
Approximately 1.65 m
Specifications
Basic Operations
[ Wallpaper/Standby Window
Standby Window
3 tags (100 characters each)
Answer Phone/
Caller Voice
Auto Answer List
20 messages or 90 seconds
10 numbers
Set Receiving
250 entries (5 per reading)
Word: 15 characters
Reading: 8 hiragana
5 dictionaries
10 text strings
User Dictionary
Acquire Dictionary
Paste List
Recoverable Deleted
64 characters
Characters
Received Msg.
Memory
[ Phone Book
Entry
Name/Reading
Phone Number
Mail Address
Category
Mail Groups
[ Data Folder
S! Mail Subject
S! Mail Message
SMS Message
Auto Resend
Attachment
Send Reservation
Speed Dial/Mail
Signature
Recipient
Folder
Chat Folder
100 MB (shared with Templates
folder and S! Appli Library)
Graphic Mail
Calling
Received Calls
Set Sending
5 MB
100 MB (shared with
Data Folder and
S! Appli Library)
512 single-byte characters
Approximately
30,000 single-byte characters
160 single-byte alphanumerics
2 times
20 files or 300 KB
10 messages
100 numbers/addresses
256 single-byte characters
20 folders (20 Auto Sort Keys each)
300 messages per
Memory
folder
10 folders
Folder
(20 members each)
1 sound or Flash® file, or 40 images/
My Pictograms (with 1 sound or
Flash® file)
150 characters
Dialed Numbers: 30 records
Dialed Frequency: 10 records
30 records
3D Pictogram
Auto Reply
Anti Spam
Measures
Individual: 20 entries
PC Mail DL
Account
3 accounts
Account Name 20 characters
User Name
128 characters
Password
32 characters
ReceivingServer 128 characters
Port Number
1 to 65535
Sender Name
20 characters
Mail Address
128 characters
Individual Address: 20 addresses
Yahoo! Keitai
300 KB per page
PC Site Browser 1 MB per file
History
300 pages
URL Entry Log 10 URLs
Bookmarks/
100 pages
Saved Pages
Download
Tab
Input Memory
Streaming History
RSS Feed
3 tabs at one time
20 entries
10 URLs
30 entries (30 KB per entry)
Digital TV
Recorded File
Recording
Time
(example)
Marker
Split File
Time Shift
Recording
Reservation
List
ISDB-T mobile Video profile
(SD-Video standard)
80 minutes on
Memory Card
256 MB card
Approximately
Handset
30 minutes
99 Markers (10 per file)
99 portions per file
Appendix
Office
Homepage
Note
Drafts
Sent
Messages
Unsent
Messages
10 MB or
3,000 messages
Templates
1,000 entries
Last/First: 32 characters each
5 numbers (32 digits each)
5 addresses (128 characters each)
16 Categories
Postal Code: 20 characters
Country: 32 characters
Others: 64 characters each
32 characters per item
1,024 characters
256 characters
20 Groups (20 members each)
Group name: 16 characters
Address
Dialed Numbers
PC Mail
Account
Messaging
[ Text Entry
Memory
[ PC Mail Settings
14
30 minutes
5 entries (4 hours each on
1 GB Memory Card)
14-17
Specifications
[ Video Camera
Camera & Imaging
Zoom
[ Mobile Camera
Effective
Pixels
Auto Shut-off
Time
External Camera
2.0 Megapixels
Internal Camera
110 Kilopixels
[ Photo Camera
Zoom
Picture Size
(W x H dots)
Appendix
14
14-18
Record Size
(W x H dots)
1x - 20x
2M
1600 x 1200
(UXGA)
Wide
1600 x 900
1.2M
1280 x 960
(Quad-VGA)
Wallpaper
854 x 480
VGA
640 x 480
Mail L
320 x 240
(QVGA)
Mail S
160 x 120
(QQVGA)
Scanner
Image Size
(W x H dots)
Free, 640 x 1200, 1488 x 480,
1280 x 960
File Format
JPEG/PNG
Memory
Approximately 1280 files with
default settings
File Name
ImageXXX.jpg (XXX: 3 digits)
Shooting
Distance
Macro: 10 cm
Other
Use 40 KB or smaller
transparent PNG files as Frames
File Format
Recording
Time per
Shot
File Name
Recording
Distance
1x - 9.5x (SubQCIF)
640 x 480 (VGA)
SD VIDEO
320 x 240 (QVGA)
640 x 480 (VGA)
400 x 240 (Wide)
320 x 240 (QVGA)
Extended
Video
240 x 176 (HQVGA)
176 x 144 (QCIF)
128 x 96 (SubQCIF)
176 x 144 (QCIF)
For
Message
128 x 96 (SubQCIF)
3GP/ASF
SD VIDEO Capacity-based
Extended
30 minutes on
Video
Memory Card
For
295 KB
Message
MOLXXX.ASF, videoXXX.3gp
(XXX: 3 digits)
1.5 m in good light
[ Editing Images
Picture
Editor
Wallpaper (854 x 480)
Power On/Off (854 x 480)
Incoming Call (320 x 320)
Resize
Alarm (480 x 208)
(W x H dots)
VGA (640 x 480)
QVGA (240 x 320)
Cut
52 x 52 dots or larger
Retouch
JPEG/PNG images
Paste
16 characters
Stamp
Face Arrange
Frame
Picture
Editor
Composite
Correction
52 x 52 dots or larger
JPEG/PNG images
Rotate
File Format
Merge
Panorama
JPEG images between
W 48 x H 64 dots and
W 240 x H 320 dots
Split Picture
Media Player
Supported
Formats
WMA (.wma), AAC (.mp4/.3gp/
.m4a), Secure AAC (Secure
SD-Audio standard)
(Some files may not play depending
on sampling frequency and bit rate)
S! Applications
Memory
100 items or 100 MB (shared with
Templates folder and other folders in
Data Folder)
Remote
Control
Approximately 5 m
Specifications
Dictionary
(search
text)
Handy Extras
Calendar*/
Tasks
Notepad
Expenses
Memo
300 entries, Subject: 32 characters
Description: 128 characters
Location: 16 characters
Set Holiday: 10 holidays
500 entries (8,192 characters each)
30 entries (999,999.99 yen each)
Preset holidays are based on Japanese calendar as
of February 2008.
Output
Range
Device Search
Pairing
Device Name
Printing
[ Memory Card
[ S! Loop
S! Loop List
5 items
[ S! Friend's Status
Member
30 members
Name: 7 characters
My Status
Comment: 15 characters
Status Label: 4 characters
Status Templates Template name: 12 characters
Backup File
Name
11 members
30 seconds each
30 entries (10 members per Group)
[ Infrared
IrMC 1.1
Range
Within 20 cm
IrSS Transfer Receive 2 MB or smaller JPEG images
Infrared
Transfer
[ Bluetooth®
Communication
Bluetooth® specification Ver. 2.0
System
Headset Profile
Hands-Free Profile
Dial-up Networking Profile
Supported
Object Push Profile
File Transfer Profile
Profiles
Basic Imaging Profile
Advanced Audio Distribution Profile
Audio/Video Remote Control Profile
yymmddXX (XX: 2 digits/alphabets)
[ S! Addressbook Back-up
10 Backup/Restore/
Synchronization records
Log
Network Settings
[ S! Circle Talk
Participant
Speak Time
Member List
Bluetooth® Power Class 2
Within 10 m
16 devices
32 devices
16 characters
JPEG/PNG images
Add Network
5 Networks
Country/Network code: 3 digits
Name: 25 single-byte characters
Reference URLs
SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp.
microSD=
Memory Card
Compatibility
S! Addressbook
Back-up
SVG-T
Association for
Promotion of
Digital
Broadcasting
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/en/
From PC (Japanese)
http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/
peripherals/sd_support.html
From Handset (Japanese)
http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/en/
service/advanced/sab/
http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/svgt/
index_pdc.html
From PC
http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/
http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/
Appendix
For
Approximately
Message 3 minutes per file
Voice
Recorder
Extended 99 hours 59 minutes
Voice
59 seconds
Alarms
5 entries, Subject: 9 characters
Auto
Wakeup TV
Shut-off
World Clock City name: 16 characters
Calculator 999,999,999,999
23 hours 59 minutes 59.9 seconds in
Stopwatch 0.1-second increments
Lap time: 4 records
Countdown
60 minutes in 1-second increments
Timer
Special: 1 item
S! Quick
News Flash: 1 item
News List
General: 4 items
PDF (.pdf)
Supported Microsoft® Excel® (.xls)
Document Formats
Microsoft® Word (.doc)
Viewer
Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt)
File Size 10 MB
Scan
UPC/JAN 50 codes
Barcode
(Continuous QR Code 16 codes
Mode)
Create QR Equivalent of 513 digits,
Code
311 alphanumerics or 131 kanji
Scan Text
256 characters
e-Books
Copy text strings of up to 20 characters
*
Japanese-Japanese: 17 characters
English-Japanese: 34 characters
Japanese-English: 17 characters
14
14-19
Specifications
Memory Card Structure & Contents
Memory Card Structure
DCIM
PRIVATE
XXXSHARP
MYFOLDER
Local Contents
SD Local Contents
Mail
Messaging folder backups (Received Msg., Sent Messages and Drafts)
My Items
Appendix
14
SHARP
SD_AUDIO
SD_VIDEO
14-20
Contents (Location when Viewed on Handset)
Still images in DCIM
Book
e-Book files in Data Folder (Books)
Bookmarks
Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks
Character
PNG files in Data Folder (Character)
Custom Screens
Customized Screens files in Data Folder (Customized Screen)
Flash(R)
Flash® Wallpaper files in Data Folder (Flash®)
Flash(R) Ringtones
Flash® ringtones in Data Folder (Flash® Ringtones)
Games and More
S! Applications
Hot Status Template
Template files in Data Folder (Status Templates)
Message Templates
Graphic Mail templates in Templates folder
Music
Music files in Data Folder (Music)
Other Documents
Other files in Data Folder (Other Documents)
Pictograms
GIF files in Data Folder (My Pictograms)
Pictures
Still images in Data Folder (Pictures)
Sounds & Ringtones
Melodies and other sound files in Data Folder (Ring Songs·Tones)
Videos
Video files in Data Folder (Videos)
Virtual Space
S! Town files
WMAudio
WMA files for Media Player (WMA)
SH_Folder
Application management files
Utility
Backup files (Phone Book), etc.
MOBILE
Backup files (User Dictionary), etc.
SD-Audio files for Media Player (SD AUDIO)
PRL001
ASF video files saved to SD VIDEO
Menu List
Menu List
[ Settings: General Settings
Communication
Function
S! Town
S! Loop
S! Friend's Status
S! Circle Talk
Near chat
Refer to
P.10-2
P.10-2
P.10-3
P.10-7
P.10-10
Messaging
Refer to
P.4-11
P.4-4
P.4-12
P.4-22
P.4-9
P.4-14
P.4-23
P.4-17
P.4-12
P.4-7
P.4-3
P.13-8
P.13-10
P.4-20
P.13-10
P.4-8
P.4-18
-
[ Settings: S! Mail Settings
Refer to
P.13-8
P.4-13
P.4-13
P.4-2
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-9
P.13-9
P.13-8
P.4-16
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
P.13-8
Function
Message DL(Japan)
Message DL(Abroad)
Signature Settings
Picture Appearance
Auto Play File
Send File Settings
Refer to
P.13-10
P.13-10
P.4-8
P.13-10
P.13-10
-
[ Settings: PC Mail Settings
Function
PC Mail Account
PC Mail DL
Check New Mail
Word wrap
Refer to
P.4-20
P.13-10
P.13-10
[ Settings: SMS Settings
Function
Expiry Time
Message Center
Char-code
Refer to
P.13-10
-
Appendix
Function
Received Msg.
Create Message
Retrieve New Msg.
Drafts
Templates
Sent Messages
Unsent Messages
Chat Folder
Server Mail Box
Create New SMS
Address Settings
General Settings
S! Mail Settings
Settings
PC Mail Settings
SMS Settings
Speed Dial/Mail
Set Mail Group
Memory Status
Function
Delivery Report
Reply to Settings
Auto Reply
Send/
Compose
Set Quick Reply
Auto Resend
Sending Status
Message Notice
Link to Feeling
Receive
3D Pictogram
Animation View
Anti Spam Measures
Report Spam
Scroll Unit
Message List View
Address View
Received Msg. View
Sent Msg.View
Received Msg.
Auto Delete
Sent Messages
14
14-21
Menu List
Function
Data Folder
Yahoo! Keitai
Function
Pictures
DCIM
Ring Songs·Tones
S! Appli
Music
Videos
Books
Customized Screen
Status Templates
Flash®
Other Documents
Memory Status
Refer to
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.8-10
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-9
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
P.2-20
Yahoo! Keitai
Appendix
14
Function
Yahoo! Keitai
Bookmarks
Saved Pages
Enter URL
History
PC Site Browser
Browser Settings
[ PC Site Browser
Function
Homepage
Bookmarks
Saved Pages
Enter URL
History
RSS Feed
14-22
Refer to
P.5-3
P.5-7
P.5-7
P.5-3
P.5-3
P.5-4
P.13-11
PC Site
Browser
Settings
Font Size
Scroll Settings
Cursor Settings
Downloads
Memory Operation
Security Settings
Download to
Initialized Browser
Reset Settings
Warning Message
Zoom Factor
Zoom Area
Refer to
P.5-3
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.5-9
P.5-9
[ Browser Settings
Function
Font Size
Scroll Unit
Cursor Settings
Downloads
Memory Operation
Security Settings
Download to
Initialized Browser
Reset Settings
Refer to
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
P.13-11
TV
Refer to
P.5-4
P.5-7
P.5-7
P.5-4
P.5-4
P.5-8
Function
Digital TV
TV Player
TV-Image Folder
TV Link
TV Listing
Refer to
P.6-4
P.6-8
P.6-6
P.6-5
Function
Reservation List
Settings
Refer to
P.6-10
P.13-12
[ Settings
Function
Alarm
Vibration
TV Alarm
Light
Alarm Time
Duration
Set Recording
Image Location
Notify Connection
Broadcast
Data
Location
Manufacture Number
Delete StationData
Screen Display Setting
Display Pict
Full Screen
Setting
Enlarge Point
Sound Output
gSound Output
Set Call Time Shift
Calls & Alarms
TV Reserve Prior
Save Recording to
Auto Exit Time
Auto Exit
Close Action
Refer to
P.13-13
P.13-12
P.6-4
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.13-13
P.13-13
Menu List
[ S! Appli: Settings
Entertainment
Function
Media Player
S! Appli Library
Demand History
S! Appli
Settings
Information
S! Quick News List
S! Quick
S! Loop List
News
Settings
S! Information Channel/Weather
BookSurfing
e-Book Viewer
Refer to
P.8-2
P.8-10
P.8-10
P.13-15
P.9-28
P.9-38
P.9-38
P.9-29
P.9-30
P.9-30
[ Media Player
Videos
Streaming
Settings
gSound Output
Delete All WMA
Refer to
P.8-12
P.8-9
P.8-5
P.8-5
P.8-3
P.8-3
P.8-12
P.8-12
P.8-7
P.8-7
P.8-4
P.8-12
P.5-10
P.13-15
P.8-6
Camera
Refer to
P.13-15
P.13-15
P.8-11
P.13-15
P.13-15
P.13-15
P.13-15
[ S! Information Channel/Weather
Function
What's New
History
Registration/Cancel
Get Latest Contents
S! Info. Ch. Notif.
Weather
Weather
Manual Update
Icon
Settings
Refer to
P.9-29
P.9-29
P.9-29
P.9-39
P.9-39
P.9-29
P.13-16
[ Photo Camera
Function
Exposure
Modes
Add Frame
Continuous Shoot
Camera Effects
Panorama/Scanner
SoloTravelingPhoto
Barcode/Scan
Data Folder
Picture Size
Scene
Picture Quality
Self-timer
Display Indicators
Shutter Sound
Save Pictures to
Settings
Auto Save
Panorama Settings
Set Remote Shutter
Internal Camera
Help
Mobile Light
Refer to
P.7-4
P.7-7
P.7-7
P.7-7
P.7-8
P.7-6
P.9-24
P.7-4
P.7-13
P.7-13
P.13-14
P.7-6
P.13-14
P.13-14
P.13-14
P.13-14
P.7-13
P.9-3
P.7-13
Appendix
Music
Function
Last Played Music
My Music
SD AUDIO
WMA
Download Music
Music Search
Settings
Last Played Video
My Videos
SD VIDEO
Download Videos
Settings
Function
Application Volume
Switch On/Off
Backlight
Blink
Vibration
Synchronization
Communication
Calls & Alarms
Switch On/Off
Screensaver Activation Time
Stop Auto Start
Surround
Set to Default
Memory All Clear
14
14-23
Menu List
[ Video Camera
Function
Exposure
Display Size
Data Folder
Record Time/Size
Microphone
Video Quality
Self-timer
Save Videos to
Settings
Auto Save
Video Encode
Internal Camera
Help
Mobile Light
Tools
Refer to
P.7-4
P.13-14
P.7-5
P.7-13
P.13-14
P.13-14
P.7-6
P.13-14
P.13-14
P.7-13
P.9-3
P.7-13
Settings
[ PIM Tools
Function
Calendar
Alarms
Wakeup TV
Tasks
Calculator
Expenses Memo
[ Phone Settings
Refer to
P.9-4
P.9-9
P.9-11
P.9-7
P.9-13
P.9-14
[ Timer/Clock Tools
Function
Stopwatch
Countdown Timer
World Clock
Hour Minder
Refer to
P.9-15
P.9-16
P.9-17
P.9-18
[ Doc./Rec. Tools
Appendix
14
14-24
Function
Dictionary
Search
Document Viewer
Notepad
Scratch Pad
Record Time
Voice
Ring Songs·Tones
Recorder
Save Recording to
Scan Barcode
Open Barcode
Create QR Code
Barcode/
Scan
Scan Card
Scan Text
Scanned Results
Phone Help
Refer to
P.9-19
P.9-20
P.9-21
P.9-22
P.1-14
P.9-35
P.9-23
P.9-35
P.9-24
P.9-36
P.9-25
P.9-26
P.9-27
P.9-36
P.9-3
Function
Mode Settings
Display
Customized Screen
Sounds & Alerts
Date & Time
Set Key Light
言語選択 (Language)
Add New Entry
User
Saved Word List
Dictionary
Acquire Dictionary
Ringer Output
Earpiece Volume
Change Menu
Locks
Software Update
Reset Settings
Master
Reset
Reset All
Refer to
P.13-2
P.13-3
P.2-9
P.2-10
P.13-2
P.13-4
P.13-3
P.2-16
P.2-26
P.2-16
P.13-5
P.3-12
P.2-4
P.11-2
P.14-5
P.13-19
P.13-19
Menu List
Phone Settings: Display
Function
Phone Settings: Sounds & Alerts
Function
Volume
Ringtone/videos
System Sounds
Vibration
Event Light
Status Light
Any Key Answer
Surround
Refer to
P.13-5
P.2-10
P.13-5
P.2-10
P.13-5
P.13-5
-
Phone Settings: Date & Time
Function
Set Date/Time
Time Correction
Daylight Saving
Set Time Zone
Clock/Calendar
World Clock
Alarms
Set Holiday
Time Format
Date Format
Calendar Format
Refer to
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-4
P.9-17
P.9-9
P.13-2
P.13-2
P.13-2
Phone Settings: Locks
Function
PIN Entry
Change PIN2
Face Recognition
Function Lock
IP Service Setting
Application Lock
History Lock
Show Secret Data
Set Lock Message
Chng Handset Code
Refer to
P.11-2
P.11-6
P.11-4
P.11-2
P.13-17
P.11-3
P.11-3
P.11-3
P.11-6
P.1-16
[ Connectivity
Function
Bluetooth
Infrared
USB Mode
Switch On/Off
Send All
Mass Storage
MTP Mode
USB Charge
Memory Card
Backup
Backup All Items
Backup Selected
Items
Restore All Items
Restore Selected
Items
Settings/Manage
Refer to
P.12-6
P.12-3
P.12-4
P.12-10
P.8-4
P.13-18
P.2-23
P.12-13
P.12-12
P.12-13
P.12-12
P.12-13
Connectivity: Bluetooth
Function
Switch On/Off
Search for Devices
Paired Devices
Send All
Setting Watch
Device Name
Visibility
gSound Output
My Device
Settings
Handsfree Setting
S! Appli Request
Bluetooth Timeout
My Device Details
Refer to
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.12-8
P.13-18
P.13-18
P.13-18
-
Appendix
Wallpaper
System Graphics
Display Effects
Font Settings
Clock/Calendar
Standby Window
Standby
Display
Show Indicators
Show Operator Name
Vivid Mode
Greeting Message
Duration
Message
Display Date&Time
External
Display
Clock Type
Caller Display
Dial Number
Time Out
Backlight
Brightness
Display Saving
Dial Number
Refer to
P.2-8
P.13-3
P.13-3
P.2-5
P.13-4
P.2-6
P.13-4
P.13-4
P.13-4
P.13-4
P.13-4
P.13-3
P.13-3
P.13-3
-
14
14-25
Menu List
Connectivity: Memory Card
Function
Number of Copies
Settings
DPOF
Check Settings
Reset Settings
SD Local Contents
Format Card
Memory Status
Refer to
P.7-12
P.7-14
P.7-12
P.2-24
P.2-20
[ Call/Video Call
Appendix
14
14-26
Function
Call Timers
Call Time &
Data Counter
Cost
Call Costs
Switch On/Off
Answer Time
Answer
Phone
Outgoing Message
Volume
Voicemail
Diverts
Voicemail/
Divert
Cancel All
Status
Camera Picture
Incoming Picture
Outgoing Picture
Hold Guidance Pict
Video Call
Backlight
Loudspeaker
Mute Microphone
Remote Monitor
Show My Number
) Missed Calls
Refer to
P.3-9
P.13-7
P.3-9
P.3-5
P.3-10
P.3-10
P.3-11
P.3-14
P.13-7
P.13-7
P.3-13
P.3-12
P.3-15
P.3-11
Function
Int'l Prefix
Int'l Calling
Country Codes
Auto Add Code
Display Call Cost
Disp. Time/
Call
Call Time Counter
Outgoing Calls
Incoming Calls
Call Barring
Rejected Numbers
Change NW Password
Minute Minder
Handset Close
Auto Answer
Call Waiting
Refer to
P.13-7
P.13-7
P.3-15
P.3-15
P.13-7
P.13-7
P.3-14
[ Network Settings
Function
Select Network
Select Service
Offline Mode
Retrieve NW Info
URL Setting
Location
Datum On/Off
Info
Location Property
Network Info
External Device
Refer to
P.1-15
P.13-18
P.13-18
P.13-18
-
Phone
Function
Phone Book
Add New Entry
Information
Call Log
Play Messages
Call Voicemail
Category Control
My Details
Speed Dial/Mail
Mail Groups
S! Addressbook Backup
Sort Entries
Select Phone Book
Ph.Book
Save New Entry
Settings
New Number Prompt
Set Preferred
Copy All
Manage
Memory Status
Entries
Delete All
Refer to
P.2-17
P.2-17
P.1-8
P.3-8
P.3-5
P.3-11
P.2-27
P.1-13
P.3-7
P.4-18
P.12-14
P.2-19
P.13-6
P.13-6
P.13-6
P.13-6
P.2-17
P.2-28
Index
Index
Numbers
3D Pictogram ............................................4-10
3D Pictogram (settings) ...........................13-9
A
B
Backlight....................................................13-3
Backup.....................................................12-11
Backup ..................................................12-12
Deleting files .........................................12-13
Encode..................................................12-13
Restore .................................................12-12
Battery ............................................. 1-10, 14-4
Battery Cover ..............................................1-2
Bluetooth® .................................................12-6
Change Name.........................................12-9
Deleting Paired Devices ..........................12-9
C
Calculator ..................................................9-13
Copying Calculation Results ...................9-33
Exchange Rate........................................9-33
Money Converter.....................................9-33
Calendar ......................................................9-4
Calendar Settings....................................9-31
Deleting Schedules ...................................9-6
Editing Schedules ...................................9-31
Opening Schedules...................................9-6
Saving Schedules .....................................9-5
Call Barring ...............................................3-10
Black List.................................................3-15
Payphone ................................................3-15
Unavailable..............................................3-15
Unknown .................................................3-15
Withheld ..................................................3-15
Call Forwarding.........................................3-10
Call Log........................................................3-8
Deleting records ......................................3-13
Call Time & Cost .........................................3-9
Data Counter...........................................13-7
Resetting .................................................3-14
Call Time Counter .....................................13-7
Call Waiting ..................................... 3-10, 3-14
Call Waiting (answering Line 2)...............3-14
Caller ID .....................................................3-10
Calling......................................................... 3-2
Camera........................................................ 7-2
Auto Save ............................................. 13-14
Capturing Still Images .............................. 7-4
Mobile Light............................................ 7-13
Picture Quality...................................... 13-14
Portrait/Macro Selector .......................... 7-13
Recording Video....................................... 7-5
Save Pictures to ................................... 13-14
Save Videos to ..................................... 13-14
Self-timer.................................................. 7-6
Switching Active Camera ....................... 7-13
Video Quality........................................ 13-14
Center Access Code................................ 1-16
Change NW Password ............................. 3-15
Change PIN............................................... 11-6
Character Code List............................... 14-10
Charging ................................................... 1-10
Charging Terminals ................................... 1-2
Chat Folder............................................... 4-17
Delete Folder.......................................... 4-24
Deleting All Messages............................ 4-24
Reset...................................................... 4-24
Clock/Calendar......................................... 13-4
Communication Services........................ 10-1
Composite .................................................. 7-9
Conference Call ....................................... 3-10
Conference Call (opening another line)... 3-14
Countdown Timer .................................... 9-16
Customer Service .................................. 14-36
Customized Screen (Japanese)................ 2-9
Web Access ........................................... 2-25
Appendix
AC Charger................................................1-10
Accessories ................................................... v
After-Sales Services ...............................14-35
Alarms .........................................................9-9
Canceling ................................................9-10
Deleting...................................................9-10
Editing entries .........................................9-32
For Manner Mode..................................13-16
Link to World Clk ...................................13-16
Animation View ............................... 4-10, 13-8
Answer Phone................................... 3-5, 3-12
Antenna (for TV reception) ........................1-2
Anti Spam Measures ................................4-16
Any Key Answer .......................................13-5
Application Lock.......................................11-3
Auto Reply.................................................4-13
Auto Resend...................................... 4-2, 13-8
Auto Retry ...................................................4-2
Disconnecting Devices............................12-9
My Device Settings ...............................13-18
Printing images .......................................7-12
Receiving files .........................................12-8
Sending files......................... 7-13, 12-8, 12-9
Setting Watch ........................................13-18
Bookmarks ..................................................5-7
Deleting titles...........................................5-11
Editing Titles............................................5-11
BookSurfing® ............................................9-30
14
D
Data Broadcast (Japanese)....................... 6-5
Returning to Initial Window .................... 6-12
Set Recording ...................................... 13-12
Data Folder ............................................... 2-20
14-27
Index
Appendix
14
14-28
Change List View.................................... 2-29
Files (attaching) ............................... 2-21, 4-5
Files (moving/copying)............................ 2-22
Files (opening)........................................ 2-21
Files (sorting).......................................... 2-29
Files (using) ............................................ 2-29
Files/folders (deleting) ............................ 2-29
Files/folders (renaming).......................... 2-29
Folders (adding) ..................................... 2-22
Selecting Multiple Files........................... 2-22
Set Secret (folders)................................. 2-22
Slide Show.............................................. 2-21
Unset Secret (folders)............................. 2-29
Date & Time .............................................. 13-2
Calendar Format .................................... 13-2
Date Format ........................................... 13-2
Time Format ........................................... 13-2
Daylight Saving ............................... 9-17, 13-2
Delivery Report ................................. 4-9, 13-8
Dialing from Call Log Records................ 3-12
Dictionary ................................................. 9-19
Digital TV (> TV)........................................ 6-4
Adding Reception Areas......................... 6-11
Area Setup ............................................... 6-3
Areas (settings) .................................... 13-13
Auto Exit ............................................... 13-13
Calls & Alarms...................................... 13-13
Change Area ........................................ 13-13
Image ................................................... 13-12
gSound Output.................................... 13-13
Set Channels ........................................ 13-13
Sound Output ....................................... 13-13
Subtitle/Sound ...................................... 13-12
Switching Reception Areas .................... 6-11
Tone...................................................... 13-12
TV Alarm .............................................. 13-13
Display ..........................................1-2, 1-5, 1-8
Display (settings) ..................................... 13-3
Backlight ................................................. 13-3
Clock/Calendar ....................................... 13-4
Display Saving ........................................ 13-3
Show Indicators ...................................... 13-4
System Graphics .................................... 13-3
Display Call Cost...................................... 13-7
Display Effects ......................................... 13-3
Display Positions ....................................... 1-2
Display Saving.......................................... 13-3
Document Viewer ..................................... 9-21
Download Dictionary ............................... 2-16
DPOF ......................................................... 7-12
Add Date................................................. 7-14
Check Settings ....................................... 7-12
For All Pictures ....................................... 7-12
Index Print .............................................. 7-14
E
Earpiece ...................................................... 1-2
Earpiece Volume ...................................... 3-12
e-Book Library.......................................... 9-39
e-Book Viewer .......................................... 9-30
e-Books (Japanese) ................................. 9-30
Copying Text ........................................... 9-39
Downloading........................................... 9-30
Reading ......................................... 9-30, 9-39
Emergency Calls ...................................... 3-16
English ...................................................... 13-3
Event Light................................................ 13-5
Expenses Memo ....................................... 9-14
Changing Amount................................... 9-33
Changing Category of Saved Entry ........ 9-33
External Camera......................................... 1-2
External Device Port .................................. 1-2
External Display ......................................... 1-2
F
Face Recognition ..................................... 11-4
Feeling Mail (creating) ............................... 4-5
Feeling Mail (receiving) ........................... 4-10
Font Size ..................................................... 2-5
Format Card.............................................. 2-24
Front Keys................................................... 1-4
Function Key............................................... 1-3
Function Lock........................................... 11-2
G
General Notes ............................................... xi
Graphic Mail................................................ 4-6
Creating from templates ........................... 4-9
Font Color/Size & Effect............................ 4-9
Guide Usage Notes ....................................... ii
H
Handset Closed .......................................... 1-2
Handset Code ........................................... 1-16
Handset Keys.............................................. 1-3
Handset mail address ................................ 4-3
Handset Menus........................................... 2-2
Handset Open ............................................. 1-2
Handset Parts ............................................. 1-2
Handset Power On/Off ............................. 1-11
Handset Responses ................................. 2-10
Ring Time ............................................... 2-25
Ringtones ............................................... 2-10
Vibration ................................................. 2-10
Handy Extras .............................................. 9-1
Headphone Port.......................................... 1-2
Headphones................................................... v
Headphones (answering calls)................ 3-12
Headphones (with Microphone)................... v
History Lock ............................................. 11-3
Hold ........................................................... 3-12
Hour Minder .............................................. 9-18
Assign Tone/Video .................................. 9-34
For Manner Mode ................................. 13-16
Link to World Clk................................... 13-16
Vibration ................................................. 9-34
I
Indicators .................................................... 1-5
Camera (Viewfinder)................................. 7-3
Index
K
Keypad Lock .............................................1-12
L
Language...................................................13-3
Large Font Menu.........................................2-5
Light Sensor........................... 1-2, 13-3, 13-12
Link to Feeling ..........................................13-9
Link to World Clk ....................................13-16
Location Info ...........................................13-18
Datum On/Off........................................13-18
Location Property..................................13-18
Locks ............................................... 1-16, 11-2
Loudspeaker ........................ 3-13, 13-7, 13-17
M
Mail Groups ...............................................4-18
Changing members.................................4-24
Deleting ...................................................4-24
Edit Name ...............................................4-24
Main Menu ...................................................2-2
Manner mode ............................................1-15
Mass Storage ..........................................12-10
Master Reset ...........................................13-19
Format Card ............................................2-24
Reset All................................................13-19
Reset Settings.......................................13-19
Media Player................................................8-2
Delete All WMA .........................................8-6
Playlists ........................................... 8-9, 8-13
Sound Output ........................................13-15
Memory All Clear (S! Applications).......13-15
Memory Card.............................................2-23
Format Card ............................................2-24
Opening files ...........................................2-24
Memory Card Structure & Contents......14-20
Menu List .................................................14-21
Camera .................................................14-23
Communication .....................................14-21
Data Folder ...........................................14-22
Entertainment........................................14-23
Messaging.............................................14-21
Phone....................................................14-26
Settings .................................................14-24
Tools......................................................14-24
TV..........................................................14-22
Yahoo! Keitai .........................................14-22
Menu Operations ........................................2-2
Message List View ....................................13-8
Message Notice.........................................13-8
Messages (creating/sending) ... 4-4, 4-7, 4-21
3D Pictogram ..........................................4-10
Date & Time ..............................................4-8
Drafts...................................................... 4-22
Edit & Send ............................................ 4-23
Editing/resending ................................... 4-23
Messaging Settings.................................. 4-9
Pict Setting ............................................... 4-4
Preview Message ..................................... 4-4
Recipients (adding) .................................. 4-8
Recipients (selecting/entering)................. 4-8
Save to Drafts........................................... 4-8
Set Auto Play File ..................................... 4-9
Set Sent Cancel ....................................... 4-8
Signature Settings.................................... 4-8
Speed Dial/Mail ........................................ 4-8
Templates ................................................. 4-9
Within the Network ................................... 4-8
Messages (deleting) ....................... 4-21, 4-22
Messages (forwarding)............................ 4-22
Messages (protecting)............................. 4-15
Messages (receiving/checking) ..... 4-10, 4-21
Copying Text........................................... 4-13
Mail List .................................................. 4-12
Opening New Mail Out of Standby ......... 4-12
Retrieving New S! Mail Manually............ 4-12
Save to Data Folder ............................... 4-12
Save to Phone Book............................... 4-13
Scroll Unit............................................... 13-8
Using Linked Info.................................... 4-12
View Mail Address.................................. 4-22
Viewing on External Display................... 4-12
Messages (sorting) .................................. 4-16
Anti Spam Measures.............................. 4-16
Classify................................................... 4-23
Move to Folder ....................................... 4-24
Messaging (> SMS, S! Mail, PC Mail)...... 4-2
Changing Font Size................................ 4-11
Folders (adding) ..................................... 4-23
Folders (deleting) ................................... 4-23
Folders (renaming) ................................. 4-23
General Settings .................................... 13-8
Selecting Multiple Messages.................. 4-22
Appendix
Display ......................................................1-5
External Display ........................................1-7
Messaging (message list) .......................4-11
Music Playback Window ...........................8-5
Video Playback Window............................8-7
Information Window ...................................1-8
Infrared ......................................................12-2
Receiving files.........................................12-3
Sending files ................................. 12-4, 12-5
Infrared Port ................................................1-2
Internal Antenna .........................................1-2
Internal Camera ..........................................1-2
International calls .......................................3-3
International calls (placing) .......................3-3
Internet ........................................................5-2
Accessing.......................................... 5-3, 5-4
Basic Operations.......................................5-5
Browser Settings ...................................13-11
Deleting History.........................................5-9
Handling Information.................................5-9
Saving pages/Bookmarks .........................5-7
Switch Browser .........................................5-9
URL Entry Log ..........................................5-9
Int'l Call........................................................3-4
IP Service Setting ...................................13-17
IrSS Transfer ................................... 7-13, 12-2
14
14-29
Index
Set Secret............................................... 4-15
Sort......................................................... 4-22
Unset Secret........................................... 4-23
Window Description................................ 4-11
Microphone................................................. 1-2
Minute Minder........................................... 13-7
Missed Call Notification .......................... 3-11
Mode Settings .......................................... 13-2
Mobile Light ................................................ 1-2
MTP Mode ................................................... 8-4
Multi Job ..................................................... 2-3
Multi Party................................................. 3-14
Music (deleting).......................................... 8-6
Music (downloading) ................................. 8-3
Music (playing) ........................................... 8-5
Last Played Music .................................. 8-12
Playback Mode ....................................... 8-12
Sound Effects ......................................... 8-12
My Details ................................................. 1-13
Sending via Bluetooth® ........................... 12-9
Sending via Infrared ............................... 12-5
N
Appendix
14
14-30
Near Chat (Japanese) ............................ 10-10
Network Password ................................... 1-16
Notepad..................................................... 9-22
Call Notepad........................................... 9-35
Edit Text/Change Category .................... 9-35
Jumping to Specific Locations .................. 5-9
Switching View ......................................... 5-9
Warning Message................................. 13-11
Zoom Factor ............................................. 5-9
Zooming Specific Areas............................ 5-9
Phone Book .............................................. 2-17
Category Control .................................... 2-27
Changing Light Color/Vibration Pattern .. 2-27
Create Message ..................................... 2-28
Deleting entries ...................................... 2-28
Editing entries......................................... 2-28
New Number Prompt .............................. 13-6
Opening from Other Functions ............... 2-19
Personal Ringtone .................................. 2-18
Picture .................................................... 2-27
Save New Entry ...................................... 13-6
Saving Other Information........................ 2-27
Secret ..................................................... 2-18
Select Phone Book ................................. 13-6
Phone Book search.................................. 2-19
Phone Help ................................................. 9-3
Picture Editor.............................................. 7-9
PIN ............................................................. 14-2
PIN Entry ................................................... 11-2
PIN Lock.................................................... 14-2
Playlists.............................................. 8-9, 8-13
Portrait/Macro Selector.............................. 1-2
Printing (Bluetooth®)................................ 7-12
O
Q
Offline Mode ............................................. 1-15
Optional Services..................................... 3-10
Optional Services (checking status) ...... 3-14
QR Code.................................................... 9-25
Quick Operations ....................................... 2-2
Quick Reply .............................................. 4-13
P
R
Pen Light..................................................... 9-2
PC (connecting handset)....................... 12-10
PC Mail ...................................................... 4-19
PC Mail Settings ....................................... 4-20
PC Site Browser ......................................... 5-4
Received Msg. View ................................. 13-8
Record Caller Voice.................................. 3-13
Reference URLs ..................................... 14-19
Reject (calls) ............................................. 3-12
Remote Monitor........................................ 3-12
Reply.................................................4-11, 4-21
Quick Reply ............................................ 4-13
Quoting Original Message Text............... 4-13
Rep. with View ........................................ 4-13
Reset (> Master Reset) ......................... 13-19
Reset All .................................................. 13-19
Reset Settings ........................................ 13-19
Retrieve NW Info............................1-11, 13-18
Romaji Input Table ................................... 14-9
S
S! Addressbook Back-up....................... 12-14
Confirming User ID & Password ........... 12-17
Set Auto Sync ....................................... 12-17
Sync History ......................................... 12-17
S! Applications ......................................... 8-10
Activation Time (Screensaver).............. 13-15
Application Volume ............................... 13-15
Calls & Alarms ...................................... 13-15
Deleting .................................................. 8-11
Downloading ........................................... 8-11
Surround............................................... 13-15
Screensaver............................................ 8-11
S! Circle Talk ............................................. 10-7
Accepting requests ................................. 10-8
Editing Member List................................ 10-9
Initiating .................................................. 10-8
IP Service Setting ................................. 13-17
Loudspeaker ......................................... 13-17
Registering Members ............................. 10-7
S! Friend's Status..................................... 10-3
Editing member list ................................. 10-6
IP Service Setting ................................. 13-17
Opening Member Status......................... 10-5
Registering Members ............................. 10-5
Request Reply ...................................... 13-17
Status Notif. List...................................... 10-6
Status Update......................................... 10-6
S! Information Channel (Japanese) ........ 9-29
Get Latest Contents................................ 9-39
Index
Set Date/Time ............................................13-2
Set Key Light .............................................13-4
Set Sent Cancel...........................................4-8
Set Time Zone ................................. 9-17, 13-2
Set to Default (S! Applications) .............13-15
Shortcuts .....................................................2-2
Customizing ............................................2-25
Show My ID................................................3-12
Show My Number......................................3-15
Show Secret Data .....................................11-3
Side Keys.....................................................1-4
Signature Settings ......................................4-8
Simple Menu................................................2-4
Slide W paper ..............................................2-8
Small Light ..................................................1-2
SMS ..............................................................4-2
Expiry Time ...........................................13-10
SMS (sending).............................................4-7
Softkeys.......................................................1-8
Software Update .......................................14-5
Sounds & Alerts.............................. 2-10, 13-5
Speakers......................................................1-2
Speed Dial/Mail ................................... 3-7, 4-8
Specifications .........................................14-16
Specifications (by function)...................14-17
Basic Operations...................................14-17
Calling ...................................................14-17
Camera & Imaging ................................14-18
Communication Services ......................14-19
Connectivity & File Backup ...................14-19
Digital TV...............................................14-17
Handy Extras.........................................14-19
Media Player .........................................14-18
Messaging.............................................14-17
Network Settings ...................................14-19
S! Applications ......................................14-18
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser...........14-17
Standby.............................................. 1-8, 1-11
Standby Window (Japanese) .....................2-6
Calendar/Tag Panel...................................2-6
Display Panel ........................................... 2-7
Display Window...................................... 2-25
Member Panel .......................................... 2-6
News Panel .............................................. 2-6
Shortcut Panel.......................................... 2-6
Using Tags ............................................... 2-7
Status Templates ............................ 2-20, 10-4
Still images (capturing) ............................. 7-4
Add Frame................................................ 7-7
Camera Effects......................................... 7-7
Continuous Shoot..................................... 7-7
Panorama Picture..................................... 7-8
Picture Size ............................................ 7-13
Scanner.................................................... 7-8
Scene ..................................................... 7-13
Shutter Sound ...................................... 13-14
Solo Traveling Photo® ............................... 7-6
Still images (capturing & sending).... 7-4, 7-8
Still images (editing).................................. 7-9
Additional editing options ....................... 7-14
Changing sizes....................................... 7-10
Face Arrange.......................................... 7-10
Merge Panorama.................................... 7-11
Stopwatch................................................. 9-15
Strap Eyelet ................................................ 1-2
Streaming .......................................... 5-3, 5-10
Swap Calls................................................ 3-14
System Graphics ..................................... 13-3
System Sounds........................................ 13-5
T
Appendix
S! Information Channel page Options.....9-39
Weather Icon...........................................9-29
S! Loop (Japanese) ..................................10-2
S! Mail ..........................................................4-2
Attaching Files ..........................................4-5
Auto Play File ........................................13-10
Feeling Mail...............................................4-5
Graphic Mail..............................................4-6
Message DL..........................................13-10
Picture Appearance ..............................13-10
S! Mail (sending).........................................4-4
S! Music Connect (Japanese)....................8-4
S! Quick News (Japanese) .......................9-28
Automatic Update....................................9-38
Deleting items .........................................9-38
S! Loop List .............................................9-38
S! Town (Japanese) ..................................10-2
Safety Precautions .......................................vi
SAR ............................................................... xv
Saved Pages................................................5-7
Deleting pages ........................................5-11
Editing Titles ...........................................5-11
Scan Barcode............................................9-24
Open Barcode.........................................9-36
Scanning during Text Entry .....................9-36
Using scan results...................................9-36
Scan Card ..................................................9-26
Scan Text ...................................................9-27
Scanning during Text Entry .....................9-36
Schedules (> Calendar) ............................9-5
Scratch Pad ...............................................1-14
Screenshots (capturing) ............................6-6
Search........................................................9-20
Security Codes .........................................1-16
Sending Status .........................................13-8
Sensor Key ..................................................1-2
Sent Msg.View ..........................................13-8
Set as Wallpaper .......................................2-29
14
Table of Contents..........................................iii
Tasks ........................................................... 9-7
Deleting Tasks .......................................... 9-8
Editing Tasks .......................................... 9-31
Opening Tasks ......................................... 9-8
Text (editing)............................................. 2-15
Text Entry ................................................. 2-11
Call Notepad .......................................... 9-35
Emoticons .............................................. 2-13
14-31
Index
Appendix
14
14-32
Hiragana ................................................. 2-12
Hiragana to Katakana/Alphanumeric
Conversion ............................................. 2-14
Input/Conversion .................................... 13-6
Inserting Line Breaks.............................. 2-26
Inserting Phone Book Entry Items.......... 2-26
Inserting Spaces..................................... 2-26
Katakana ................................................ 2-13
Mail & Web Extensions........................... 2-14
One-Hiragana Conversion ...................... 2-12
Phonetic Conversion .............................. 2-12
Reset History.......................................... 2-26
Toggling Entry Modes............................. 2-11
Symbols & Pictograms ........................... 2-13
Undo Conversion or Recover Deleted Characters... 2-26
Using Character Codes .......................... 2-26
When Target Word is Not Listed............. 2-12
Time Correction ....................................... 13-2
Troubleshooting ....................................... 14-6
TV (watching).............................................. 6-4
Changing Audiovisual Setting................. 6-12
Channels (saving)................................... 6-11
Data Broadcast (Japanese)...................... 6-5
Program Info............................................. 6-5
TV Listing (Japanese)............................... 6-5
Using Wireless Headphones .................. 6-11
TV-Image Folder ......................................... 6-6
TV Player..................................................... 6-8
TV programs (recording/playing).............. 6-7
Marker .................................................... 6-12
Memory Remaining ................................ 6-12
Playback Pattern .................................... 6-12
Playing Split Files ................................... 6-12
Recorded programs (deleting)................ 6-12
Recorded programs (renaming) ............. 6-12
TV Timers (recording/watching) ............. 6-10
Save Recording to ................................ 13-13
Set Call Timer Shift .............................. 13-13
Setting Timer via Program Info ............... 6-13
Timer entries (editing/deleting)............... 6-13
Timer log records (opening/deleting)...... 6-13
Wakeup TV ............................................. 9-11
U
USB Cable...................................................... v
USB Charge ................................... 1-10, 13-18
User Dictionary......................................... 2-16
Editing/deleting entries ........................... 2-26
USIM Card ................................................. 14-2
USIM PINs (> PIN) ................................... 14-2
Utility Software ................................... v, 12-10
V
Vibration.................................................... 2-10
Video (deleting) .......................................... 8-8
Video (downloading).................................. 8-4
Video (playing) ........................................... 8-7
Display Size ............................................ 8-12
Last Played Video................................... 8-12
Playback Mode ....................................... 8-12
Sound Effects ......................................... 8-12
Video (recording) ....................................... 7-5
Display Size .......................................... 13-14
Microphone........................................... 13-14
Record Time/Size ................................... 7-13
Video (recording & sending) ..................... 7-5
Video Calling .............................................. 3-6
Incoming Picture..................................... 13-7
Loudspeaker.................................. 3-13, 13-7
Outgoing Picture..................................... 13-7
Remote Monitor ...................................... 3-12
Video Calls (answering)............................. 3-6
Video Calls (placing).................................. 3-6
Voice Calling ............................................... 3-3
Voice Calls (answering) ............................. 3-4
Voice Calls (placing) .................................. 3-3
Voice Calls (placing while abroad) ........... 3-4
Voice Recorder ......................................... 9-23
Record Time ........................................... 9-35
Save and Send ....................................... 9-35
Save Recording to .................................. 9-35
Voicemail................................................... 3-10
Volume (ringtones)................................... 13-5
W
Wakeup TV ................................................ 9-11
Wallpaper .................................................... 2-8
Warranty.................................................. 14-35
Weather Indicator ..................................... 9-29
Icon Update .......................................... 13-16
Manual Update ....................................... 9-29
Standby Setting .................................... 13-16
Weather .................................................. 9-39
World Clock............................................... 9-17
Adding Custom Time Zone..................... 9-34
Opening World Clock in Standby............ 9-17
Y
Yahoo! Keitai............................................... 5-3
Objectives
Accessing Secret Files/Entries
Data Folder ............................................. 2-22
Messaging folders................................... 4-15
Phone Book ............................................ 2-18
Schedules/tasks ....................................... 9-6
Accessing the Internet
From message text ................................. 4-12
From scan results ................................... 9-36
Media Player............................................. 8-3
PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-4
Yahoo! Keitai ............................................. 5-3
Browsing/Viewing
Document Viewer ................................... 9-21
e-Books .................................................. 9-30
PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-4
S! Information Channel........................... 9-29
S! Quick News ........................................ 9-28
Yahoo! Keitai ............................................. 5-3
Calculating
Index
Graphic Mail ...................................... 4-6, 4-9
PC Mail....................................................4-21
S! Mail .......................................................4-4
SMS ..........................................................4-7
Copying
Calculation results...................................9-33
Data Folder files ......................................2-22
From text entry window ...........................2-15
Scan results ............................................9-37
Text (e-Books) .........................................9-39
Text (Internet pages) .................................5-9
Text (Messaging) .....................................4-13
Text (S! Information Channel pages).......9-39
Exchanging Files
Bluetooth® ...............................................12-6
Infrared....................................................12-2
IrSS Transfer ...........................................12-2
Mass Storage ........................................12-10
MTP Mode.................................................8-4
Hiding Files/Entries
Data Folder .............................................2-22
Messaging folders ...................................4-15
Phone Book.............................................2-18
Schedules/tasks ......................................9-31
Inserting/Removing
Battery.....................................................14-4
Memory Card ..........................................2-23
USIM Card ..............................................14-3
Locking/Restricting
Application Lock ......................................11-3
Call Log ...................................................11-3
Face Recognition ....................................11-4
Function Lock..........................................11-2
Incoming/outgoing calls...........................3-15
Keypad Lock............................................1-12
Mail records.............................................11-3
Phone Book.............................................11-3
PIN Entry.................................................11-2
Managing Schedules
Calendar....................................................9-4
Tasks ........................................................ 9-7
Measuring Time
Countdown Timer ................................... 9-16
Stopwatch .............................................. 9-15
Notifying Phone Number
Opening My Details................................ 1-13
Via Bluetooth® ........................................ 12-9
Via Infrared............................................. 12-5
Operations with Handset Closed
Answering calls ........................................ 3-2
Dialing from Call Log records ................... 3-2
Dialing from Phone Book ......................... 3-2
Entering Phone Numbers......................... 3-2
Opening My Details................................ 1-13
Playing Answer Phone messages ............ 3-5
Using Speed Dial ..................................... 3-7
Viewing new messages.......................... 4-12
Placing Calls
From Call Log records............................ 3-12
From Internet pages ............................... 5-10
From message text................................. 4-12
From Phone Book .................................. 2-19
From scan results................................... 9-36
International calls ..................................... 3-3
Speed Dial................................................ 3-7
Video Calls ............................................... 3-6
Voice Calls................................................ 3-3
While abroad ............................................ 3-4
With handset closed................................. 3-2
Playing
Answer Phone messages/Caller Voice .... 3-5
Files (Scan Barcode).............................. 9-37
Music........................................................ 8-5
Recorded TV programs ............................ 6-8
Recorded TV programs from Timer log ... 6-13
Split files (TV)......................................... 6-12
Streams.................................................. 5-10
Video ........................................................ 8-7
Voice files ............................................... 9-23
Voicemail messages............................... 3-11
Appendix
Calculator................................................9-13
Expenses Memo .....................................9-14
Canceling
Alarm.......................................................9-10
Answer Phone...........................................3-5
Call Forwarding .......................................3-11
Download Dictionary ...............................2-16
Function Lock..........................................11-2
Hour Minder ............................................9-18
Keypad Lock............................................1-12
Large Font Menu.......................................2-5
Manner mode..........................................1-15
Offline Mode............................................1-15
S! Information Channel ...........................9-29
Secret folders ................................ 2-29, 4-23
Simple Menu .............................................2-4
Speed Dial entries...................................3-13
Voicemail.................................................3-11
Changing
Font Size ...................................................2-5
Font Weight...............................................2-5
Handset Code .........................................1-16
Handset mail address ...............................4-3
Network Password ..................................3-15
PINs ........................................................11-6
Changing Ringtones
Feeling Mail.............................................13-9
From Data Folder ....................................2-29
Phone Book ............................................2-18
Ringtone/videos ......................................2-10
Composing/Sending Messages
Feeling Mail...............................................4-5
From Call Log records.............................3-13
From Internet pages................................5-10
From message text..................................4-12
From Phone Book ...................................2-28
From received messages ........................4-11
From scan results....................................9-36
From Scratch Pad ...................................1-14
From sent messages...............................4-23
14
14-33
Index
Appendix
14
14-34
Rejecting
Calls from public phones ........................ 3-15
Calls from specific numbers ................... 3-15
Calls from unsaved numbers .................. 3-15
Calls with undisplayable Caller ID .......... 3-15
Calls without Caller ID ............................ 3-15
Neat Chat requests .............................. 10-10
Resetting/Formatting
All settings ............................................ 13-19
Handset ................................................ 13-19
Memory Card.......................................... 2-24
Saving
Backup.................................................. 12-12
Captured still images ..................7-4, 7-7, 7-8
Draft messages ........................................ 4-8
Edited still images .................................... 7-9
Files (Internet) ........................................ 5-10
Files (S! Information Channel pages) ..... 9-39
Graphic Mail templates............................. 4-6
Mail attachments .................................... 4-12
Notepad entries ...................................... 9-22
Phone Book entries ................................ 2-17
Recorded video ........................................ 7-5
Scan results................................... 9-36, 9-37
TV channels ........................................... 6-11
Saving Phone Book Entries
Add New Entry ....................................... 2-17
From Call Log records ............................ 3-13
From message text ................................. 4-13
From received messages ....................... 4-13
Scanning
Business cards ....................................... 9-26
QR Codes............................................... 9-25
Text ......................................................... 9-27
Searching
Bluetooth® devices ................................. 12-7
Messages ...................................... 4-15, 4-23
Music to download.................................... 8-3
Music to play............................................. 8-5
Phone Book ............................................ 2-19
Text (Internet pages)............................... 5-10
Text (Web/Mail Search) .......................... 9-20
Video to play ............................................. 8-7
Web Search ............................................ 1-14
Sending via Mail
Data Folder files .............................. 2-21, 4-5
QR Codes............................................... 9-25
Scan results............................................ 9-37
Still images ........................................ 7-4, 7-8
URLs................................................ 5-9, 5-11
Video ........................................................ 7-5
Voice files ............................................... 9-35
Setting Wallpaper
From Data Folder.................................... 2-29
From Phone Settings ................................ 2-8
Showing in Standby
Clock/Calendar ....................................... 13-4
S! Applications........................................ 8-11
Standby Window....................................... 2-6
Wallpaper ................................................. 2-8
World Clock ............................................ 9-17
Using as Alarm Clock
Alarm ........................................................ 9-9
Hour Minder............................................ 9-18
Wakeup TV ............................................. 9-11
Using Away from Home
Alarm ........................................................ 9-9
Camera..................................................... 7-2
Dictionary ............................................... 9-19
Digital TV .................................................. 6-2
Hour Minder............................................ 9-18
Pen Light................................................... 9-2
Phone Help............................................... 9-3
Voice Recorder ....................................... 9-23
Warranty & Service
Warranty & Service
[ Warranty
Warranty is provided when you purchase handset.
. Check the name of distributor and date of purchase.
. Read through contents and keep in a safe place.
. The warranty term is described in the warranty.
[ After-Sales Services
See P.14-6 "Troubleshooting" before contacting SoftBank for
service or repairs.
If you cannot find solutions or solve problems, contact SoftBank
Customer Center, Customer Assistance (P.14-36) in your
subscription area and provide a detailed description of the
problem.
For other services, contact the distributor, the nearest SoftBank
Shop or SoftBank Customer Center, General Information
(P.14-36). Replacement parts are available for 6 years after
termination of production.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this
product.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental
loss/alteration of handset data. Keep a copy of Phone Book
entries, etc. in a separate place.
. Disassembling or modifying handset may violate the Radio Law.
Modified handset will not be repaired.
. Repairs within warranty are performed under terms and conditions
described.
. Out of warranty, possible repairs are performed upon request at
subscriber expense.
Appendix
14
14-35
Customer Service
Customer Service
For SoftBank handset or service information, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance.
SoftBank Customer Center
SoftBank Global Call Center
From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157
for General Information or 113 for Customer Assistance
From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491
(International charges apply.)
Call these numbers toll free from landlines.
Subscription Area
Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo,
Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano,
Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui
Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka
Appendix
Phone Number
General Information
m0088-240-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-240-113
General Information
m0088-241-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-241-113
General Information
m0088-242-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-242-113
General Information
m0088-250-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-250-113
Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama
14
Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime,
Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okinawa
14-36
Service Center
SoftBank 922SH Instruction Guide
May 2008, First Edition
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
For additional information, please visit a SoftBank Shop.
Model: SoftBank 922SH
Manufacturer: SHARP CORPORATION
Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old
handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). Before you recycle,
please remember these important points:
. Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.
. Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before
recycling.
Mind your mobile manners when carrying a handset.

Select item

Transcription

Similar documents

Bticino 334202 (5 Wire)

Datasheet Voxtel D235

User Manual

GLOBALINX® XTP8831 VideoPhone Specification

iPhone Instructions - New Albany Schools website

FS 1000 Owners Manual

ordering instructions mail order

Service Request - MEDI

has royalty free clip art images to use for business cards or brochures.